Reflections on Ayahuasca, Psychedelics, Marijuana and a critical look at the Psychedelic Movement

In December of 2013 I visited the Peruvian jungle with two of my best friends. Spending time away from modern civilization deep in the rainforest has been healing and beautiful on one hand but also eye-opening and disturbing on the other hand. It’s the fourth time I’ve been to Peru. The last time was in 2007. The ponerization of society has reached even the most remote corners where the virus of “modern progress” has also infected that part of the world. Many people have this romantic view of exotic places like the Amazon and the natives who live there. The issue is not only the pathology of the modern world with its globalization, greed, and capitalism, but that many natives themselves actually want that life style in so many ways. It’s a bit ironic, some of us are trying to escape the modern world and the people living in what we see as “paradise” yearn for what we are trying to get away from. But it’s a clash and doesn’t fit.

It’s not black and white and there is much we can learn from these cultures and their traditions. I’ve certainly learned a lot and the insights I gained from working with ayahuasca, the “grandmother”, have been revealing and healing in many ways, but we need to get over this romanticizing. I see this a lot as well in the yoga community with people drawn to Eastern practices and philosophies which also have become very distorted over time, romanticizing India and that whole guru culture. Many people don’t question any of that. …

Read More...

Love, Reality, and the Time of Transition – Video

This video sheds light into the nature of love, relationships, the “New Age” movement, reality-creation, quantum physics, objectivity vs. subjectivity and how it all relates to the topics of “conspiracy theories”, psychopathy, and the importance of self-work.

“Love, Reality, and the Time of Transition has been selected as the #1 film 2011-2012 of the ‘Top 100 Global Development Movies’ The best positive, inspirational, thought-provoking movie of our times.”
– RYB TV

Written, narrated and audio editing by Bernhard Guenther
Visuals and video editing by Humberto Braga

Transcript: Love, Reality, and the Time of Transition – Transcript

Music:

“All You Need Is Love” – The Beatles
“Symetric Lifes” – H.U.V.A. Network
“We Are Analog” – Hol Baumann
“Oleander (Phutureprimitive Symbiotic Remix)” – Bluetech
“Floating Retention” – Cell
“Terpene” – Carbon Based Lifeforms
“Rain Geometries” – H.U.V.A. Network
“The Garden” – Adham Shaikh
“Orientations, Pt. 2 (Ephemeride 15.43°)” – H.U.V.A. Network
“Longing for Silence” – Asura
“Silent Running” – Carbon Based Lifeforms
“20 minutes” – Carbon Based Lifeforms
“Polyrytmi” – Carbon Based Lifeforms

FAIR USE NOTICE

This video may contain copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available in our efforts to advance understanding of environmental, political, human rights, economic, democracy, scientific, and social justice issues, etc. We believe this constitutes a ‘fair use’ of any such copyrighted material as provided for in section 107 of the US Copyright Law. In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, the material on this site is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving the included information for research and educational purposes

History, Lies, and the Importance of Self-Work and Critical Thinking

By Bernhard Guenther, April 25th, 2013

Recently I’ve watched the documentary “Adolf Hitler – The greatest story never told” and have been digesting the information and contemplating on the implications, mainly about history in general and how important it is to get at the truth and understand and know our true history, because it does affect our present and future in ways most of us are not aware of. Shutting it out, denying or ignoring it, while just hoping for a better future (especially in New Age way of “just focus on the positive and ignore the negative”) won’t work and is actually working against “us”.

My intention with this article is not about getting into the details presented in this documentary. What I’d like to address is the importance of critical thinking, self-work and understanding of our history.

“Who controls the past, controls the future. Who controls the present, controls the past.”

– George Orwell, 1984

9f1d1c72923dfa0de3977fa1ac9cf893

Facing the truth about our history and what has really happened in our world as opposed to what we’ve been told and taught by official culture is not an easy task. Not only does it require discernment, critical thinking and research, but also, most importantly, sincere self-work, de-programming ourselves from the conditioning and lies of official culture most of us aren’t even aware of, essentially the lies we tell ourselves for the sake of self-calming. We create and maintain buffers not to “rock the boat” to stay in our comfort zone, go on “living” and “fitting in”, shutting ourselves off from any information that may disturb the bubble of our subjective reality. We believe that nothing will affect us as long as we put a blind eye on these topics. That’s the belief of many people, especially in the so-called New Age with its distorted idea of “you create your own reality“.

Some people say, we need to stop pointing out the problem and what is wrong with the world but present solutions. Yes, constructive solutions (not wishful thinking) are needed, but if they are not based on understanding what the “problem” truly is (i.e. understanding our true history and the relating topics of Psychopathy and Ponerology), then these “solutions” are built on a false and shaky foundation, as history is repeating itself if we don’t learn from it and we will create (and are already creating) more problems down the road, regardless of how well-meaning our intentions are. The most shocking realization I had watching this documentary was how much of what has been going on back then is still going on today. It really showed how far away we actually are from a significant “shift in consciousness“.

Lies are like viruses. They can spread quickly and far, even without awareness of the ones infected by them. We all can spread disinformation and lies unconsciously if we don’t make the effort to question, engage our critical thinking abilities and network with others to gain objectivity (of course there is the denial of post-modern sophists who claim that there is no objectivity or truth.) Then there is the disease of “social status”, our self-importance , which is in the way of speaking out because some of us are so concerned about what others think of us, be it our family, friends, co-workers or even Facebook “friends”. We are more concerned about ourselves, our image and our careers than standing up for truth and justice, because speaking the truth about our world may not make us much money and may interfere with our personal goals.

This narcissistic behavior is very prevalent in this day and age, especially in many “spiritual” inclined people with their distorted view on love, positivity and enlightenment, mistaking spirituality for hedonistic pleasure. Then there is laziness, the disease of boredom and the ever shrinking attention spans which keep people from reading or even watching this documentary. “Having no time” is really mostly an excuse because you always can “make time” to educate yourself, even if it’s just a little bit every day. If you have time to be on Facebook, you certainly have time to read books or watch documentaries and certainly time to speak out about it.

Fact is we are all connected and everything that happens and has happened in our world does affect us, regardless if it’s something in our personal lives or in a country far away.

“Injustice anywhere is a threat to justice everywhere. We are caught in an inescapable network of mutuality, tied in a single garment of destiny. Whatever affects one directly, affects all indirectly. He who passively accepts evil is as much involved in it as he who helps to perpetrate it. He who accepts evil without protesting against it is really cooperating with it.”

– Martin Luther King Jr.

As a fb friend wrote recently:

“By exacting education, objective discernment and of course a lot of other healing work, this all works with uncovering what perceptions we basically rely on and extend into our lives, deceiving ourselves. Interestingly, there are a lot of people in total fear of looking at the truth, as in reflecting this story and other famous atrocities that have happened in history, they cannot stand watching or reading about it. Be not afraid to reveal what comes up for you, as it is clearly a plutonian exercise and part of deep healing.”

Another person also addressed this issue of “making the darkness conscious”, relating it to the distorted understanding of being “positive”:

“The ability to hold Light is directly proportional to the courage to see darkness. Choosing to see just one creates distortions and illusions. It amazes me that something so simple and common sense can be so difficult to even discuss with ‘spiritual’ people who insist on remaining ‘positive’. Actually, this avoidance is based on unacknowledged fear that their inner light might be somewhat ‘dispersed’ by seeing darkness and therefore not giving the light much credit at all. I think there’s also fear that they might somehow become ‘tainted’ or the darkness might ‘manifest’ in some form in their lives. But the opposite is true; it is the fear, especially unacknowledged, that has much more chance to manifest than darkness exposed to daylight and investigation. Just like we must be fearless about our own inner shadow, we must also be fearless about seeing this huge shadow of humanity. Or we will have the power to transform precisely nothing, within or without.”

After I finished watching the documentary I picked up the latest book of historian Laura Knight-Jadczyk, “Comets and the Horns of Moses”. At times the universe provides the right book and passage at the right time. What I read very much related to what I just saw and was thinking about. She points out the necessity to engage in sincere self-work so our views and ideas about history and the world is not filtered and distorted through our conditioned bias, emotional attachments and cultural/familial beliefs:

“[…]Anyone who seeks to do research of any kind needs to always keep their own biases in mind and make efforts to calibrate their perceptions accordingly. (If you think that you have no bias, you are suffering from a particular bias! Please read “Strangers to Ourselves” by psychologist Timothy Wilson and “Thinking, Fast and Slow” by Daniel Kahneman.)[…]”

With regards to lies and history and relating it to this documentary, consider what she wrote here:

“[…]I would like to ask the reader a question to set the stage for what I want to convey here. Have you ever, as a child, been accused of something you didn’t do, either by your parents, teachers or other ‘authorities’? And if so, were you punished unfairly for this something you didn’t do? Do you remember how it felt?

As you remember , can you feel the frustration, the helpless anger and resentment that you “told the truth and no one believed you”? YOU know what you did or did not do, and no one can take that away from you. But they have taken away from you the right for that truth to be known by others, which means they have taken away the right of others to know the truth about you. You have been slandered and punished, and there is NO WAY you can prove that it was wrong and unjust, and all the other people will have a ‘history’ of you that is false. In fact, this knowledge that others will have false memories of you, will have false ideas about what you did until they die, hurts almost worse than the punishment. What is more, in a vague way, you can perceive that those who believe the lie have been deprived of something valuable about you, a sharing of the real you: the truth that you did not do what you were accused of doing, and that you did tell the truth. A barrier has been erected between you and the others – the barrier of a lie.

Now expand that concept just a little bit. Imagine that such false accusations, false stories, are being told about history at large, the history that defines your origins. The only difference is that it is not a personal lie against you, and you do not therefore have the advantage of knowing that it is certainly a lie. Instead it is a social lie, a lie about your origins and what is real and what it is not, that has been widely disseminated and accepted as truth by most people.

Imagine that people are born, live their lives, and die believing lies where they came from and how they got where they are, and the reasons for all exists in the world around us. Just like the people who believed the lies about something you didn’t do, people have been separated from the truth by the barrier of lies.

As you probably know, the event from your childhood may have been small in terms of your entire life history, but still, there are those who judge you based on that lie, and all your subsequent history follows from those beliefs about you. Now you, and everyone else who believes those lies, judge the world and other people based on the lies about human origins and what is real. And the result is very, very bad.[…]”

In another discussion about the film someone said:

 “It’s interesting to learn the history and also to observe the internal process of having cultural beliefs challenged.”

Yes, especially observing the internal process and how deeply programmed we are, the friction that occurs inside when presented with information that contradicts our long held beliefs. That’s when most people stop and deny, because piercing through that conditioning can be very painful and vulnerable. It’s always been for me. It’s part of “the work”. But once you let the internal programs break down under the light/sword of truth and work through the discomfort of accepting information that contradicts what you have believed most of your life and what most of the world believes (not mistaking that for blind belief of anything that comes down the pipe line, but always engaging your critical thinking to the best of your abilities, and networking with others who can help point out your subjective blind spots that you cannot see), then you truly raise your consciousness.

Gaining Knowledge with discernment and doing the internal work to dislodge any cultural/social programs is the path towards awakening, not thinking “happy thoughts” or “focusing on love”…well, yes, focus on love, but love in its truest sense is Knowledge, not necessarily an emotion or feeling or what most people think of “Love”. It’s a state of consciousness beyond emotions which are just the gateway towards it. Making the shadow conscious within and without is so important in this process. Unfortunately this is what many people try to avoid and suppress. That’s why they shy away from information presented in this documentary or other information that causes internal friction.

Spirituality has become so corrupted to the point that it is encouraged NOT to engage the mind and NOT to think, but just “feel” and be “heart-centered”. That doesn’t mean to avoid feelings, but use them to work through them with your mind engaged, actively gaining Knowledge to learn and un-learn at the same time. It’s about learning HOW to think, which many people don’t know as it’s evident in the many logical fallacies they engage in and are not aware of.

A great tool that helps to to think critically is the Trivium. The Trivium means in Latin “the three ways” or “the three roads” forming the foundation of a medieval liberal arts education. It has been suppressed and taken out of most of modern education, where people are not taught HOW to think but WHAT to think. The three ways of the Trivium are grammar, logic and rhetoric. In that order. Grammar asks the questions of the Who, What, Where, and the When of a subject, discovering, researching, and ordering facts of reality. It comprises basic – systematic Knowledge. Logic answers the Why of a subject, the conclusions based on grammar/research leading to Understanding. Rhetoric provides the How of a subject, applying Knowledge (grammar) and Understanding (logic) expressively leading to Wisdom, or, in other words, useable knowledge and understanding.

887103_10151516398344375_1294531986_o

The most common fallacy is to put one’s logic (conclusions) before grammar (research). We can see this in many people who have opinions about topics they haven’t sincerely researched first. This usually leads to numerous other logical fallacies, like strawman arguments, ad hominem, tu quoque/you too fallacy, bandwagon, appeal to authority, the texas sharpshooter, etc. .

Learning, understanding and applying the Trivium can help to not waste time and energy in unproductive discussions about a topic and it also provides a systematic framework to research any given subject.

‪The Trivium Method vs. The Classical Trivium: A Briefing by Kevin Cole‬:

However, besides learning how to think critically we also need to engage in sincere self-work to calibrate our “reading instrument” (the self) and perceptions. Everyone has subjective blind spots and biases based on upbringing and cultural/social conditioning. Dislodging these programs and unconscious tendencies to lies to ourselves and others takes tremendous work and effort. True self-work, the process of deprogramming and understanding oneself more objectively, cannot be done by oneself. We can become aware of our programs on our own to a certain extent through self-observation, but we may also lie to ourselves and justify our views and actions because we simply cannot see ourselves clearly. Feedback/mirroring from others who are engaged in the same work is required to become more aware of the lies we tell ourselves.

This also includes emotional cleansing because we can’t trust our feelings and emotions 100%. Much of what we feel in reaction to certain information can be conditioned responses that have nothing to do with the information or situation at hand. Many people are actually addicted to these emotions which are a hindrance to self-awareness and the process of awakening. There are the programs of “self-calming”, “make/be nice” and of course cognitive dissonance, re-enforcing the buffers and armor that can keep us in a subjective tunnel vision, essentially “dreaming to be awake” and living mechanically without true free will.

A great book in that regard is “Strangers to Ourselves” by psychologist Timothy Wilson. It explains how we simply do NOT know ourselves and are slaves to our unconscious programs and bias:

“Why it is that people often do not know themselves very well (e.g., their own characters, why they feel the way they do, or even the feelings themselves)? And how can they increase their self-knowledge? There are undoubtedly many reasons for a lack of self-insight; people may be blinded by their hubris (a favorite Greek and Shakespearean theme), confused, or simply never take the time to examine their own lives and psyche very carefully. The reason…is that much of what we want to know about ourselves resides outside of conscious awareness….

People develop habitual ”tendencies of thought” that are nonconscious and that these thought patterns can lead to “unconscious prejudices which we thus form, [that] are often stronger than the conscious; and they are the more dangerous, because we cannot knowingly guard against them.“…

It can thus be fruitless to try to examine the adaptive unconscious by looking inward. It is often better to deduce the nature of our hidden minds by looking outward at our behavior and how others react to us, and coming up with a good narrative….

In fact there is evidence that it can be counterproductive to look inward too much. We will see evidence that introspection about feelings can cause people to make unwise decisions and to become more confused about how they feel. To be clear, I am not disparaging all kinds of introspection. Socrates was only partly wrong that the “unexamined life is not worth living.” The key is the kind of self-examination people perform, and the extent to which people attempt to know themselves solely by looking inward, versus looking outward at their own behavior and how others react to them….

A disadvantage of a system that processes information quickly and efficiently is that it is slow to respond to new, contradictory information. In fact we often unconsciously bend new information to fit our preconceptions, making it next to impossible to realize that our preconceptions are wrong….

It is fair to say that the tendency for the adaptive unconscious to jump to conclusions, and to fail to change its mind in the face of contrary evidence, is responsible for some of society’s most troubling problems….

The adaptive unconscious is an older system designed to scan the environment quickly and detect patterns, especially ones that might pose a danger to the organism. It learns patterns easily but does not unlearn them very well; it is a fairly rigid, inflexible inference maker. It develops early and continues to guide behavior into adulthood….

The human mind is an incredible achievement, perhaps the most amazing in the history of the Earth. This does not mean, however, that it is an optimal or perfectly designed system. Our conscious knowledge of ourselves can be quite limited, to our peril….”

This work never stops and we need to adjust our view of reality as new information comes in. Seeking truth doesn’t result in an end of “knowing it all”. It’s a continues process that expands and changes. It is tightly connected to the inner work we are engaging in, helping us to sharpen intuition as well. So the work is two fold, on an emotional level and intellectual level. Body-awareness is key in that regard. Hence I strongly recommend to have a consistent body-mind practice as well, such as yoga, Qi Gong, dance or getting bodywork on a regular basis. Also, diet affects the way we feel and think. Wheat, gluten, sugar and grains have detrimental effects on our brain, physical and emotional body. There is much research out there these days which has proven that.

It’s important to observe the internal process and how deeply programmed we are, the friction that occurs inside when presented with information that contradicts our long held beliefs. That’s when many people stop and deny, engaging in black and white thinking, because piercing through that conditioning can be very painful and vulnerable. It’s always been for me. It’s part of “the work”, so humility is needed, admitting to ourselves that we have been wrong about some things we thought to be true. Avoiding this vulnerability results in logical fallacies and rationalizations. It also relates to anger which can become a buffer to avoid deeper feelings of vulnerability. However, “anger” in itself is not bad. It’s not about suppressing it but understanding where it’s coming from. There is righteous anger that moves us to take action and speak out against injustices and there is “projected anger” when we project our own issues on someone else. Even humor can in many cases be an unconscious buffer to avoid confronting our own unacknowledged wounds.

Separating “the work” to seek truth from our self-image/public image is key, so it doesn’t get polluted by internal considering or the the need to be “accepted”. Considering other factors from an esoteric perspective and forces working through people in order to vector us away from this path adds even more complexity but is crucial to understand as well. As my friend Humberto Braga said so eloquently:

“When breaking beyond conventional limitations, people will always try to mock, guilt, and shame you for being the bearer of new knowledge and uncomfortable realizations. They will distort your expanded perception through their tiny lens. They will try to make it seem as though you are wrong for being who you are and they’ll try to make you feel small. Your playing small does not serve your greater purpose. There is nothing enlightened about limiting your path in life to comfort the illusions of others. Those who seek Objective Truth are bringers of light in to a very uncomfortable darkness, and it will seek to stop you in any way it can. We must not give in to the darkness that tells us to dim ourselves. Every courageous step toward Objective Truth is what liberates others to do the very same. This is the battle to awaken and we must not lose sight of this objective.”

Love, Reality, and the Time of Transition – Transcript

This is the transcript of our film “Love, Reality, and the Time of Transition“.
Written, narrated and audio editing by Bernhard Guenther.
Visuals and video editing by Humberto Braga.
“Love, Reality, and the Time of Transition” has been selected as the #1 film 2011-2012 of the “Top 100 Global Development Movies”.“The best positive, inspirational, thought-provoking movie of our times.” – RYB TV ]

By Bernhard Guenther, October 2011

It is true, all we need is love. But do we really know what love is? Love is a word that is sung about in songs, written in poems, talked about a lot and it is something many people long for one way or the other, mostly in the form of a partner. We hear it a lot these days: “Be heart-centered” and “Be love”, “Love is the answer, because love always wins!”, “Send Love and Light!” and so on. People use it casually in conversations in their every day lives. It is seen as the solution to all the world problems. All you need is Love!

If that’s so easy, how come nothing has changed fundamentally on planet earth despite the obvious technological progress? 
We still see genocide, oppression and wars happening. Hundreds of thousands of children and civilians have died in the Middle East and around the world because of the war machine under the control of psychopathic leaders who couldn’t care less about anyone who holds up a peace sign with a proclamation of love as the force for change. 
Looking at it more closely we can see that “Love” is one of the most abused and misunderstood words.

We mistake things like gratification, sentimentality, obligation, duty, passion, desire, and other superficial emotions, ideas and conditioned concepts as “Love” in order fill something that is ultimately lacking within us. These distortions are also used mostly unconsciously as buffers to avoid facing reality as it is by looking at the world with rose-colored glasses on, instead of seeing oneself and the world more objectively beyond appearances.

“For the great majority of mankind are satisfied with appearances, as though they were realities, and are often more influenced by the things that seem than by those that are.”

Niccolo Machiavelli

There is personal love between humans, motherly love, love of family and community, love for oneself, love for something greater than the self, love for god and even love for man-made ideologies and concepts such as for a nation and country.
 So what is love? How can we describe or define such a powerful force? Words are very limiting and can only point to it, but are not it. Maybe we can start by examining what love is not.

When it comes to interpersonal relationships we often see control games, jealousy, and envy which is obviously not love, but expressions and behaviors based on fear and need. 

Love is related to emotions and feelings, but they can be merely based on chemical reactions in the brain that result in a “high”, where people feed off each other which is also be the basis for psychic vampirism.  Many relationships are based on this feeding mechanism, which has nothing to do with love, but is a parasitic need resulting in co-dependance. Sexual attraction is also mistaken for love at times. Many people get into relationships for the wrong reasons, be it to escape their loneliness, to fill a hole in their lives or feed off another person. For the most part this happens unconsciously and so people tend to lie to themselves about love and their relationships in many ways, not seeing the other person as he/she is and not even seeing themselves clearly as they are.

“People convince themselves of their own lies, becoming victims of their own inventions as they begin to direct their lives by standards of behavior, ideas, feelings, or instincts which do not correspond to their inner reality. What is truly serious in this matter is that the individual loses all points of reference regarding what comprises truth, and what comprises lies. He becomes used to considering as true only that which is convenient for his personal interests; everything that is in opposition to his self-esteem or in conflict with already established prejudices, he considers false.”

John Baines

To truly love another person we need to see the other as he/she is without trying to change that person. That is the basis for unconditional love, but for that to happen we also need to know ourselves and see us as we truly are , so we don’t fall into the trap of illusory projections which only result in disappointment and hurt once the romantic phase is over. It’s about acceptance and consideration, being able to give and receive, to be externally considerate and not expect anything.

 But beyond personal relationships, the idea of love has also been distorted and used superficially as slogans. It is equated with being positive, open, friendly, not saying or focusing on anything “bad” or “negative”, to be always cheerful and have a smile on ones face. Of course there is nothing wrong with kindness and friendliness as well as positivity, but it must be based on truth and reality, not lies,  self-calming rationalizations or avoidance, including political correctness which only leads to complacency and ignorance.

Some people say we need to be more heart-centered, loving and compassionate. Yes, obviously we all need to connect more to our heart, show empathy and compassion, especially extending it the whole world, beyond our close friends and family. 

But what does that really mean? Many people seem to associate love with emotions and feelings or niceness, but is it not more than that, like a higher state of consciousness and being?

 We seem to mistake many things for “love” and even judge the intellect as “bad”, mistaking it for the monkey/predator mind, hence many suggest that we should “think” with our heart and do what we “feel” like doing, which mostly results in mere self-deception and lack of critical thinking.  It’s about aligning the heart with the intellect, intuition with logic, mysticism with science.

Many people seem to force themselves into this artificial and superficial state of love through contrived affirmations and “feel good” spirituality, ignoring anything that may be a threat to their “positive” life view. 

Ultimately this results in suppression and armor that is manifested by denying the shadow part of themselves and the world as they ignore objective reality. On the surface they don’t even think that anything is “wrong” with them. It’s very much a blissful ignorant state, trying to stay high on artificial emotional projections, avoiding anything that may give them a downer and living in a subjective tunnel vision with blinders on.

One can see this kind of attitude in many self-proclaimed “aware” and “conscious” people who follow shallow New Age teachings and pop psychology resulting in self-calming but lacking deeper healing, growth and essentially real love.

“We’ve all met people who seem too sticky and gooey. They are “too nice” and sickeningly sweet. We sense that they are somehow being fake when we are around them and we feel we never really know them. They are, as the saying goes, “too good to be true.” These people are barricaded behind their mask or persona. They will deliberately avoid any kind of negative reaction or emotion. They refuse to be real and suffer the acceptance of their own dark side and this can be a dangerous thing.”

Rebeca Eigen

“The Shadow describes the part of the psyche that an individual would rather not acknowledge. It contains the denied parts of the self. Since the self contains these aspects, they surface in one way or another. Bringing Shadow material into consciousness drains its dark power, and can even recover valuable resources from it. The greatest power, however, comes from having accepted your shadow parts and integrated them as components of your Self. Everyone carries a Shadow, and the less it is embodied in the individual’s conscious life, the blacker and denser it is. At all counts, it forms an unconscious snag, thwarting our most well-meant intentions. One does not become enlightened by imagining figures of light, but by making the darkness conscious.”

Carl G. Jung

Love is not merely an emotional state, but a state of consciousness. Just like there are different levels of consciousness, there are also different levels of love one can access on the spectrum of consciousness based on ones level of being and awareness. 
There is carnal love based on the sexual center and animal part in man which is the biological drive to procreate, ensuring that organic life on earth continues. This drive is mechanical tied to the esoteric meaning of the General Law and waking sleep state homo sapiens is under.

“As a cell of humanity, man forms part of organic life on Earth. This life in its ensemble represents a very sensitive organ of our planet, playing an important role in the economy of the solar system. As a cell of this organ, man finds himself under the influence of the General Law, which keeps him in his place. In fact, this law leaves him a certain margin or tolerance. It allows him some free movement within the limits it sets. Within these boundaries, which are very limited objectively although subjectively they appear vast, man can give free rein to his fantasies and his ambitions.

Without going too far into the definition of these limits and detailed description of the components of this General Law, we can say as an example that one of those factors is hunger: the servitude of working to assure our subsistence. The chain: sexual instinct; procreation; and the care of parents for their children, is another factor. The esoteric maxim that applies to this aspect of life is conceived thus: carnal love is necessary for the general good.”

Boris Mouravieff, Gnosis

Then there is courtly love based on the higher centers, which is a higher state of being that can only be accessed through sincere self-work, not giving in to mechanical driven behaviors and choices.  Essentially for true love between two people to manifest there needs to be a connection and matching on all centers: physical, sexual, emotional, intellectual and spiritual.

We need to continually work on ourselves to bring the centers into balance, so no one feeds of the other, but both compliment each other. Love, in its truest sense means to see the world, oneself, and others more objectively. From an esoteric perspective it’s about evolving towards this objective love. In other words, the more we are objective with ourselves and the world, raising awareness and see things as they are, the higher the degree of love we can access. It is based on knowledge, being and understanding, not merely emotional states and “happy thoughts”.

Subjective love is attached to one’s own idea of the other or to what can be gained or obtained from the other. People call the most various desires love. These can have to do with social status, addiction to power over or domination of another, sexual interest and so forth. The emotion fluctuates between satisfaction of getting and fear of losing and is generally centered on the self. Subjective love seeks to somehow forcibly appropriate another into one’s extended self. One example of this is showing off what a clever or good-looking partner or child one has in order to somehow increase oneself. Any games of domination or co-dependence which often involve the term love fall in this category.

However, by doing the work towards objective love one shouldn’t ignore or suppress anything that doesn’t live up to the ideal of higher love beyond the self. Everyone is on a different level of being with different lessons to learn and integrate. 
It seems to happen very often in spiritual and esoteric circles that people claim attributes to themselves and inflate their being above the actual state of where they are and what they need to learn and confront in order to grow and evolve. 

Objective love is not a detached unemotional state of existence. It simply means to act from one’s true self beyond conditioning, programming and projections, but with a “clean” emotional center, not one that is shut down.


Love is the answer, but do we truly KNOW what love is?

Our emotions are the gateway to love, but they are not love. It’s about opening up to vulnerability and not suppressing negative emotions such as anger, sadness, jealousy, grief, but work through them which leads to compassion and empathy, not only for oneself or close friends and family but for the world and humanity at large. 

This also means to experience and feel emotions so we can let them go without suppressing them or projecting them on someone else. There are many ways to do this. Art, music, journaling as well as breathwork, bodywork and other healing modalities can help in the process of transmuting the shadow into light through emotional cleansing. It’s a delicate and deep process that doesn’t happen over night.

In that sense relationships are also lessons in love and not an end in itself, but can help us to learn more about ourselves. People and friends who are also engaged in sincere self-work can show us valuable lessons as they serve as mirrors and can help to expose parts of ourselves we wouldn’t be able to see since we all have subjective blind spots. A mirror generally is perceived as shocking or socially disagreeable. This comes from the fact that if the mirror is any good, it will conflict with the subjective filters of perception most people maintain concerning themselves. In other words, people’s self image is more or less based on lies to self and in the degree the mirror reaches its intended truthfulness, it will challenge these lies.

“According to the Great Work, a friend is one in which you support and encourage the others expansion in either the mind or the spirit.Otherwise they are people you are sentimentally attached to it because they would eat cinnamon bun with you. And they will say ‘hee, hee, hee’ aren’t we having fun”. Drug addicts do the same thing. Drug addicts want to be around people who will support them and be away from real friends. Do you know why? Because it feels good. To be a member of a mystery school can be catastrophic to the ego and to the ego’s habits and to the propensity for mediocrity. No one ever cried striving for excellence. They only cried when their mediocrity was taken away from them and pointed out to them.”

Jerhoam

The more lessons are learned, the more knowledge gained, understood and applied, the more we purify our emotions, the more one’s being and awareness raises as the higher centers are activated and the more we can “see the unseen”. However, this is a process that is different for each depending on many factors.

Psychopaths on the other hand (about 6% of humanity) have no capability to experience anything close to love, compassion and empathy by birth. It’s not a psychological disposition but a genetic one. That is another topic which is very misunderstood and ignored, especially since most psychopaths can appear as “normal” through their “mask of sanity“. They are not necessarily criminals in prisons, but can be CEO’s, politicians, spiritual leaders, a husband, wife, child or the neighbor next door. They can tell you exactly what you want to hear, appear compassionate, empathetic and understanding without meaning or feeling it one bit.

To assume that we are all the same and that everyone has access to this higher love (or any form of love) is self-deceiving at best and we can see those kind of assumptions in the oversimplified idea of “we are all one!”. You cannot BE what you’re not, nor can you give what you don’t have.

We are all one, but we are not all the same. There seems to be some major blind spot and oversimplification about the idea of “we”. This has nothing to do about “us vs. them”, but understanding how complex humanity actually is,  what we choose to believe and wish for and what we avoid to look at and confront, within and without.

“Too many people hold the idea that psychopaths are essentially killers or convicts. The general public hasn’t been educated to see beyond the social stereotypes to understand that psychopaths can be entrepreneurs, politicians, CEOs and other successful individuals who may never see the inside of a prison.”

Dr. Robert Hare

“It feels more democratic and less condemnatory (and somehow less alarming) to believe that everyone is a little shady than to accept a few human beings live in a permanent nighttime. To admit that some people literally have no conscience is not technically saying that some human beings are evil, but it is disturbingly close. And good people want very much not to believe in the personification of evil.”

Dr. Martha Stout

If one looks into the accounts of Near-Death experiences (NDE) and what some people have seen or realized, there is a common theme:
 This profound experience of objective Love, which is not related to the Love as the human personality experiences it. It is for example, as one person who had a NDE said, not a sentimental, get a tear, ‘feel someone’s pain’ feeling, not an emotion. It is beyond sentiment or feeling someone else in this form, but relates more to an all expansive, knowing and understanding.

“The problem is not the term “love”, the problem is the interpretation of the term. Those on third density have a tendency to confuse the issue horribly. After all, they confuse many things as love. When the actual definition of love as you know it is not correct either. It is not necessarily a feeling that one has that can also be interpreted as an emotion, but rather, as we have told you before, the essence of light which is knowledge is love, and this has been corrupted when it is said that love leads to illumination. Love is Light is Knowledge. Love makes no sense when common definitions are used as they are in your environment.
 To love you must know.
 And to know is to have light.
 And to have light is to love. 
And to have knowledge is to love.”

from the Cassiopaean sessions



Ultimately there is no love where there is no truth and knowledge. Love entails seeing the world as it is- not as we like, want it or assume it to be. Hence, true love is essentially linked to how much one can access objective reality.

“You know the consciousness movement has let us in to create a kind of a hybrid spirituality that is mixed with a very toxic degree of narcissism and we need to look at that . It has made us very hyper sensitive and not very strong. I would say to you what has it made us conscious of because if it made us that conscious of the world we wouldn’t be in this state we’re in. If it made us that conscious of the world, we wouldn’t have dropped the ball on the management of freedom and the bill of rights, but we did. We’ve lost our civil rights. We dropped the ball. We dropped the ball on the management of the earth’s creatures and we got a hundred and fifty chimps left.

What have we become conscious of these last fifty years? Where have we been? We’ve been processing wounds. I know people who say I’m working to become conscious but I won’t look at the TV and I won’t read the news. Then what are you becoming conscious of? Myself. Now I have to tell you something, that’s exactly the formula through which you cannot heal. You cannot heal. Do you… Can you understand that? That kind of narcissism is the classic formula for fueling your own rage. Your own rage. Narcissism and it’s about me, it’s about me, it’s about my time, my space, my needs, my this, my wounds, my this. I have to tell you, that the ungenerous heart and the narcissist go to the hospital and get your meds, because you cannot, it is not possible to find yourself healing from the serious disorders that require an emergence into a cosmic level of consciousness.

Caroline Myss

In order for love to be the agent of change towards a better world and to bring about positive change we also need to acknowledge the darker side of life and the world we live in, the things and issues many people look away from, believing that by simply focusing on the “good” and “positive” there will be a shift in consciousness. This kind of thinking is the blind spot in many New Age teachings these days, which actually results in the opposite of what is intended for the unacknowledged shadow grows bigger and stronger, manifesting itself unconsciously through our collective. As the saying goes, the road to hell is paved with good intentions.

“An Ideal is merely an escape, an avoidance of what is, a contradiction of what is. An ideal prevents direct action upon what is. To have peace, we will have to love, we will have to begin not to live an ideal life but to see things as they are and act upon them, transform them.”

J. Krishnamurti

The many ideas of just focusing on love and how people interpret that, or sending love to the world leaders and humanity or even to the planet are not acts of real love, but merely emotional projections which are self-deceiving and put man more into sleep, believing he’s actually doing something and bringing about positive change. True love respects free will and one cannot give or send love to someone who didn’t ask for it.

One has to wonder when people talk about world peace and love, but still vote for Obama and believe the lies we’re being told by our governments, be it about 9/11, the war on terror or anything else that has been clearly used for social control. One can have as many positive/loving/nice thoughts and emotional highs as one like,  but if one still believes in lies, follows teachings based on lies, there will be no raise in consciousness nor access to a higher love that can actually be a true agent of healing and awareness. On the contrary, believing in lies feeds entropy, no matter how well-meaning the intent.

Love is beyond words and no change is going to happen if people simply repeat that “love is the answer” or “all you need is love” while still clinging to illusions and not engaging in sincere self-work. Without a deep understanding and knowledge of what love truly is and entails, we just keep going in circles as history is repeating itself. If we really want a shift in consciousness then we need to take a look into the mirror and also do the work to see the world as it is without ignoring things that may not look that “pretty”. There is still much we have to confront before we can enter a new world based on love, peace and truth.

“Love is not a behavior, an attitude, a mannerism. It is not etiquette. It is not convention. Love may express itself in many different ways—softly or forcibly. Love can appear meek. Love can appear strong. Love can challenge you. Love can criticize you. Love can expose your illusions, your fantasies and your self-deception. Love is not what people really mean when they talk about love, in nearly all circumstances. Real love emanates from Knowledge. It, in essence, is the expression of Knowledge. Only Knowledge can take you there. Knowledge can bring two people from opposite ends of the world together for a greater purpose. That is the power of the Great Love. And the Great Love is what the world needs now.”

Marshall Vian Summers

There also seems much confusion about what is supposedly positive or negative, subjective or objective. Some people claim that there is nothing like objectivity and all is subjective.  Everything depends on how we look at things and quantum mechanics, so they say, shows us that there is no objective reality or truth, but there is only “my” or “your” truth and we create our own reality by the thoughts we have, what we like to see and what we focus on. But is that really so?

It seems that the science of quantum mechanics has been oversimplified into sales-bits in the new age arena and movies like The Secret. This doesn’t mean throwing out the baby with the bath water, as our perception does seem to have an influence on reality, but maybe it’s not as simple as we have been made to believe by many bestselling “self-help” gurus these days.

“For the record: Quantum mechanics does not deny the existence of objective reality. Nor does it imply that mere thoughts can change external events. Effects still require causes, so if you want to change the universe, you need to act on it.”

Lawrence M. Krauss, professor of physics

The question about the existence of an objective truth is a tricky one to answer. Philosophical views on truth and criteria for knowing it vary with the old dispute between rationalism and empiricism.

However, beyond philosophical or scientific discussion, there usually seems to be one element that is barely questioned in more depth: the state of being/awareness of a person which relates to how much objective reality he/she can actually access. In our current state of being and existence we cannot perceive objective reality fully, however we can work towards objectivity and expand our understanding of reality and ourselves accordingly. A “shift in consciousness” and “awakening” implies a higher state of awareness, which means to become more aware or it all, which implies again to see the world and oneself more objectively, without blinders on. This doesn’t happen by itself, but requires sincere effort and work to separate truth from lies, within and without. That is the basis of esoteric work which relates to gaining self-knowledge in order to raise awareness and consciousness to a higher level of Being.

“To search means, first, I need Being, Truth; second, I do not know where to find it; and third, an action takes place that is not based on fantasies of certainty— while at the same time a waiting takes place that is rooted not in wishful thinking but in a deep sense of urgency.”

Jacob Needleman

Subjectivity is the preference to rather consider one’s favorite beliefs than the external world. Such a tendency is generally backed by a strong emotional attachment to these beliefs. Wishful thinking, assumptions and opinions based on reactive behavior directly relate to it.  Objectivity  is the ability to see things  as they are, not as we envision them to be, like them or want them to be. The ability to perceive objective reality depends upon one’s ability to clearly receive . To reach a higher state of objective awareness, one must first see themselves clearly and that entails to work through one’s lies, illusions, buffers and self-deceptions.

“The survival of the ego is established pretty early in life by our parental and societal programming as to what IS or is NOT possible; what we are “allowed” to believe in order to be accepted. We learn this first by learning what pleases our parents and then later we modify our belief based on what pleases our society – our peers – to believe.
[…]
One of the first things we might observe is that everyone has a different set of beliefs based upon their social and familial conditioning, and that these beliefs determine how much of the OBJECTIVE reality anyone is able to access.

Suffice it to say that, under ordinary conditions of reality, we almost never perceive reality as it truly IS. There are thousands of different little “hypnotic suggestions” that have taken hold of us from infancy on, that determine, in any given moment, what we believe or think or think we believe or believe we think.”

Laura Knight-Jadczyk

It’s easy to over-philosophize the idea of objectivity vs. subjectivity  without considering some very practical applications. For example, regardless of what one believes to be “one’s truth” or what one is thinking about and visualizing, if you walk off a cliff, won’t gravity pull you down? Isn’t one plus one two, and not three? Is the world round or flat?

And in regards to global issues:  Is the official 9/11 story true or have we been lied to?  Was it a false flag attack? Are we losing our basic rights for our protection from the so-called “terrorists” or is there a different reason? Is Obama telling the truth or is he lying? These question can be answered objectively if proper research is done.

However, the truth may not necessarily agree with one’s preferred beliefs, opinions or assumptions. So it is important not to fall into denial or avoidance when some of our core beliefs are being challenged, especially if one is emotionally attached to them and the ego tries to (unconsciously) defend the lies in order to be “right” as the truth may open up a can of worms one is not ready to handle.

Moreover, no matter how much one tries to close oneself off from the “outside world”, believing that nothing will affect them as long as one focuses on “positive” thoughts and what one “likes” to experience, the bigger issues of the world still have an effect on us all, precisely because we are all one and everything is connected. No man is an island and no one’s reality is isolated from the Whole.

A fatuous paradigm that is currently running amok though the New Age community for quite a while is better known as You Create Your Own Reality (YCYOR) and is deliberately creating a lot of confusion. YCYOR is a very misleading and tentative paradigm with a certain half-truth in it, that is never expressed in this way in the Esoteric Traditions. Michael Topper brings some common sense to this issue:

“What makes the YCYOR (You Create Your Own Reality) evangelist fatuous is precisely the fact that all such personal decreeing, positive thinking and confident imagining takes place in an inevitable context. There are implications! There are repercussions! No one decrees in a personal or private, solipsistic vacuum. There is a variegated World of myriad “pulls” and “claims” coexisting along with the private desires and designs of the given ego-subject.

But “so what?” we hear the die-hard “reality-creator” claim “don’t we remain untouched by those ‘co-existents’ as long as we keep secure in the confidence of our own private deservedness, our own authoritative affirmations and specific commissions of positive thought-re-inforcement?”

No. Man does not live by “commission” alone. This is why you do not create your own reality, but merely generate reality-hypotheses or scenarios which are continuously reflected and tested against the Whole; and the Whole, being inseparable from the Potential of your own innate-global Being, is constituted by the explicit and implicit alike, by that which is produced through active or positive commission and that which results from the gaps, blind-spots and vacuums of interpretive omission. All the lines, potential and actual, exist within one’s being and are inevitably calculated into the total account! This is what it means when we say there’s a context in which all our desire-formulation and “decreeing” takes place.

This is a Deity-centered reality, not an ego-centered reality. Only the totality of the soul-nature is in touch with the Totality of Spirit-being. Anything else necessarily involves a partial perspective, a conceptual self-estimation producing inevitable blindspots.

What you have selectively omitted from “your reality”, is manifested as well! We can of course say the “victim” still deserves his fate or has drawn his fate to himself by a quality of callousness embedded in his characteristic thought-formulae; and occasionally this interpretation may touch on some real factor involved in the negative effect. But neither the simple presence of some attitude toward elements of the ultimate negative resultant, nor explanations of residual “karma” (or anything of the kind) may adequately account for all cases in the same category.

It is just simply not true that every rape victim somehow “invited” the experience as a personal form of “commission”.

The converse implication of this, of course, is that only in alignment and integral consonance with the Whole-value of Being may Reality be accurately manifested through the medium of “personal expression” for then there is no discrepancy between “personal” and Universal, the perspectival “part” and the indeterminate Whole. It is under this condition that the “impossible” can be manifested (i.e. that which is self-evidently beyond the power of anyone to “personally” manipulate or control).

For, understood in this way (and only in this way) it may be seen that unimaginable effectiveness results when the expression of one’s “personal” will is not different than or removed from the Spirit of Divine Will, i.e. the Will to reveal Spirit as the Truth and authentic character of everyone’s illimitable Being. This means that, in terms of “personal will”, only the Spirit of the Teaching Function remains. There is no will remaining in the repertoire of “personal will” except that which expresses perfect alignment, integration and identity with Divine Will.

Contrary to unwarranted popular opinion, such initiated alignment with the Will of Absolute Spirit-being does not result in “working one’s will unopposed”. On the contrary, the very presence of the Awakened Truth in the form of the Spiritual adept has always generated immediate opposition; it has always “awakened” a corresponding reaction from the collective ego’s self-protective slumber.

Initiated alignment of will with the creative Whole doesn’t guarantee “smooth personal circumstances”; on the contrary, look at the story of every adept, examine the events surrounding the Masters known to history. Rather it ensures that such events will possess the character of an authentic teaching-demonstration, to all who have the Soul to see. It ensures the Will of the Whole is always done, regardless the partiality and prejudice by which that Whole may be perceived in any given case.”

Michael Topper

There is an objective truth outside the context of what our little “I” perceives. It seems a tendency in certain Conscious Movements to overgeneralize and distort spiritual “higher” truths and quantum physics with an oversimplification of: All Truth is relative!  
Hence some people unconsciously (or consciously) use this explanation as an excuse and justification for the atrocities in the world or for whatever one may want to believe in one’s own little subjective world, no matter how illusory, false and based on pure wishful thinking or emotional projections it may be; even to the point of declaring that it is all just about “my” or “your” truth and there is no objective truth.

Obviously we all have our own personal lessons to learn and talents to develop, which could be interpreted as one’s “personal truth”, however that doesn’t exclude oneself from the collective lessons we all “need” to look at if we want to evolve consciously as ONE.

 Simply acknowledging that we are all one, separation is illusion and seeing everything as “Light” while focusing on what one believes to be “positive” and ignoring what one perceives as “negative” does not result in change for the better.

 Conversely, by insisting on what one would like to see, as opposed to seeing the world as it is, is coming into conflict with creation, which then results in entropy and MORE suffering on a global scale, not less.

A deeper insight into this gives the Event Enhanced Quantum Theory developed by physicists Ark Jadczyk and Philip Blanchard. Its conclusion in a nutshell:

“Everyone who “believes” in an attempt to “create reality” that is different from what IS, adds to the increase of chaos and entropy. If your beliefs are orthogonal to the truth, no matter how strongly you believe them, you are essentially coming into conflict with how the Universe views itself and I can assure you, you ain’t gonna win that contest. You are inviting destruction upon yourself and all who engage in this “staring down the universe” exercise with you.

On the other hand, if you are able to view the Universe as it views itself, objectively, without blinking, and with acceptance of the reality and appropriate responses to how things really are, you then become more “aligned” with the Creative energy of the universe and your very consciousness becomes a transducer of order energy, and your actions are consonant with what is. Your energy of observation, given unconditionally, matched by the appropriate actions, can bring order to chaos, can create out of infinite potential.”

from “The Secret History of the World” by Laura Knight-Jadczyk

Some people seem to mistake objectivity for negativity and wishful thinking for positivity. Most of what people see as negative or positive are their subjective projections and opinions that don’t really reflect the world as it is. Without Truth and Objectivity there won’t be a change for the “better”, nor a raise in consciousness, within and without.

In that sense, many well-meaning and good-hearted folks who want a better world actually do more harm than any good by ignoring and denying aspects of our reality that may not fit into their subjective “positive” world view; instead believing that by shutting the so-called “negative” out and just seeing everything as “One” and “Light”, visualizing, meditating on world peace and projecting “love and light”, it will create peace and harmony. Nothing could be further from the truth and that is actually exactly what certain forces, who do not wish humanity to awaken for their own interests, want us to do and believe. It ties in with how religious and spiritual values have been corrupted.

In other words, the ones exposing the lies and atrocities in the world, the ones looking at the world as it is with all the different “faces of god” including the unpleasant ones which many people perceive as “negative” and hence like to ignore, are actually doing LIGHT WORK in the true meaning of the word: Making the darkness conscious, raising awareness and shining Light into it. Light is information and knowledge, not just making things “light” in the sense of being “nice” or “kind” and “loving” without saying anything “bad” or “heavy”.

“When we talk about compassion we talk in terms of being kind. But compassion is not so much being kind; it is being creative [enough] to wake a person up.”

Chogyam Trungpa Rinpoch

“Real compassion kicks butt and takes names and is not pleasant on certain days. If you are not ready for this FIRE, then find a new-age, sweetness and light, perpetually smiling teacher and learn to relabel your ego with spiritual sounding terms. But, stay away from those who practice REAL COMPASSION, because they will fry your ass, my friend.”

Ken Wilber

This contrived “niceness” seems also very common in today’s conscious movements, where people don’t want to say anything “negative”, in their subjective understanding of it of course. In general, some folks hide behind a social etiquette and mask without wanting to say anything bad or touching on any taboo subjects. They speak around issues in order to be spiritually or politically correct so as to “not step on anyone’s toes”.

Of course, that doesn’t mean that one should be mean, aggressive and rude or push information on someone who didn’t ask for it. It simply means to be sincere and honest with conscience and awareness. There is a time to speak up and a time to be silent. And sometimes you have to be direct, call a spade a spade and give the lie what it deserves: the truth, regardless of what others may think, even if it doesn’t sound “nice” and it doesn’t conform to what someone “likes” to hear. You can be considerate and still speak the truth, even if others see it as “negative” from their conditioned point of view.

“Cowardice asks the question: “Is it safe”?
 Expediency asks the question: “Is it politic”?
 Vanity asks the question: “Is it popular?”
But conscience asks the question: “Is it right?”
And there comes a time when one must take a position that is neither safe, nor politic, nor popular
but one must take it because one’s conscience tells one what is right.”

Martin Luther King, Jr.

There are many so-called conscious festivals these days with music, art, workshops and lectures. Lots of pretty people in hip clothes, feathers, furry hats and much eye candy, supposedly representing the “counter-culture” of aware people. There is nothing wrong with dressing up, partying and having a good time, however, when looking at the program of talks and workshops of some of these festivals something seems to be missing, mainly the topics we need to become aware of as a species if we want to make the right turn.

At any festival that claims to be “conscious” and “spiritual” and is supposedly the reflection of the “counter-culture”, one must ask why are there no workshops or lectures about the genocide in Palestine, the crimes by the US government aka Military Industrial Complex, the idea that psychopaths without conscience seem to rule our world and institutions, that 9/11 is a lie that has cost oppression and misery all over the world based on a fake war on terror, that Obama is a corporate puppet just as the old “boss”, that UFOs may not be signs of our “space brothers” coming to help us but that we are actually “food” in many ways, or that we are not “one big human family”, but that there may be souled and soulless humans and many other issues? ……all these topics are part of being aware and conscious, are they not?

It seems that conscious festivals like that are becoming more and more a hip thing rather than using it to truly help people become aware of the shadow that needs to be made conscious of and shined light into. It’s not just about doing yoga, eating raw food and knowing permaculture, nor is it simply about being “positive” for the sake of being positive or learning about how to manifest your desired income.

“We’re very much grounded within the counter culture of the 1960s of which this festival is indeed a legacy and an extension historically, and talk to you about some of… I don’t really want to talk to you about the similarities because you know what the similarities are…the similarities are mainly cosmetic.
And there are some other philosophical similarities which I’ll discuss but one of the things that I’d like to talk with you about are some of the differences. In the 1960s, the counter cultural movement had at its core, we have the music yes, we had the drugs which was not in all ways a high side of it.

There was the music, there was a definite sense of counter culture, there was a definite repudiation of certain values which people deemed to be obsolete and unsustainable. But it bears noting that there was also at it’s core the repudiation of a war and ultimately the ending of a war, which means that the counter culture at that time was making a serious stand against something new on the planet; something horrible on the planet called “American military domination of anything it cared to dominate”. And that gave a moral authority to the counter culture of the 1960s, and I would hope that a festival like this does not- in a heart that brings us here, the consciousness that brings us here- I’m reminded of a line in “A Course in Miracles” where it says, “You cannot bring the light to the darkness you must bring the darkness to the light“.

Dream and I were having an interesting conversation… we were talking about this festival and she said people just wanted to be in the light for a few days…But I say to you as your sister, as your spiritual companion, embedded in the principles of “A Course in Miracles” and in my own spiritual search, but I know that there is only one truth spoken in many different ways…There is a difference between transcendence and denial…and if the consciousness that brings you to a festival like this, is one in which we feel- as Americans, as men, as women, as citizens of the planet- that we can be here, that this can be anything with true gravitas or moral authority and we are forgetting the fact that our country has turned into a permanent war machine, then there is something very sad about this festival rather than happy for me.

Now we were talking about, earlier, we were talking about the fact that men in…about the feminine power…and the divine feminine…and it was another I heard someone say that the men here are holding the space for the feminine ,which is very beautiful, it’s a very beautiful thing the, the mix of, you know- obviously there are men and women here, and both for the women who want to hold the space for the divine feminine, and as well for the men who want are holding the space for the divine feminine, thank you so much.

I’d to talk to you for a moment about the divine feminine because the divine feminine has a fierce aspect. The divine feminine is not just dressing up, the divine feminine it’s not just getting pretty in whatever pretty of the day is, whether it’s big boobs or feathers. It’s all just cosmetic… hello… The divine feminine cares about the fact that 17,000 babies die on this planet everyday of hunger. The divine feminine cries, the divine feminine shrieks when she has to. You know if you… there is an interesting anthropological characteristic of every advanced mammalian species that survives and thrives; and that is the fierce behavior of the adult female of that species when she senses that there is a threat to her cubs that whether it’s the mama bear or the tiger or a lion. Did you know that even among the hyenas the adult female hyenas encircle their babies, encircle the cubs while they’re feeding and will not let the adult males of that species anywhere near the food until the cubs have been fed.

Surely the women of America could do better than the hyenas. And the fact that collectively, not in terms of our hearts, our hearts are good, and I know that the heart that draws us to a place like this today is good, but we have to ask ourselves at what point, whether you’re in therapy or your at a festival like this, at what point do you stand in that place which is not comfortable, do you stand in that place which is not comfortable and not turn away? Because if a counter cultural movement, such as this at least externally represents here today, is one, I asked earlier, I said “Hmm. Is there anything political going on here today?” and I was told “No, these are just people who are ready to transcend.” And let be very clear once again about that difference between transcendence and denial because if the counter cultural movement in 2011 is one in which it is deemed for whatever reason acceptable to look away from the fact that tremendous amounts of unnecessary human suffering occur on this planet and in this country for no other reason than that so a relatively few people on this planet and in this country can have all the money they want. That is not service, it is NOT counter cultural, it is the the epitome of being co-opted by the very culture that we seek to counter.

Now you might say to me “What do you want us to do?” I don’t know what your supposed to do… None of my business what your supposed to do. But I’m asking you as Jesus said to the disciples the night before the crucification in the garden of Gethsemane, “Please do not go to sleep. Do not go to sleep in the hour of my agony. Remain awake!”… That’s what they do to you. They put you to sleep! The system would love this festival! The system would love this festival because its not saying “Fuck you!” to anybody. And there’s a sense that that is somehow spiritual. There’s a sense that that is somehow spiritual, and I believe deeply that, as “The Course in Miracles” says, “Look at the crucification but do not dwell on it.” I’m not saying let’s dwell on what’s bad, because if you dwell on what’s bad then it’s true, that is you just focus on it and make more of it. But to not look at it at all… to not look at it at all, there’s not the divine feminine about that.

The divine feminine… if there was a starving child here…somebody tell me…if there was a child here or if anyone- god forbid- let’s just talk about our deep humanity… Let’s say right here right now- god forbid- somebody, uh, had a heart attack or something. Well the fact that I’m speaking up here would be irrelevant. Somebody would yell out say, “Is there a doctor here?” We would all get deeply human very quickly wouldn’t we? Are you with me? Now this is an interesting thing about our country, if you look and see, I always say that if I’m if I’m on an airplane somewhere, anywhere in the world… I love to sit next to an American …I… characterologically we’re cool people and we care. We’re not, you know… We’re human beings and there’s a spunkiness and it’s a coolness. But our collective capacity for denial and grandiosity is frightening and perilous….”

Marianne Williamson

In the end most people are only afraid of the unknown and what they don’t understand. Once we make the effort to deprogram ourselves from our conditioning and gain knowledge and understanding within AND without, shining “LIGHT” into darkness,  our awareness/consciousness rises and we start to SEE in alignment with who we truly are, beyond preference, wishful thinking or denial and then can act in alignment with our Higher Self and the Universe.

If we truly love life, the world we live in and want positive change, then this also implies to look at the issues and injustices in the world so many of us like to ignore or deny. This is not being “negative”, but the work to be done during this Time of Transition

“Injustice anywhere is a threat to justice everywhere. We are caught in an inescapable network of mutuality, tied in a single garment of destiny. Whatever affects one directly, affects all indirectly. He who passively accepts evil is as much involved in it as he who helps to perpetrate it. He who accepts evil without protesting against it is really cooperating with it. ”

Martin Luther King Jr.

Seeking truth and making the darkness conscious needs to happen within AND without, not just one or the other. Activism and spiritual self-work go hand in hand. It’s not separated but interrelated.

The problem that comes with truth seekers and activists who only focus on the outside is that they can easily fall into the trap of disinformation or they resonate with lies because their “Reading Instrument”, the Self, is not “tuned” correctly through sincere self work which would help their critical thinking abilities. It becomes harder to separate truth from lies and one may even spread disinformation unknowingly because one is less likely to see the “unseen” or the “devil in the details” so to speak, resulting in oversimplifications, assumptions, and misconceptions. In other words, I need to understand my “machine”, my habitual way of thinking and how my emotional reactions and attachments can distort things, how I take in information and how my own bias and conditioned beliefs filter information which can result in cognitive dissonance.

“Sometimes people hold a core belief that is very strong. When they are presented with evidence that works against that belief, the new evidence cannot be accepted. It would create a feeling that is extremely uncomfortable, called cognitive dissonance. And because it is so important to protect the core belief, they will rationalize, ignore and even deny anything that doesn’t fit in with the core belief.“

Frantz Fanon

“In order to understand the interrelation of truth and falsehood in life, a man must understand falsehood in himself, the constant incessant lies he tells himself.”

G.I. Gurdjieff

According to the mystic and spiritual teacher George Ivanovich Gurdjieff, the human organism is constituted by two fundamental functions: essence and personality. Essence is what we are born with, the raw material of one’s being. It includes the physical body, genetic make-up, energy metabolism, the inborn capacity for emotions and sensations. There are also external influences that affect us, such as planetary vibrations, present in the immediate environment at conception, during the fetal stage, and at birth. An astrological birth chart can give some insight into that.

As we grow, our essence is molded by cultural influences. It can mature along the lines of its inherent nature and potential, or it can become blocked in its maturation and hence form something that works against its inborn potential. Essence would evolve in societies where essential practices and values predominate, such as sincerity, love, truth, compassion, knowledge, and so on. Obviously we live in a world where such values have become distorted and ponerized, meaning that our society at large has taken on pathological values that are seen as normal and people can no longer make the distinction between healthy and pathological thought processes and logic. One is no longer able to draw a line between correct thinking and deviate thinking.  The influence of higher density beings and forces may also have an effect on us in that regard  as explored in UFOs, Aliens, and The Question of Contact.

Personality is the mask we carry over our essence. The vehicle for essence to work through so to speak. Our personality is conditioned and programmed through upbringing in a society that is built on lies, and the stronger the programming, the harder it is for essence to come through.  Hence, de-programming and facing the lies of one’s personality is key so it becomes a direct reflection and expression of essence, which ultimately leads to conscious actions based on one’s inherent potential. In a mature person, essence and personality form one continuous “I”, which is to say that the person is unified.

“People are always infused with all kinds of fantastic ideas about themselves, the world, people, love, idealism, society, etc. Led by his eagerness to evade a disagreeable reality, man gives free rein to his imagination and is inclined to believe the first agreeable lie he encounters along the way. The individual projects his personal illusions onto a cold and immutable reality, and thus deceiving himself, he endeavors to contemplate reality through rose-colored glasses. “Disillusion” is a painful process and can be prolonged, depending on how much time the individual takes to realize he is living artificially and that this condition is a product of his internal dreams. Great courage is required to face reality and to destroy the mirage of a pleasant dream.”

–  John Baines

On the other hand, many spiritually inclined people only focus on the self, believing that will change the outside eventually, without making the effort to look at the world more objectively and acting upon it. Gandhi’s call to “be the change you want to see in the world” has also been misunderstood that way. First of all the “kind of change” people want to see is different for each based on one’s subjective understanding of it, which can be very distorted, especially if one is avoiding seeing the world as it is, believing in lies and just projecting one’s desires and hopes that are based on the conditioned personality, resulting in wishful thinking. For example, just being “nice” because I want to see a “nice” world does not automatically make the world so, especially since some humans are “wired” differently.

Another issue is that many people try to explain everything through one system or teaching and do not see its limitations or even distort it to mold it into their belief system. For example, not everything “negative” in the world is a manifestation of our shadow material, nor is everything that happens to us our karma, nor do we attract everything with our thoughts. Sure there is truth to the idea of karma, but using that explanation to justify all the atrocities in the world is short-sighted and misses the point as we still have to act and learn our lessons, not just “turn the other cheek” or stand by and keep silent, saying “oh it’s just your/their/my karma”.

We are not the peak of God’s creation and so special and holy that nothing other than ourselves would harm, control or manipulate us. It’s actually quite arrogant and anthropocentric to think that way. We don’t do everything to ourselves.  It’s not about blaming, but getting out of our self-centered view of reality and the universe. There are other forces acting on us, just as we influence, consume and to a certain extent control lower life forms such as plants and animals. As above, so below.

“There are a thousand things which prevent a man from awakening, which keep him in the power of his dreams. In order to act consciously with the intention of awakening, it is necessary to know the nature of the forces which keep man in a state of sleep. First of all it must be realized that the sleep in which man exists is not normal but hypnotic sleep. Man is hypnotized and this hypnotic state is continually maintained and strengthened in him. One would think that there are forces for whom it is useful and profitable to keep man in a hypnotic state and prevent him from seeing the truth and understanding his position.”

G. I. Gurdjieff

The learning never stops and humanity still has much to confront and learn about that may require a whole new understanding of reality, just like there are different or expanded views now in science compared to what Einstein and Newton had discovered.

There is always more to learn and find out that requires an adjustment and new understanding, expanding our view and understanding of reality. It is what raising consciousness implies.  People who are stuck in one idea or teaching and try to explain everything through it are building their own limited reality box. This also relates to psychology, astrology, philosophy, the healing arts, spiritual practices or any religion (east and west) where many “experts” in any of these systems are looking through one lens (many of them distorted/false to begin with), not realizing that this approach can easily lead to distortion and a tunnel vision. It can also become an egotistical point of pride preventing that person to admit to him/herself that there is maybe more to the story which one hasn’t considered before, especially when they have written books about it, their career depends on it and they have an image to sell/live up to.

One can see these fallacies with many popular spiritual teachers, researchers, visionaries, therapists and self-help gurus, where career and image seem to take precedence over truth and reality. There are many topics that affect us more than many of them are aware of, be it the idea of hyperdimensional manipulation, genetic psychopathy or soulless humans. But instead of being more open to such topics and looking into them sincerely and unbiased, these seemingly intelligent and aware individuals ignore or debunk them right off-hand exposing their own lack of critical thinking.

Awareness and study of the aforementioned topics and also looking into the “taboo” subject of conspiracies would actually help and expand their knowledge and ability to truly help others and society at large.

Many people tend to laugh at the term “conspiracy theories” and even use it with a negative, condescending tone. The social reality that they are taboo solidifies this also deeper into people’s minds, subconsciously. Nobody wants to be called a “conspiracy theorist.” It’s like calling somebody a “wacko” and commonly used as an ad hominem attack that lacks critical thinking. Most people don’t have a true understanding of  what the word “conspiracy” actually means. Historian Richard M. Dolan brings some common sense to this issue:

“From a historical point of view, the only reality is that of conspiracy. Secrecy, wealth and independence add up to power. Deception is the key element of warfare, (the tool of the power elites), and when winning is all that matters, the conventional morality held by ordinary people becomes an impediment.  Secrecy stems from a pervasive and fundamental element of life in our world, that those who are at the top of the heap will always take whatever steps are necessary to maintain the status quo.
[…]
 The very label ‘conspiracy’ serves as an automatic dismissal, as though no one ever acts in secret. Let us bring some perspective and common sense to this issue. The United States comprises large organizations – corporations, bureaucracies, ‘interest groups,’ and the like – which are conspiratorial by nature. That is, they are hierarchical, their important decisions are made in secret by a few key decision-makers, and they are not above lying about their activities. Such is the nature of organizational behavior. ‘Conspiracy’, in this key sense, is a way of life around the globe.“

Richard Dolan

“Do I believe in conspiracies? Naah! Do I believe that powerful people would get together and plan for certain outcomes? Naah! Do I believe that powerful interests would operate outside the law and maybe even kill people? Naah! Do I believe secret government agencies might feel the need to assassinate a person and cover it up? Naah! I think everything in America is open and clean and above board and powerful people always play by the rules.”

I think the system contracts and expands as it wants to. It accommodates these changes. I think the civil rights movement was an accommodation on the part of those who own the country. I think they see where their self-interest lies. They see a certain amount of freedom seems good, an illusion of liberty. Give these people…give these people a voting day every year so that they’ll have the illusion of meaningless choice… meaningless choice that we go like slaves and say, “Yeah, I voted.”

The limits of debate in this country are established before the debate even begins and everyone else is marginalized and made to seem either to be communists or some sort of disloyal person, a “kook”- there’s a word- and now it’s “conspiracy”, see? They’ve made that something that should not even be entertained for a minute; that powerful people might get together and have a plan. Doesn’t happen, you’re a kook, you’re a conspiracy buff!

George Carlin

Our views on life and existence, science and religion, spirituality and evolution, consciousness and psychology as well as reality as we know it would take on a whole new understanding when looking deeper into the topics we dismiss so easily simply because we don’t “believe” them to be true. Let’s not forget, not too long ago we believed that the earth is flat.

“Consciousness means, literally, “knowing-together.” A development of consciousness would therefore mean knowing “more together,” and so it would bring about a new relationship to everything previously known. For to know more always means to see things differently.”

Maurice Nicoll

We’re being lied to in virtually all areas of our lives and our attention is being vectored away from the truth. The corruption of science plays a big part in it as well. As a matter of fact, those who get too close to the truth are often attacked and ridiculed. Truth is no good for business in a ponerized society with psychopaths in power, steering the ship where pathological traits have become the accepted norm in our official culture.

The work to seek truth within and without is not for everyone, nor can everyone engage in it since people are different inside, some lacking the “seed” so to speak. Not everyone is a Warrior (as coined by Carlos Castaneda) and everyone has different lessons to learn and talents to develop with a different “inner wiring”. Nobody is better or worse, it’s just what it is in this evolutionary cycle we’re in. For that reason there also won’t be a collective awakening where everyone is all of a sudden “enlightened” or “aware”. Many folks who are waiting  for 2012 for that to happen will be greatly disappointed. Awakening implies evolving consciously. Now is an opportunity (not a guarantee), a “window” to move up a level so to speak, but it doesn’t happen by itself. Conscious effort and work are needed to counter the forces of entropy for there is a way up and down as the Hopi Indians said about this Time of Transition.

“What is difficult to understand is that without conscious effort, nothing is possible. Conscious effort is related to higher nature. My lower nature cannot lead me to consciousness. It is blind. But when I wake up and I feel that I belong to a higher world, this is only part of conscious effort. I become truly conscious only when I open to all my possibilities, higher and lower. There is value only in conscious effort.”

Jeanne De Salzmann

Many are called, few are chosen [or choose to answer the call]. Now is the time for the ones who feel “called” to ask themselves, what am I doing with my life, where is my attention and focus? Am I doing the best I can to help in this time of transition in terms on working on myself and seeking truth? Conscious Reality Creation happens when we are connected with our true self/higher self and we become a vessel for higher energies to work through us which are in alignment with the universe and one’s soul’s purpose, not the desires, wants and needs of the conditioned personality. If our actions and beliefs are in alignment with what IS, we become transducers of energies that not only benefit us individually but the world at large, bringing order out of chaos.

It is important that the ones who are sincerely engaged in seeking truth connect with others who are like-minded, so we become collinear and act as alarm clocks for each other, keeping each other awake and help in the process of separating truth from lies. A nucleus of truly conscious people, acting as conscious transducers of higher energies and seeing the universe as it sees it self, working towards objectivity,  can provide the qualitative frequency resonance vibration that will create the template for the new world. The more people do this work consciously the better, but it is about quality over quantity.

There are countless distractions, temptations and deceptions that keep the seeker away from Truth and Awakening in this Matrix Control System with various forces acting on humanity to keep us asleep. It comes down to discernment and without inner work in order to see the unseen we cannot raise our Being to truly BE the change we want to SEE according to our higher nature and not our conditioned personality. At the same time Being the change entails facing reality and see things as they are, not as we hope, wish or want them to be. It’s a holistic approach. Just as we need to cleanse and detoxify our body and give it the proper nutrition, we also need to detoxify the world “out there” by separating truth (nutrition) from lies (toxins).

This has also nothing to do with trying to “save the world”, but simply engaging in the process of conscious evolution, nor is it about “controlling external reality”, but acting in alignment with the universe. And we only become truly aligned if we engage in the work to see the universe as it sees itself. Being entails seeing the world as it IS. That is the path towards healing, wholeness, conscious reality creation and essentially true Love. It’s a process that is different for each as we all have our own lessons to learn, karma to work out and talents to develop in this time of transition.

In that sense everyone also has unique skills which he/she can contribute to the whole, so we can support each other, moving from Service to Self and competition towards Service to Others and sharing. It’s about working together creating synergy, but also respecting each others individuality and process at the same time. What may work for one, may not work for another. But to know this, we need to know our true self and also make the effort to see the world as it is, so our actions have real impact and power beyond self-gratification or senseless rioting.

“Every man has his own vocation. The talent is the call. There is one direction in which all space is open to him. He has faculties silently inviting him thither to endless exertion.
He is like a ship in a river; he runs against obstructions on every side but one; on that side all obstruction is taken away, and he sweeps serenely over God’s depths into an infinite sea.
This talent and this call depend on his organization, or the mode in which a general soul incarnates in him. He inclines to do something which is easy to him, and good when it is done, but which no other man can do.
He has no rival.
For the more truly he consults his own powers, the more difference will his work exhibit from the work of any other. When he is true and faithful, his ambition is exactly proportional to his powers. By doing his work he makes the need felt which only he can supply.”

Ralph Waldo Emerson

The more we are collinear and  SEE the world as it is and act as ONE, the “easier” the transition to a better world for all of us. We do create our reality and our consciousness has an effect on the outside world, but we need to be in alignment with the Universe, otherwise we will increase entropy and chaos, which also manifests in earth and climate changes, as we can see already happening. Increased awareness combined with action based on truth could mitigate any upcoming cataclysms that seem to be right over the horizon. It’s up to each one of us and all of us together.

“With the approach of the era of the Holy Spirit, everything must be gradually brought to the light of day, not only the secrets of the laboratory but the deepest meanings of esotericism. The same must happen with illusions, errors and lies, which must also be revealed so that they can later be rectified.

The world is suffering from a lack of harmony which gets deeper on every plane, and this is a serious danger to the moral and spiritual recovery of humanity. It also involves a serious risk of failure in the last stage of this Time of Transition that we are now entering, If this risk is not overcome, the Deluge of Fire awaits us. We will have to make an immense effort to ward off this fate, and we have very little time in which to do it.

Man has only himself to blame for the greatness of the effort needed: this is a result of his obstinate refusal to heed the warnings that have been addressed to him time and again by the Divine Voice, just as he continues today to blind himself to the fact that the Deluge of Fire is being made ready.”

Boris Mouravieff, Gnosis II

Voting, Cognitive Dissonance and Fear of the Unknown

By Bernhard Guenther, October 20th, 2012

“One phenomenon all ponerogenic groups and associations have in common is the fact that their members lose (or have already lost) the capacity to perceive pathological individuals as such, interpreting their behavior in fascinated, heroic, or melodramatic ways. When the habits of subconscious selection and substitution of thought-data spread to the macrosocial level, a society tends to develop contempt for factual criticism and to humiliate anyone sounding an alarm.”

– Andrew M. Lobaczewski, Political Ponerology

The presidential elections in the US are coming up soon. Many people argue for their chosen candidate to vote for. As usual it is Republicans vs. Democrats. Romney vs. Obama. I’ve written before about the futility of engaging in this circus side show that is designed to give the illusion of choice and simply re-enforces the prison without bars where people get distracted by the shadows on the wall in a global Stockholm Syndrome. It doesn’t speak much for a “shift in consciousness” or “global awakening”, especially if many self-proclaimed “spiritual” and “aware” folks still ignore the facts and are driven by identification and wishful thinking, participating in a system that is deeply ponerized.

Lately I’ve received some messages and comments from such individuals on Facebook stating that I should stop the “Obama bashing” because it’s important that Romney doesn’t win.

“My bro, agree and disagree. … However Romney MUST be stopped by any means necessary. Please do not bash Obama this month, Romney must not win.”

or this one:

“So, I recognize the limits of our system and the many pathologies within it and, like you, do what I can to change things. Core question: would you prefer to vote for Obama, Romney or not vote at all? (I’m already decided as I work directly with some Obama appointees who are as committed to system change as I am….)”

and this one:

“Given that our current political reality is so grim that we are locked into either Obama or Romney (as in, there’s no way that a 3rd party candidate will win in 2012), is it not most appropriate to actively opt for the preferable candidate WHILE working as hard as one can to transcend this broken system? As in, as long as we are stuck in this game, for now, why not play the hand we’re dealt as best we can, for now, while we put our full effort into transforming the system itself…? […] So, I can certainly see why it would be clear to opt for opting out of the election-system if one only could only choose between buying fully in or buying fully out, but isn’t there a more ‘mature’ option: to play the game as best we can while we’re stuck in it WHILE doing everything we can to get unstuck from it? […] My take is that to get to where (I think) you (and I) would like to get, 4 more years of Obama would be a preferable environment for that process of transcendence of our current ‘Matrix’ to occur inside of than a Romney environment. …”

There are more messages and comments of the same kind I’ve received lately. What they are saying basically comes down to this: “I agree with what you are saying…..BUT I’ll vote for Obama anyway since he’s the “lesser evil”.

If they’d truly recognize the “limits of our system and the many pathologies within it“, then they would understand that voting and supporting any of the two candidates is not only a waste of energy, but also does more harm than any good, despite their well-meaning intent.

When I receive messages like that I provide information that would help them to see the point clearer. The system cannot be changed from within or without until the most important topic for humanity is addressed and understood: Psychopathy, Political Ponerology and how it affects our society. Rarely do any of the people writing me take the time to study this crucial subject. Either their ignore the information or just skim over it, filtered through their already made-up beliefs and convictions. It’s the classical mistake of putting one’s logic (conclusions) before grammar (research).

The main issue is this: It’s not really about ideologies, socialism vs. corporatism vs. capitalism, republicans vs. democrats, Romney vs. Obama, rich vs. poor, etc. . It’s also not about just looking for new systems or economic models, ecological or otherwise. Neither is it about the tea party vs. occupy movement or any movement for that matter. Many well-meaning folks who introduce “solutions” or new models to change the system still mistake the symptoms for the cause and do not go deep enough.

I’m not saying not to look for solutions of that kind, however, nothing will change fundamentally until we educate ourselves about Psychopathy and Political Ponerology and how it affects society and “normal” people, for the “virus” of Psychopathy will also spread through any alternative models/movements. Many people make too many assumptions about this topic or deny it off hand without having sincerely researched it. About 6% of humanity are genetic psychopaths, most of them to be found in positions of power. They have no inherent ability to feel compassion, empathy or regret, but they can emulate and fake these characteristics to manipulate and control “normal” humans. In short, they have no conscience by birth.

This knowledge (based on science that has been suppressed for obvious reasons), combined with offering sustainable economic solutions, would initiate true lasting change. It’s the foundation to work from. Anything else will eventually disintegrate, even if it looks/sounds promising at the beginning. Many may accept willingly that psychopaths exist. What they don’t seem to accept is the extensive research on psychopathy, how common they are, how untreatable they are, and how they affects all of us. Knowledge protects! Would you still vote for Obama or Romney, knowing they are psychopaths, hiding behind a “mask of sanity“?

The system is also not broken. It is designed that way to keep people imprisoned out of their own choice in a global Stockholm Syndrome. It’s not an irrational “conspiracy theory” but fact that can be proven with a careful study of our real history (not the one you learned in school) including Psychopathology. The word “conspiracy” alone has been so distorted that people don’t even understand its basic definition anymore. Entirely reasonable questioning can be ridiculed by labeling it a conspiracy theory. In the popular imagination the word conspiracy theory has been given a connotation of paranoid delusion. This has been done by deliberately circulating implausible allegations, giving them press and then shooting them down, by character assassination attacks against people asking inconvenient questions, by intimidation and by a host of other manipulation techniques.

Most people have “opinions” about something they haven’t sincerely researched or looked into. The fact that many people don’t recognize that there is essentially NO difference between Romney and Obama and that the two party system is a set-up where we essentially have NO choice, also shows that they don’t fully “recognize the limits of our system“.

It is quite tragic, because their way of reasoning and that of many other well-meaning people is based on wishful thinking and projecting qualities into Obama he doesn’t have. Both, Obama and Romney support the big lies, which none of them address. The ONLY difference they have are in irrelevant issues that are merely distractions and straw man/red herring arguments.

For example, I asked the person who claimed to work with “Obama appointees” the question, do you and the Obama appointees you work with address the following issues?

– The lie of 9/11

More than anything else 9/11 is responsible for the the majority of political decisions made by any given administration since that event. It has been used to start wars, killing millions of people under the pretext of the fake “war on terror”. It has taken freedoms away with Obama having actually a WORSE record in that regard than Bush. Just at the end of last year he signed the NDAA into law authorizing the White House’s ability to indefinitely detain American citizens without charge or due process. He also said “The fact that I support this bill as a whole does not mean I agree with everything in it. In particular, I have signed this bill despite having serious reservations with certain provisions that regulate the detention, interrogation, and prosecution of suspected terrorists.” He’s giving the illusion that he’s actually a “good guy”. It doesn’t occur to many people the utter contradiction in his words (not fully supporting that bill) and actions (signing it anyway). This is a good example of Obama’s politics in general. He says one thing and does another. In fact he’s a pathological liar. Just looking at his “promises” and what he has actually done or not done should be giant red flag.

Nothing will change until the truth about 9/11 comes to light. It is the ultimate litmus test. This is the one thing that defines everyone over the course of these early years of this new century. Everyone in government and every field of endeavor the world over is defined by their position on this event. The official 9/11 story is a lie that has shaped the world in ways that affect EVERYONE. Being silent about it at this point after 11 years is equivalent of complicity in one of the biggest crimes in history. More importunately do you believe in the official 9/11 fairy tale? Anyone who believes the official 9/11 story after over 11 years is living in a world of illusion and denial and actually contributing to entropy. Have you done sincere research about this topic? And if so, do you bring it up to your Obama pals without the insincere contrived need to stay “politically correct”? There is no such thing as “politically correctness” for the ones who sincerely seek truth and speak out about it. Nothing will change significantly if the truth of 9/11 doesn’t come to light and ALL presidential candidates continue supporting that lie. Period. It’s about making the darkness conscious. In short, people who still believe the official 9/11 story are either willfully ignorant, brainwashed or have simply no conscience.

– Monsanto and GMO

It’s ironic that many anti-Monsanto activists support Obama, the man who has appointed Monsanto chills into government and who has supported Monsanto from the beginning. The publicity stunt by his wife about “organic gardening” was just another distraction to strengthen the hypnotic slumber of the masses. To ask Obama to stop Monsanto is the height of ignorance and wishful thinking. It won’t happen through “writing your congressman” either. In terms of Prop. 37 to label GMO foods, sure go ahead and vote for it. But the real issue is NOT to have GMO foods to begin with. People get so distracted fighting the symptoms that they never look at the cause. I do support food labeling, however, voting for Prop 37 and if it passes will just give the PTB (powers that be) an excuse to make GMO foods and justify it by being “honest” about it and labeling it. The fact is you cannot control GMO foods like that, because non-GMO foods and crops will get infected by it because it will spread to native vegetation through natural pollination. Nature does it regardless of what is GMO or not. In other words there will be GMO foods and no one actually knows they are GMO foods, even if they are labeled as “organic”.

– Obama’s support of the Zionist regime of Israel

Most people do not understand what Zionism is and how it influences world politics and especially US politics. Criticism of Israel is not anti-semitism or anti-jewish. There is a difference between Judaism and Zionism. No one gets to be president who doesn’t support Israel, a true terrorist state which keeps committing systematic ethnic cleansing in Palestine under the pre-text of “defense” because they claim to have an absurd “right by God” to illegally occupy a land. Obama’s “critique” of Israel here and there is simply empty political rhetoric with red herrings (as from any other given president), never addressing the root of the issue. Just in July Obama approved $70 million in extra military aid to Israel. Again, a sound understanding of Zionism and its history is imperative before even beginning to discuss this issue. The fact that Vice-President Joe Biden can openly admit that he’s a Zionist without anyone challenging him on that statement shows how far removed society is from reality and how little they have an understanding of Zionism.

These are just three points out of many more that are never truly addressed by his administration. But then again, they won’t be addressed, for Obama is merely a corporate puppet with strings attached and so is Romney. Presidents are being selected, not elected, and your vote doesn’t really matter much in that process. You’re running against a wall, trying to work with Obama appointees for the REAL issues will NEVER be addressed. It’s how the system is set-up ever since it’s been put in place, including the irrational identification with a country/nation, which is the basic trap to begin with. If you see yourself as an “American” then you are already starting off the false foundation and the house you build will be shaky and off balance, despite any social and personal “success” it may bring you within the matrix.

The reply I received after my lengthy post (there is more than I posted here) with many links and resources for him to check out was this:

“Well, I have many years of experience the system changing from within… And as a beacon of such evolutionary change, I am more than aware of all that you speak of I remain true to my self and my truth while involved in a culture of denial, deception, ignorance and pathology. Thank you.”

He didn’t address any of my questions nor read any of the information I provided, although HE ASKED for my take on it. Apparently the asking was not sincere. On the contrary, he claims to be a “beacon of evolutionary change” with “many years of experience the system changing from within” (without stating what that actually entailed), justifying it with the usual distorted new age bit of “my truth” and “true to myself” which merely creates more buffers and lies to the self. Self-deception and self-importance comes in the weirdest disguises. But people feed off that and so does the Matrix.

It usually says a lot about someone who makes certain claims, asks questions, but does not take the time to actually read what has been posted but instead responds with over-generalized statements that actually avoid the issue altogether without addressing the points and questions of what has been said. This interaction is a good example I have with most Obama supporters, especially as of late. They claim to be “aware” of all the issues I point out but STILL vote for him. It’s a contradiction. Never mind that none of them actually read the information I provide and go deeper with it. They either just skim through it or ignore it all together, putting their logic (conclusions) before grammar (research), which relates to what I keep posting:

When getting into “discussions”, I’ve found that most people:

  • don’t read the all links/information and resources provided or just skim over it.
  • do “selective reading”and have “selected hearing”.
  • do not address what has been ACTUALLY said. In other words, many people “talk” without “listening” first.
  • make quick assumptions and hasty conclusions.
  • twist words around and read into words something else than what they actually mean.
  • engage in ad hominem attacks, straw man/red herring arguments
  • are not aware of their own conditioning (for example national identification), tunnel vision and how it results in lack of critical thinking, lack of objectivity and logical fallacies.

However, as mentioned before, the issue is not really about Obama vs. Romney. It goes way deeper. If we want true change we need to get to the root of the issue, not trying to cut the branches for they will grow back. Like in Plato’s allegory of the cave, most people are distracted by the shadows on the wall, mesmerized and hypnotized, taking reality for illusion and illusion for reality. All kinds of defenses usually come up when I point out these things to others, from being called “judgmental” to “negative” and anything in between. It’s where psychology comes in and mind control, for the mind controlled victim (as is most of society) doesn’t know that he is mind controlled and hypnotized. You can present endless facts and information to such a person, but he/she will refuse or not able to SEE it, no matter how others point it out and ring the alarm clock:

“America, you have become a nation of enablers and apologists for tyranny and mass murder. You condemn the Nazi and gulag guards of times past even as you celebrate your own mercenaries and torturers, even as you explain away, if not outright cheer, the unspeakable crimes committed by your sons and daughters. You don’t care who you kill, as long as your soldiers are paid, and your munitions, bomb and tank factories are humming.

Safely ensconced in academic luna parks, your leading intellectuals lean slightly right or left, but never enough to rock this blazing gunboat, lest they sour the cocktail parties or, god forbid, have their tenure revoked. Mouths stuffed with antipasti, they’re expert at sidestepping Israel’s prolific crimes, 9/11, Bin Laden’s faux death or the parasitic Federal Reserve, and as another joke election nears, they’re all gung ho about candidates who back illegal wars and banking frauds, since each is supposedly the lesser of two evils.”

from USA: Voting for Death

“I’m awfully disappointed. In terms of civil liberties his record has been shockingly, alarmingly disappointing. He has carried on the policies initiated by Bush’s justice department of suppressing information under the guise of state secrets. I’ve been witnessing his personal appeal to pass the National Defence Authorisation Act, an unspeakable legislation that would give him the power to detain any US citizen indefinitely without charge or trial. He’s covered up efforts to investigate torture. And Guantánamo still has almost 170 men in it who have never been charged or tried, and there’s no hope of getting them out anytime soon.”

from Naomi Wolf on Obama: ‘His record on civil liberties is shocking’

“No matter who “wins”, humanity loses. Every four years, the deck chairs of the political Titanic that is the American empire get rearranged in the choreographed spectacle of another presidential “election”. The 2012 charade is particularly disgusting; the lies more blatant and shrill, as the world continues to burn.

It is critical to focus on the cold, ugly reality facing the world with either prospective White House occupant.

On one side, the Obama administration, and the traditional brand of neoliberal imperialism and international consensus, and false domestic populism. On the other side with Mitt Romney and Paul Ryan, militant right-wing extremism, an apocalyptic war agenda and the politics of sadism at home.

The interests of the elite (Council on Foreign Relations, Bilderberger, etc.) is dutifully served with either Obama or Romney in the White House. The question for the elite is purely over style and execution.

Obama has been a servile facilitator and protector of the political establishment; an insidious capitulator and “consensus man”. For Wall Street’s billionaires, the Pentagon’s warmongers, and Washington’s most shamelessly corrupt, there has been no greater gift than Obama and his presidency. But with Romney and Ryan, the agenda simply speeds up and destroys faster, more violently, with true theocratic maniacal fervor.

The final choice will not be made by voters (who will be disenfranchised again, via electronic vote fraud and other manipulations), but by the criminal elements who seize final control of the apparatus over the final month of the “contest”.

The “children” are being allowed to fight it out amongst themselves. The side with ultimate command of the corporate media propaganda, the most effective back door deals, and the most effective dirty tricks and election night shenanigans, will prevail, the pre-determined result promptly encrypted into the software of controlled Diebold voting machines.

from The 2012 U.S. Presidential “Non-election”: Which brand of “fascism” this time?

Seeking truth in the world implies to seek truth within. In other words, one needs to separate truth from lies within and without. Most people lie to themselves and do not know they do so. They dream to be awake, but are sound asleep, and so the blind lead the blind and follow lies and “leaders” like Obama or Romney eventually off the cliff.

“A man must first of all understand certain things. He has thousands of false ideas and false conceptions, chiefly about himself, and he must get rid of some of them before beginning to acquire anything new. Otherwise the new will be built on a wrong foundation and the result will be worse than before. To speak the truth is the most difficult thing in the world; one must study a great deal and for a long time in order to speak the truth. The wish alone is not enough. To speak the truth one must know what the truth is and what a lie is, and first of all in oneself. And this nobody wants to know.”

–  G.I. Gurdjieff

Looking deeper into all the topics I mentioned, unbiased, confronting the lies in the world, the lies Obama tells and most importantly the lies people tell themselves with all the buffers, wishful thinking and justifications, WILL open up a can of worms many people are not willing or even able to follow through with.

Why?

Because it WILL conflict with virtually everything they believe in. It will conflict with their career, their associations and friends, their status, public image, etc. They WILL get attacked and ridiculed for speaking the truth about these topics, for no one really wants to hear the truth. They want to hear “comforting” and “inspiring” words that agree with their already made-up beliefs (based on lies) and anyone who dares to question these deep-rooted beliefs and sacred cows is being ridiculed and/or attacked for reasons that have nothing to do with the facts at hand. Then there is self-importance, political correctness and people’s inherent NEED to be recognized and praised for what they do or say, so truth usually takes a backseat for ambition, status and narcissistic admiration.

It’s cognitive dissonance:

“The theory of Cognitive Dissonance is one of the more proven theories showing a truly human phenomenon. At it’s simplest it can be explained as such: The brain does not like contradictory information which causes dissonance and adjusts competing facts to relieve dissonance so as to strive for a singular world view. This phenomenon works alongside a complimentary phenomenon known as the confirmation bias. The confirmation bias is the tendency to remember information which confirms your beliefs and ignore information which contradicts your beliefs…. There are a few commonly held beliefs due to a bias of the self that almost everyone has. They believe they are smart (even if they got bad grades and have low IQ scores). They believe they are good and moral. They believe they rarely make mistakes. They believe they are important. Some may not hold these due to self esteem issues but regardless of the evidence most will hold these near and dear to their heart.”

– Benjamin Buehne

As I wrote in 2012 – Collective Awakening or End of the World? , where I summarize 3 important topics that need to be confronted and understood before we can have any true change or shift in consciousness:

“The path of seeking truth within and without is not an easy one. It goes literally against everything we’ve been told and taught by society and governments. The indoctrination of lies, the conditioning and programming is deep and far reaching. It has been going on for millennia. It takes tremendous effort to wake up from the hypnotic slumber, where most people dream to be awake. At this Time of Transition, as more and more knowledge is coming to the surface, there is the potential to create a new earth. However, this is also the age of deception for there are forces at work that do not want this to happen. They do their best to vector us away from truth and the most effective way to swallow a lie is to sandwich it between some truth with some emotional hooks. As mentioned many times before, lies are mixed with truth, hence discernment is essential. We need to engage our higher emotional center connecting us to divine intuition and also activate our higher intellect, engaging in sincere, open minded critical thinking, fusing the heart and the mind, mysticism and science.”

It’s fear of the unknown that drives people to support lies and psychopathic presidential candidates who don’t know anything else BUT to lie disguised behind their “mask of sanity“. It gives them some sort of comfort and they don’t even see that there is another way possible altogether. Again, Plato’s allegory of the cave comes to mind. It is fear and desperation that drives people to vote for the “lesser evil” without actually understanding what “evil” is to begin with. You can see that in remarks like “Anyone but Romney” or “Romney must not win!“. They are afraid to realize that they have no choice by participating in the system and so they rationalize and justify their decision by any means possible which keeps them away from “Disillusionment”. Yet disillusionment is necessary and the first step before any true change can happen.

I realize now more and more that most people actually do NOT want change, or to state it better, they want change as long as it doesn’t interfere with their lives, their beliefs, their world view. They are not willing to give themselves to seek truth sincerely but focus on changing the tapestry of the prison (they are not even aware of) instead of breaking out of it. They prefer comforting lies over harsh truths, not facing reality as it is. They don’t want to give up their so-called authority, their status, and image. They are terrified (unconsciously), realizing that their whole life may be based on lies and so self-calming takes precedence over truth. It’s an unconscious self-defense mechanism of the ego or false self and they can’t see themselves clearly.

For the most part it’s not about the external information that people reject, but they can’t “receive” it to begin with because of cognitive dissonance, not questioning their own “thinking”. This also ties into this whole “resonating” idea in the New Age. I lost count how many people have rejected factual knowledge in “discussions” (not really a discussion) because it didn’t “resonate” with them or they “resonate” with stuff that is “not even wrong”, so to speak, but just dreamy castles in the air that confirm their inner landscape based on lies to the self.

However, this relates not only to “New Agers” but literally EVERYONE in varying degrees since we all are subjected to lies and social programming since birth. I’ve fallen into this trap myself, especially in the early days, where I thought I “know” and have “figured it out”, not being very discerning about certain information and not seeing myself clearly. I WANTED certain things to be true and that emotional charge is what I mistook for “resonating”. The same like many people WANT Obama to be the “savior” and “good guy” while ignoring all the facts that speak against that. Again, it’s the necessity of disillusionment before we can actually “do” as it has been so well written about in this article.

I’ve been reading “Strangers to Ourselves – Discovering the Adaptive Unconscious” lately, which is a real eye-opener. It shows how mirroring and networking is crucial in “the work” to evolve, wake up and truly get to know ourselves and the world, facing the lies we tell ourselves as we all have our blind spots. I think the hardest realization for anyone is to face to that we cannot truly trust our own thinking and alone we can do nothing.

“Why it is that people often do not know themselves very well (e.g., their own characters, why they feel the way they do, or even the feelings themselves)? And how can they increase their self-knowledge? There are undoubtedly many reasons for a lack of self-insight; people may be blinded by their hubris (a favorite Greek and Shakespearean theme), confused, or simply never take the time to examine their own lives and psyche very carefully. The reason…is that much of what we want to know about ourselves resides outside of conscious awareness….

People develop habitual ”tendencies of thought” that are nonconscious and that these thought patterns can lead to “unconscious prejudices which we thus form, [that] are often stronger than the conscious; and they are the more dangerous, because we cannot knowingly guard against them.“…

It can thus be fruitless to try to examine the adaptive unconscious by looking inward. It is often better to deduce the nature of our hidden minds by looking outward at our behavior and how others react to us, and coming up with a good narrative….

In fact there is evidence that it can be counterproductive to look inward too much. We will see evidence that introspection about feelings can cause people to make unwise decisions and to become more confused about how they feel. To be clear, I am not disparaging all kinds of introspection. Socrates was only partly wrong that the “unexamined life is not worth living.” The key is the kind of self-examination people perform, and the extent to which people attempt to know themselves solely by looking inward, versus looking outward at their own behavior and how others react to them….

A disadvantage of a system that processes information quickly and efficiently is that it is slow to respond to new, contradictory information. In fact we often unconsciously bend new information to fit our preconceptions, making it next to impossible to realize that our preconceptions are wrong….

It is fair to say that the tendency for the adaptive unconscious to jump to conclusions, and to fail to change its mind in the face of contrary evidence, is responsible for some of society’s most troubling problems….

The adaptive unconscious is an older system designed to scan the environment quickly and detect patterns, especially ones that might pose a danger to the organism. It learns patterns easily but does not unlearn them very well; it is a fairly rigid, inflexible inference maker. It develops early and continues to guide behavior into adulthood….

The human mind is an incredible achievement, perhaps the most amazing in the history of the Earth. This does not mean, however, that it is an optimal or perfectly designed system. Our conscious knowledge of ourselves can be quite limited, to our peril….”

from “Strangers to Ourselves – Discovering the Adaptive Unconscious” by by Timothy D. Wilson

The book basically describes in modern cognitive science language exactly what G. I. Gurdjieff was talking about in terms of humans being machines. It is also somewhat frightening to realize how mechanical we really are, how we do, indeed, lie to ourselves all or most of the time, and that the only way we have of knowing what is going on inside ourselves is by inference and feedback/mirroring from a network engaged in the work to sincerely seek truth within and without. That’s the real terror of the situation: that you are nothing BUT a machine that thinks in programmed loops and lies to your conscious mind which then lives and breathes lies itself.

“People are machines. Machines have to be blind and unconscious, they cannot be otherwise, and all their actions have to correspond to their nature. Everything happens. No one does anything. ‘Progress’ and ‘civilization,’ in the real meaning of these words, can appear only as the result of conscious efforts. They cannot appear as the result of unconscious mechanical actions. And what conscious effort can there be in machines? And if one machine is unconscious, then a hundred machines are unconscious, and so are a thousand machines, or a hundred thousand, or a million. And the unconscious activity of a million machines must necessarily result in destruction and extermination. It is precisely in unconscious involuntary manifestations that all evil lies. You do not yet understand and cannot imagine all the results of this evil. But the time will come when you will understand.

The evolution of man can be taken as the development in him of those powers and possibilities which never develop by themselves, that is, mechanically. Only this kind of development, only this kind of growth, marks the real evolution of man. In speaking of evolution it is necessary to understand from the outset that no mechanical evolution is possible. The evolution of man is the evolution of his consciousness. And ‘consciousness’ cannot evolve unconsciously. The evolution of man is the evolution of his will, and ‘will’ cannot evolve involuntarily. The evolution, of man is the evolution of his power of doing, and ‘doing’ cannot be the result of things which ‘happen.’

People do not know what man is. They have to do with a very complex machine, far more complex than a railway engine, a motorcar, or an aeroplane—but they know nothing, or almost nothing, about the construction, working, or possibilities of this machine; they do not even understand its simplest functions, because they do not know the purpose of these functions.

[…]“You often think in a very naive way,” [Gurdjieff] said. “You already think you can do. To get rid of this conviction is more difficult than anything else for a man. You do not understand all the complexity of your organization and you do not realize that every effort, in addition to the results desired, even if it gives these, gives thousands of unexpected and often undesirable results, and the chief thing that you forget is that you are not beginning from the beginning with a nice clean, new machine. There stand behind you many years of a wrong and stupid life, of indulgence in every kind of weakness, of shutting your eyes to your own errors, of striving to avoid all unpleasant truths, of constant lying to yourselves, of self-justification, of blaming others, and so on, and so on. All this cannot help affecting the machine. The machine is dirty, in places it is rusty, and in some places artificial appliances have been formed, the necessity for which has been created by its own wrong way of working. These artificial appliances will now interfere very much with all your good intentions. They are called ‘buffers.‘…

‘Buffers’ are created slowly and gradually. Very many ‘buffers’ are created artificially through ‘education.’ Others are created under the hypnotic influence of all surrounding life. A man is surrounded by people who live, speak, think, and feel by means of ‘buffers.’ Imitating them in their opinions, actions, and words, a man involuntarily creates similar ‘buffers’ in himself. ‘Buffers’ make a man’s life more easy. It is very hard to live without ‘buffers.’ But they keep man from the possibility of inner development because ‘buffers’ are made to lessen shocks that can lead a man out of the state in which he lives, that is, waken him. ‘Buffers’ will lull a man to sleep, give him the agreeable and peaceful sensation that all will be well, that no contradictions exist and that he can sleep in peace. ‘Buffers’ are appliances by means of which a man can always be in the right. ‘Buffers’ help a man not to feel his conscience.

from “In Search of the Miraculous” by P.D. Ouspensky

If all the researchers out there (everyone in their respective field) and everyone who wants to truly be a “beacon of evolutionary change” would lay aside their personal ambitions based on self-importance or career goals and come together to seek TRUTH together sincerely without agendas, but with the sole intent to find out truth, no matter what it is, understanding that this process also includes sincere self-work, mirroring, giving each other feedback (without falling into the trap of the “make nice” program which relates to “political correctness), we’d make a true shift in consciousness. But for now that is just wishful thinking.

A mirror generally is perceived as shocking or socially disagreeable. This comes from the fact that if the mirror is any good, it will conflict with the subjective filters of perception most people maintain concerning themselves. In other words, people’s self image is more or less based on lies to self and in the degree the mirror reaches its intended truthfulness, it will challenge these lies. It would entail for many people to admit to themselves that they are/have been wrong about some things. However, this realization will conflict with their career, image and book sales, opening a can of worms, which may lose them some of their “fans”, friends, status and money.

There is this contrived “niceness” in today’s “conscious movements”, where people don’t want to say anything “negative”, in their subjective understanding of it of course. In general, some folks hide behind a “social etiquette” and mask without wanting to say anything “bad” or touching on any “taboo subjects”. They speak around issues in order to be spiritually or politically “correct” so as to “not step on anyone’s toes”. It shows in popular over-generalized sayings like “let’s be conscious of what we say, and if we don’t have anything nice to say, it’s better to be silent” or “don’t be judgmental!” or “we need to get out of the us vs. them thinking“. That is a good example of the distortion of “being conscious/aware” and relates to the fact why more “spiritual-minded” people do not look at the world more objectively, speaking out and standing up against the lies and psychopathic ways of our culture. They claim that there is no objectivity and truth is relative, which is simply not true (no pun intended).

We can see now, looking into cognitive science and how it mirrors ancient esoteric teachings as transmitted by Gurdjieff and others, that claiming to “follow one’s truth” and “being true to oneself“, as many people justify their actions and decisions with, can be buffers and lies to the self, justifying the programming and conditioning they are not even aware of, dreaming to be awake, but being sound asleep. It’s how the over-generalized and watered-down New Age teachings these days actually work in favor of the PTB (powers that be) and it seems very likely that they have manipulated and distorted TRUE spiritual teachings for that very purpose for thousands of years. Be it religion or the New Age. Same thing, different packaging, an opiate for the masses to keep them hypnotized and asleep; sheep dreaming to be men or gods.

For that reason most of the COINTELPRO “agents” are not consciously aware that they are spreading disinformation, but become “useful idiots” and tools for the matrix, despite their well-meaning intent.

“When a person has lied for a long time, the time comes when he can no longer distinguish between what is false and what is true. People convince themselves of their own lies, becoming victims of their own inventions as they begin to direct their lives by standards of behavior, ideas, feelings, or instincts which do not correspond to their inner reality.

What is truly serious in this matter is that the individual loses all points of reference regarding what comprises truth, and what comprises lies. He becomes used to considering as true only that which is convenient for his personal interests; everything that is in opposition to his self-esteem or in conflict with already established prejudices, he considers false.

A person lies in order to avoid difficult problems, to evade responsibility, or to avoid damage to his self-esteem. So the individual constantly lies to himself and to others, and becomes entangled in an illusory world born out of his personal fantasy. He forms concepts, ideas, judgments, aversions, and attachments that have no relation to actual events, but are only the reflection of a life full of lies and listening to lies.

One of the most powerful reasons for lying is to create a good image of oneself, and to prevent others from seeing us as we really are beneath the mask of appearances. Each mask is a lie, and there are thousands in each individual’s collection of disguises. It is necessary to be conscious of this phenomenon of lying, and to realize its magnitude and frequency, as well as the enormous damage it causes.

People are always infused with all kinds of fantastic ideas about themselves, the world, people, love, idealism, society, etc. Led by his eagerness to evade a disagreeable reality, man gives free rein to his imagination and is inclined to believe the first agreeable lie he encounters along the way. The individual projects his personal illusions onto a cold and immutable reality, and thus deceiving himself, he endeavors to contemplate reality through rose-colored glasses.

“Disillusion” is a painful process and can be prolonged, depending on how much time the individual takes to realize he is living artificially and that this condition is a product of his internal dreams. Great courage is required to face reality and to destroy the mirage of a pleasant dream.

from “The Stellar Man” by John Baines


There is another issue that come with voting in a corrupted system and believing in lies. On a deeper level (metaphysically speaking), by voting and by identifying yourself with a party (left or right) you actually give validity to the corrupt system, two-party set-up, and essentially your “permission” to keep it in place. In a sense you actually give up your free will by believing in lies (taking the false for the true and the true for the false) and supporting them with your vote. It’s how the “matrix” works and keeps itself in place: By the consensus of the people believing in it and supporting it through their actions and beliefs.

No matter how good a lie sounds, how good it feels or what “positive” effect you may think it has (wishful thinking), there are metaphysical repercussions that affect everyone and the whole world “negatively” and actually feed entropy, essentially keeping the false system and control in place by giving it “energy”, regardless if the people who support/believe lies (unknowingly or not) are very loving, positive and mean well. In a sense, by voting and buying into the illusion of “free choice” people tend to do more “harm” than any “good”. The exact opposite of what we’re being told (“Rock the Vote!”) and have been conditioned to believe.

Obviously it’s not about just not voting and doing nothing. It’s about gaining knowledge, educating ourselves, and seeing the fraud and the lies for what they are. Only then will we know what to DO and, most importantly, what NOT to do. The more people engage in seeking Truth and working together in that regard, the better the chance that reality (as a whole) will change for the “better”, because we DO create our own reality. However, it’s not as simple as portrayed in the many distorted New Age “You Create Your Own Reality” bits. This is a topic on its own, however, this article touches upon that subject in more depth: Order Out of Chaos.

The only question that remains to anyone who wants to vote for the “lesser evil” (or 3rd party candidates, who never have a chance, which is also a distraction, giving the illusion of choice) is this: If you sincerely read/study what is written here including all the linked articles and references, are you willing or even able to admit to yourself that you have been/are believing in lies which cloud your judgment and perception? It may go contrary to everything you believed in and your life is based on. It’s not an easy process and it never is/was for anyone, who is sincerely seeking truth. But that is the work to be done and our only hope before we can “do” and present “solutions” that will help us to make “The Shift” before mother nature presses the reset button.  It has happened before and it is happening now, while the masses are distracted by the political circus side show of two clowns who argue about who’s the “nicer” psychopath. Having good intentions is not enough. In fact, in can do more harm than any good for the road to hell is paved with good intentions. Most “evil” is done and supported by well-meaning folks with good intentions who are not aware of their conditioning and who lack objective knowledge of our world.

“Half the harm that is done in this world
 is due to people who want to feel important. 
They don’t mean to do harm. ­ 
But the harm does not interest them.
 Or they do not see it, or they justify it. 
Because they are absorbed in the endless struggle 
to think well of themselves.”

– T. S. Eliot

2012 – Collective Awakening or End of the World?

We’re half way through 2012. Many prophecies have hinted at this time as The Shift of the Ages and The Time of Transition. If you take a look at the shelves of any spiritual/new age bookstore, you’ll see dozens of books with 2012 in the title. It certainly has become a good marketing bit. There are many theories of what 2012 is supposedly all about. From the end of the world to global mass enlightenment. If you type “2012” into Google, 25,270,000,000 results come up.

Much of it is based on the Mayan Calendar which is presumably ending on 12/21 2012. Many people seem to be fixated on this date. I don’t want to get into the technicality of the Mayan Calendar. Lies are mixed with truth and there are all kinds of theories from historians, experts, channeled material and authors who make various claims about this date and the Mayan Calendar, many of them contradicting each other. Instead, I’d like to look into some overlooked issues our world is facing , examining the possibility of a cataclysmic “end time” scenario or a “collective awakening” from a different perspective. But let’s backtrack first.

I first heard about the Mayan Calendar and the mystery of 2012 in 1998. The first book I read about it was “Solving the Greatest Mystery of Our time: The Mayan Calendar” by Carl Johan Calleman. I was intrigued to say the least. However, back then I wasn’t very discerning and much of my “research” was  partly emotional driven with wishful thinking and assumptions, lacking critical thinking. The more I read and took in information, the more I was also confused because there was so much conflicting data. It was hard to discern what is true and what not. According to Calleman, the Mayan Calendar already ended on October 28th 2011. He also made predictions of ET disclosure and the mass awareness of the UFO phenomenon before that date. As we can see none of that has happened.

Other books I’ve read were “Maya Cosmogenesis 2012: The True Meaning of the Maya Calendar End-Date” by John Major Jenkins, “The Mayan Factor” by Jose Arguelles,  and “2012: The Return of Quetzalcoatl” by Daniel Pinchbeck among countless articles on the internet and various books that touch on this subject, including Terence Mckenna’s concept of the “Timewave Zero”. While insightful and interesting to a point, none of these works really satisfied my thirst for deeper knowledge. It seemed something was missing.

At the same time I also got into more fringe topics, conspiracy theories, the UFO phenomenon as well as esoteric teachings and certain channeled material. What I’ve learned the most as I was digging deeper is that there is a lot of smoke, disinformation and noise surrounding the topic of 2012. I learned about COINTELPRO (Counter Intelligence Programs) and how much of the material about 2012 is infected with many lies, distracting the seeker on purpose. in fact, the “New Age Movement” and much of the distorted spiritual concepts we see these days seemed too have been created for that very purpose: to disinform, distract and vector anyone away from the truth. The reader is encouraged to check out my other articles which examine some of these New Age corruptions in more depth:

Of course mainstream science and media also ridicules anything that doesn’t fit into the reality box of “official culture”. That is to be expected. But what was more disturbing for me was how many folks in the alternative media buy into so much disinformation, be it consciously or not. Everyone who started to question reality and embarked on the quest of truth has at one point in his/her life believed in lies and disinformation.  We all deal with cultural conditioning and programming. As I’ve written before, I’m not exempt from it and there have been many times when I had to adjust my understanding of the world when new data came in and I had to admit that I was wrong about some things. I’m not interested in being right, but in truth, as it is, even if it doesn’t conform to my wishes and desires of how I’d like it to be.

I’ve said before that I didn’t “like” to find out the more disturbing aspects of our reality. My rose colored glasses were shattered in the face of a cold harsh reality where most people dream to be awake but are asleep. Waking up and seeking truth entails facing the lies we tell ourselves through sincere self-work and networking. For some time I was also blinded with wishful thinking, assuming that everyone who is seeking truth would do so sincerely without an agenda but willing to look into certain topics more critically, neither with “blind belief” or “cynical debunking”, even if these subjects contradict what they’ve found out so far.

A big wake-up call in that regard was my interaction with Daniel Pinchbeck, author of “2012: The Return of Quetzalcoatl” and co-fonder of the Evolver Social Movement. He gives talks around the world and festivals such as ‘Burning Man’ and ‘Lightning in a Bottle’. I thought he touched on some important subjects (although very superficially) in his 2012 book, such as the UFO phenomenon, alien abductions, crop circles and shamanism. It mostly dealt with his personal journey, infused by his psychedelic experiences. Pinchbeck’s claim is that we are in the final stages of a fundamental global shift from a society based on materiality to one based on spirituality.

In 2007 we connected on a 2012 forum at tribe.net, a social network. He initially liked what I had to say about the UFO phenomena and suggested that I should write an article about it for his online magazine “Reality Sandwich“. This was the birth of my first draft of “UFOs, Aliens, and the Question of Contact” (which was the basis for the documentary of the same name I made with a friend). Pinchbeck rejected the article stating that “it’s unfortunate that you have such a negative view of this topic”. I purposely focused more on the overseen aspects of the UFO phenomena, especially the darker side of alien abductions and hyperdimensional realities. Some of it was not in line with what he wrote in his 2012 book, which only covered the alien topic in a very generalized and philosophical way. I wrote him a lengthy response, asking him to be more clear about his assessment. He just answered that he has no time to get into it and that he resonates more with the ideas of Steven Greer (founder of the “Disclosure Project”). Anyone who has researched the UFO topic in more depth knows that Greer spreads a lot of disinformation, so I was actually surprised to hear that Pinchbeck “resonated” with his work. It clearly showed that his research was off.

A couple years later we connected again on facebook when he came across an article I posted about Alex Jones being potentially COINTELPRO.  Pinchbeck had a similar view and asked if I’d like to try to write an article again for Reality Sandwich. Before I even got to that he found another post of mine where I recommended the book “The Controversy of Zion” by Douglas Reed (since Alex Jones is known to avoid the topic of Zionism). He wrote to me, asking why I recommend this “conspiracy book” and if I’m holocaust revisionist (denier). I wrote him back stating I simply question everything, including the official story of the holocaust and how it has been used for social control and justifying the politics of the “victim” state Israel, considering we’ve been lied to about virtually everything regarding our history. I supported my claims with articles and documentaries made by Jews who also took a more critical look into what had happened, which also ties into the subject of Zionism. This opened up a can of worms. He didn’t look into any of it and just responded with a passive aggressive and emotionally driven insulting tone, telling me that I must have a “psychological disposition” because of my German heritage. He then stated that he lost family in the holocaust and didn’t want to work or communicate with me anymore in the future. While I had compassion for what happened to his family, I was still surprised that he wasn’t able to stay objective.

That was it and we never communicated again since then. Complete lack of critical thinking and objectivity on his part. He didn’t look into any of the information I sent him, but already had his mind made up, driven by his own conditioning/programming. Pinchbeck also advocates the use of psychedelic drugs and his work is very much influenced by it. It seems he trusts his psychedelic experiences more than he does research, study or empirical evidence, similar to the late Terence McKenna (his death because of a brain tumor may be the exact result/manifestation of forcing his consciousness to open up through a life-long use of these drugs), who also put way too much importance on these drugs, resulting in lack of critical thinking, and not fully grasping the dangers of these substances from an esoteric perspective.

Daniel Pinchbeck at “Burning Man”

The reason I mention this interaction I had with Pinchbeck is because I observed similar reactions in many self-proclaimed visionaries, and truth seekers. There are certain topics that are usually automatically dismissed, ridiculed and debunked without any of the debunkers looking into them and researching them sincerely and unbiased.

“Sometimes people hold a core belief that is very strong. When they are presented with evidence that works against that belief, the new evidence cannot be accepted. It would create a feeling that is extremely uncomfortable, called cognitive dissonance. And because it is so important to protect the core belief, they will rationalize, ignore and even deny anything that doesn’t fit in with the core belief.”

Frantz Fanon

Most of these topics are also not mentioned by many 2012-ers or are highly distorted. Interestingly the few who actively research these subjects sincerely and speak out about them are attacked or ignored. You don’t get to be on mainstream TV or having articles about you in the NY Times or Rolling Stone Magazine if you’d speak the truth and talk about taboo topics that go against the status quo of a deeply conditioned/programmed culture.

In that sense Daniel Pinchbeck and others become like “useful idiots“, essentially supporting the system they claim to oppose through their denial and lack of critical thinking regarding certain topics despite their well-meaning intentions and visionary approach. It also became clear to me how psychedelic drugs can impair one’s critical thinking abilities and how these substances are romanticized and have a darker side to them, most “psychonauts” are not aware of or simply deny. I fell into this trap myself when I was experimenting with them, deluding myself about many things, despite some of the insights I had on medicine plants. I know people who use these entheogens on a regular basis, but still vote for Obama or believe the official 9/11 fairy tale and the phony war on terror. There is even a well-known healer who works with ayahuasca in my area, conducting medicine journeys throughout the country. He’s also an outspoken Democrat and constantly posts on facebook supporting Obama, buying into the the illusion of choice through voting in this two party set-up.  A “shamanic healer” who not only believes in but supports the political circus side show that is clearly used for social/cultural control and he even identifies himself with a country and political party? What an oxymoron! It shows that these mind expanding drugs are no “magic pill” that automatically pierce through the cultural conditioning and the lies we believe in.

The Neo-Shamanism that is around today has distorted what Shamanism is truly about and rendered it into a hyped attraction where all you have to pay is some $ to have THE experience. While medicinal plants and herbs can undoubtedly be helpful as a physical/psychological/spiritual healing aid, their use for so-called ‘accessing of higher realities’ usually serves to distract people from what deeper spiritual and esoteric work is about, even giving one the illusion that one has “awoken”. There are many dangers – energetically, psychically (spirit attachments) and esoterically – when forcing oneself to enter a higher state of consciousness through these drugs. This is a touchy subject that requires a careful approach, certainly a much more careful approach than what I’ve seen from Pinchbeck, McKenna and others, especially when considering “the topic of all topics” (more on that later).

“The phenomenology of the trance underwent many changes and corruptions, due in large part to confusion as to the precise nature of ecstasy….Concerning the original shamanic experience … narcotics are only a vulgar substitute for “pure” trance.  The use of intoxicants is a recent innovation and points to a decadence in shamanic technique. Narcotic intoxication is called on to provide an imitation of a state that the shaman is no longer capable of attaining otherwise. Decadence or vulgarization of a mystical technique – in ancient and modern India, and indeed all through the East, we constantly find this strange mixture of “difficult ways” and “easy ways” of realizing mystical ecstasy or some other decisive experience.”

Mircea Eliade, Shamanism: Archaic Techniques of Ecstasy

The 2012 “movement” has become in many ways another distraction infiltrated with COINTELPRO which works in favor of the powers that be. It’s almost “hip” and “in” to talk about a shift and awakening these days. Festivals like Burning Man and Lightning in a Bottle, attended by many self-proclaimed aware people, supposedly representing the “counter culture”, are also part of this. It’s interesting to note how the “psychedelic movement” is also very much intertwined with this (with Pinchbeck being one of the main figure heads) and how carelessly mind expanding drugs are promoted for “spiritual growth” or just partying, where most often hedonism is mistaken for spiritual work/awareness. It seems evident that these drugs have been used for social control since the “creation” of the hippie/psychedelic movement in the 6os. Various researchers have uncovered certain CIA operations (such as MK Ultra) supplying the youth with LSD and other mind expanding drugs to vector people away from the truth for the purpose of creating a “controlled opposition”. Author Jan Irvin recently made compelling discoveries when researching about Gordon Wasson, revealing how the psychedelic revolution was launched by the CFR, CIA and the elite, and how R. Gordon Wasson, the so called discoverer of magic mushrooms, and the founder of the field of ethnomycology, was himself a government asset, a friend of Edward Bernays – the father of propaganda, and is one of the key figures for launching one of the largest mind control operations in history. Irvin writes in R. Gordon Wasson: The Man, the Legend, the Myth –  Beginning a New History of Magic Mushrooms, Ethnomycology, and the Psychedelic Revolution:

“There are several reasons why the psychedelic movement may have been launched, including attempts to distract people from government policy failure; extracting information from people under the influence, such as with MK‐ULTRA; making money from the drugs through the pharmaceutical industry; and even pacifying people with a Huxleyan‐like soma or with positivist spirituality so that they could be more easily controlled.

Here are some other eye-opening articles from researchers relating to COINTELPRO, the corruption of the “Human Potential Movement” and the creation/infiltration of the Hippie, Psychedelic and New Age Movement:

– “Aliens and Cosmic COINTELPRO” by Laura Knight-Jadczyk

“[…]Aldous Huxley also made an early connection between the effects experienced by those partaking of psychedelic drugs and the experiences of Eastern Mysticism and this set the consciousness-raising bomb off with a BANG! Along came Timothy Leary, Richard Alpert AKA Baba Ram Dass with their LSD and other modes of mind marvels, leading the parade of those who were “turned on, tuned in.” Abraham Maslow became a father figure to the new “wave” of those desiring to fill the gaping hole of their reality with “peak experiences.” Maslow cited psychedelic drugs as one of the means in which even ordinary people could have a little of what the Eastern Mystics worked many years to develop. Now, it could be had for a weekend seminar at Big Sur, or a study by mail course at only $29.95 per lesson! What a deal!

Peak Experiences…experience, experience, and experience…became the pot of gold at the end of the rainbow of the 1960’s. No one needed to live in Existential Despair any longer! Everyone could become a “spiritual voyager” and achieve extended periods in realms of consciousness they had only heard about in veiled, mysterious allusions down through the ages. Encounter groups, radical therapies, old and new combinations of theories and practice came rolling off the conveyor belt of techno-spirituality. The intangibles of spirit had been harnessed! Anyone could evoke some desirable experience by manipulating awareness at the basic physical and psychological levels. Never mind that all of this bypassed the vital processes of reason and conscious decision making. By its very nature, the whole techno-spiritual machine operated completely without critical thinking; it tapped the bottomless pit of feeling-emotion…primal being. Never mind that much of this emotion was negative, confusing, anxious and fearful! Let’s just get it all out here in the open and have a party with it!

Each of the many techniques developed during this time was fully capable of producing an emotional high of one sort or another. There were endless “peak experiences,” and dramatic “personal breakthroughs.” The mixtures of Zen, yoga, meditation, and drugs along with strict mechanical technology, were a veritable adventure in awareness! The only problem was: in the midst of all this peaking, mind-blowing, turning on and tuning in, ecstasy and encountering, many people encountered things that, perhaps, ought not have been awakened. Boundaries were breached into unseeable and terrifying realms of consciousness. William Chittick, translator of the works of the great Sufi Shaykh, Ibn al-’Arabi, wrote:

Nowadays most people interested in the spirituality of the East desire the “experience,” though they may call what they are after intimate communion with God. Those familiar with the standards and norms of spiritual experience set down by disciplined paths like Sufism are usually appalled at the way Westerners seize upon any apparition from the domain outside of normal consciousness as a manifestation of the “spiritual.” In fact, there are innumerable realms in the unseen world, some of them far more dangerous than the worst jungles of the visible world. [Al-Arabi himself said]:

So preserve yourselves, my brothers, from the calamities of this place, for distinguishing it is extremely difficult! Souls find it sweet, and then within it they are duped, since they become completely enamored of it.

By the end of the decade of the 60’s, the “human potential” movement had become a veritable potpourri of religion, science, mysticism, magick and “the occult.” The drug use got out of hand, the “techniques” began to show serious flaws with a number of tragedies resulting in crime or madness, and the whole idea of human beings becoming “psychic supermen” hit the skids. The promise of the 60’s decayed into an aimless lethargy…old hippies living in communes, braiding their gray locks and lusting after the sweet young teeny boppers while they fired up another bong and reminisced about the “good old days” at Esalen.

But wait! Something else happened here! Remember, this is America! The home of the Free…Market that is. Many people suggest that the subsequent proliferation of the “New Age” consciousness raising movement was the result of big business seeing a pile of money to be made in the development of slick, newly packaged psychoanalysis and psychodrama. There was, indeed, mass distribution and Madison Avenue marketing of things like Mind Dynamics, Arica, Silva Mind Control, Transcendental Meditation, and on and on. Individual entrepreneurs knew a good thing when they saw it. However, there is more to this than meets the eye. This is important to our subject, so bear with me. […]”

Inside The Lauel Canyon – The Strange but Mostly True Story of Laurel Canyon and the Birth of the Hippie Generation  (21 parts) by Dave McGowan

“Hippies came out of no where and sort of co opted it, I think it was quite deliberate…they wanted to give the anti-war movement a face that would be completely unacceptable to mainstream America…I mean everything about them was offensive to mainstream America, to middle America, the hairstyles, the clothing styles, the open drug use, the music, everything about them was designed to repel mainstream America and prevent the anti-war movement from gaining any additional speed by putting this face on it…I think the whole hippy flower child thing…..was a creation of the Intelligence community to take the steam out of the anti-war movements and various  other movements….The battle cry of the hippy movement was turn on, tune in, drop out…telling people don’t worry about it, get high.

We can see the same thread in many “conscious movements” these days and at the aforementioned festivals. It’s as if history is repeating itself with a different appearance, more tech, more potent drugs, new gadgets and clothes but the same attitude with even more pseudo New Age “spiritual techniques” to activate your “third eye”, DNA or speed up your “ascension process” and where sexual pathologies are often buffered up as “sexual healing” and “spirituality”. There is the usual  “just focus on yourself”, focus on “we are all one” and our “oneness”. Don’t look at the “negative” things happening in the world, but “connect to earth”, meditate on the “Shift” to activate your light body, send love and light to the world and its leaders, etc.. As long as you “feel good” and focus on “love” everything will be ok. Everything is as it is supposed to be, etc. It is proclaimed that there is no objectivity, just your own subjective reality and you create your own reality by your thoughts and what you focus on. But as various ancient esoteric teachings and mystery schools have transmitted , even the “children of light” shall be deceived by false prophets and false teachings. And we see exactly that happening now:

It is possible to obtain so-called esoteric results that are impure, but they are false and thus transitory. Here we refer to the vast realm of occultism, where the children of this century, more capable than the children of light, seek to apply their abilities beyond the visible world. This occurs in what we call ‘mysticism of phenomena‘.

It is curious to see how much these false prophets, magicians and ‘christs’ impressed themselves on the imagination of the men and  even more of the women of the past. It is the same today.

For there is a type of human being who declines all moral responsibility for himself or for those to whom he is in duty bound. One comes across this type quite often, always trying to find someone else to shoulder his responsibilities as long as this someone else possesses some kind of authority, earned or otherwise. These people are open to any form of hypnotic suggestion and practically ask to be hypnotized. They are of good faith, but they search for the ‘marvelous’ because they are too weak or too lazy to undertake esoteric work successfully.

And the ‘wolves’ devour them finding justification in the fact that they are only the ‘scourings of humanity.’ But this is not true; for ‘scourings’ who are converted can become key figures on the esoteric chess-board. Mental apathy and emotional inertia are responsible for tipping man down the slope of least resistance even when armed with the best intentions, especially if he justifies himself for his human frailties by finding them normal, particularly on the sexual plane.

Boris Mouravieff, Gnosis

Of course it’s not black and white and I wouldn’t say that everyone who enjoys these festivals or is part of a “conscious movement”  is co-opted or asleep to what is truly going in our world. However, one also needs to look only at the workshops and lectures at many of those events. Anything that sounds or “feels good” infused with pop-psychology/spirituality is being promoted and anything that is perceived as “negative” is being avoided and ignored. As I said before, important subjects that are actually part of becoming aware and conscious seem to be missing. They are neither negative nor positive, but simply ARE part of our reality and we’re all affected by them. I’ve posted this following video many times before. Marianne Williamson is really hitting the nail on the head. It’s from a talk she gave at “Lightning in Bottle” in 2011, a festival I attended to see it for myself. A rare voice of truth among the “Love & Light” crowd. I couldn’t agree with her more:

Instead of “countering culture”, many of these movements become another form of the same conditioned culture with similar manifestations of cliques, feeding dynamics, its own fashion, marketing, programming/conditioning, and (new age) religion. Many people say we need to stop pointing out what is wrong and what we don’t have in common (aka being”negative”) but present solutions and focus on what we have in common (aka being “positive”). Yes, but solutions and building community/tribe, reflecting our common “humanity”, without a deeper understanding of humanity and our world to begin with, including the “unpleasant” things, will disintegrate eventually as history has proven. What topics am I talking about which are virtually ignored in many “conscious movements” and in the alternative media? What follows are just VERY brief summaries of three topics. The reader is encouraged to read/study/watch the suggested resources under each point before rejecting these ideas or making hasty conclusions which only lead to distortions.

1. We are all one, but we are not all the same

The biggest illusion many people seem to have is the assumption that, since we’re all one, we all have the potential to awaken in this life time and have access to love, empathy, conscience and higher values. It is assumed that because we’re collectively connected and look like “humans”, we are all are “equal”and the same. Another assumption is that everyone who is not “aware” is just misguided and can be “fixed”. This illusion is based on projecting one’s own higher qualities onto others, especially people in power.

There exists a type of human who has no connection to the higher centers of universal love/awareness at birth. He/she is not genetically wired this way, not being able to access them this lifetime around but he/she can emulate and mimic these higher characteristics quite well and even distract you from evolving by sapping your energy and feeding off it. He/she can tell you exactly what you want to hear, appear compassionate, empathetic and understanding without meaning or feeling it.

 This type of “human” is the psychopath (making up about 6% of humanity) who is hiding behind a mask of sanity, creating misery and chaos which they feed off. They are not necessarily criminals in prisons, but can be successful CEO’s, politicians, spiritual leaders, a husband, wife, child or the neighbor next door. They’re also pathological liars who never feel any guilt or remorse. That is a topic which is very misunderstood and ignored. Becoming aware of it and educating oneself and others about it is the most crucial and important action we can undertake to make this world a better place. It’s the underlying cause of the reason why our world is in the state it’s in: It is run by psychopaths.

“”Likeable,” “Charming,” “Intelligent,” “Alert,” “Impressive,” “Confidence-inspiring,” and “A great success with the ladies”: These are the sorts of descriptions repeatedly used by Cleckley in his famous case-studies of psychopaths.
[…]
Psychopaths seem to have in abundance the very traits most desired by normal persons. The untroubled self-confidence of the psychopath seems almost like an impossible dream and is generally what “normal” people seek to acquire when they attend assertiveness training classes. In many instances, the magnetic attraction of the psychopath for members of the opposite sex seems almost supernatural.
[…]
This lack of “soul quality” makes them very efficient “machines.” They can be brilliant, write scholarly works, imitate the words of emotion, but over time, it becomes clear that their words do not match their actions. They are the type of person who can claim that they are devastated by grief who then attend a party “to forget.” The problem is: they really DO forget.

Being very efficient machines, like a computer, they are able to execute very complex routines designed to elicit from others support for what they want. In this way, many psychopaths are able to reach very high positions in life. It is only over time that their associates become aware of the fact that their climb up the ladder of success is predicated on violating the rights of others. Even when they are indifferent to the rights of their associates, they are often able to inspire feelings of trust and confidence. The psychopath recognizes no flaw in his psyche, no need for change.

– from “The Psychopath – The Mask of Sanity”, Hervey Cleckley

It affects EVERYONE since our society has become ponerized, where normal people and society as a whole have taken on pathological traits that are seen as normal. It ties in with the atrophy of critical thinking and not recognizing pathological individuals as such. I’m not just talking about the average mainstream public, but especially spiritually inclined people who deny/ignore this topic (usually without having done any sincere research into it). It’s of no use to envision and create new money/barter systems, a resource based economy or focusing on environmental issues if this topic is not addressed and made conscious of for the virus of psychopathy will destroy any communities and utopian visions eventually. I’m not saying NOT to focus on such solutions, but the illusion that all humans are equal and the same needs to be shattered for true change to happen.

“One phenomenon all ponerogenic groups and associations have in common is the fact that their members lose (or have already lost) the capacity to perceive pathological individuals as such, interpreting their behavior in fascinated, heroic, or melodramatic ways….When the habits of subconscious selection and substitution of thought-data spread to the macrosocial level, a society tends to develop contempt for factual criticism and to humiliate anyone sounding an alarm.”

Andrew M. Lobaczewski

Recommended reading and watching:

But beyond the reality of psychopaths among us, there is another topic that relates to the difference between humans on a mass scale. Certain sources that talk about a shift or transformation occurring in our age also mention a “splitting” of humanity and that not everyone is going to wake up. The main reason for this can be found in a very interesting issue this planet faces and has been written about in various esoteric teachings as well as transmitted through certain channeled material (more on that later). It relates to two different “humanities” coexisting on earth, alike from the outside, but unlike in the inside. All six billion people on the planet are not the same. There are fundamental differences that are genetic and esoteric. But these differences have nothing to do with those cited throughout history and used to justify the domination of one group over another: color, race, culture, language, wealth or social status.

According to “Gnosis” by Boris Mouravieff, there seems to exist two kind of humans that are equally divided (50/50): adamic man and pre-adamic man. One type with soul potential, the other has no individual soul, but is connected to a “soul pool”. Only the former has the inherent capacity to evolve esoterically, fusing the lower with the higher centers. The latter does not have the possibility in his current evolutionary cycle to bridge to the higher centers and no access to higher knowing/awareness/love, but is NOT a psychopath. 
They are like “cardboard” people who are “empty” inside, living mechanically under the rule of the General Law. Looking at the Indian chakra model, one could say that pre-adamic man only exists on the lower three chakras without any access to the higher ones, while adamic man also only exists on the lower centers, but has the ability to activate and bridge the higher centers through conscious esoteric work.

© Quantum Future Group

Suppression and distortion of esoteric knowledge is one of the means for control of the masses on planet earth. This has been going on for thousands of years. Even the material presented in “Gnosis” is covered around a biblical gloss that one needs to weed through. The topic of “soulless people” (also coined “Organic Portals (OP)”) is deep and far-reaching. It begs the question, what is a “soul” to begin with? Some people who appear “soulless” may actually be a “soul in struggle”, so we need to be careful not to judge too quickly, but get a better and deeper understanding of this topic. When exploring this idea more closely, with an objective, open and critical mind, it gives huge insight into the state of the world. OPs have their natural place in the grand scheme of things and they also serve a purpose in the evolutionary process. There is nothing evil or wrong with them, nor is it about “us vs. them”, but simply having a deeper understanding of humanity so we can actually live truly in more harmony, aligned with the universe, nature and evolution of Being and Knowledge.

EVERYONE is on the level of an OP until he/she engages in esoteric work activating the higher centers. We all are “Organic Portals” to one degree or another as the “predator” and matrix works through all of us (see next point) until we make the effort to gain self-knowledge and work on fusing our higher centers that connect us to our higher self in a conscious way, dislodging our programs and conditioned, mechanical behaviors so we’re able to use our will in a conscious and awake manner. That is the basis for true free will. A good introduction into this topic is “Organic Portals – Soulless Humans” (it also explains the difference between psychopaths and OPs).

2. Hyperdimensional Realities

There is more to our reality than our five senses can perceive. We are not God’s ultimate creation, nor on the peak on the evolutionary ladder in Darwinian terms (whichever creationist/evolutionary theory you believe in). Our reality is embedded in a complex system of unseen worlds and controlled by denizens of higher reality. The forces at work are not all good and we’re not on top of the food chain. “Food” doesn’t have to be physical and these beings feed off our negative emotions and energy, predominantly chaos, sexual pathologies and fear, which they create working through us. The ancient esoteric teachings talk about a “hyperdimensional matrix control system” (MCS) that has influenced and controlled humanity for millennia, each in their own way. Don Juan in Castaneda’s last book called it “the topic of all topics“, speaking of a cosmic predator that uses man as food: Man has a glowing coat of awareness which the predator eats, leaving just the bare minimum of “consciousness stuff” for man to remain physically alive. The predator “milks” man through arranging for constant trouble and crisis and senseless preoccupation, so as to generate flashes of awareness that it then proceeds to eat. Gurdjeff refers to it in the tale of “The Evil Magician” and the concept of “Food for the Moon” . The Gnostics maintained that the Earth and material creation in general were the product of an evil demiurge, chief of the “archons of darkness“. Boris Mouravieff writes about the “General Law” in his trilogy “Gnosis” which influences humanity and keeps it in its place. It takes tremendous effort, awareness and esoteric self-work to “escape” the General Law and influences of the MCS.

The UFO phenomenon relates to it in more ways than usually acknowledged by some contemporary UFO researchers who have a very “nuts and bolts” physical approach to the idea of UFOs, aliens and extraterrestrials. There is a paranormal characteristic that accompanies UFO sightings, alien abductions and other high strangeness occurrences that should encourage us to look at this phenomena in a different way instead of the popular assumptions that UFOs are physical “alien space ships coming from other planets”.  When researching the topic of hyperdimensional realities it also puts into question the various Disclosure and Exopolitics scenarios promoted by some UFO researchers. There is a lot of disinformation surrounding that topic and it is interesting to note that attempts to reveal the hyperdimensional aspect are often ignored, attacked and ridiculed, even more so than the “nuts and bolts” scenario.

However, in light of the ancient esoteric teachings mentioned above it all makes sense, since the MCS is trying to conceal exactly that: Hyperdimensional realities and the beings inhabiting them. Humanity is not on top of the food chain, nor in control of itself. Some UFO, paranormal and history researchers such as Dr. Jacques Vallee, John Keel and Laura Knight Jadczyk have done groundbreaking research into this topic.

“If we look at the world from an informational point of view, and if we consider the many complex ways in which time and space my be structured, the old idea of space travel and interplanetary craft to which most technologists are still clinging appears not only obsolete, but ludicrous. Indeed, modern physics has already bypassed it, offering a very different interpretation of what an “extraterrestrial” system might look like.
 I believe there is a system around us that transcends time as it transcends space. The system may well be able to locate itself in outer space, but its manifestations are not spacecraft in the ordinary ‘nuts and bolts’ sense. The UFOs are physical manifestations that cannot be understood apart from their psychic and symbolic reality. What we see in effect here is a control system which acts on humans and uses humans.

Dr. Jacques Vallee

“The scope, frequency, and distribution of the sightings make the popular extraterrestrial (interplanetary) hypothesis completely untenable… Many flying saucers seem to be nothing more than a disguise for some hidden phenomenon. They are like Trojan horses descending into our forests and farm fields, promising salvation and offering us the splendor of some great super-civilization in the sky… Do the ultraterrestrials really care about us? There is much disturbing evidence that they don’t. They care only to the extent that we can fulfill our enigmatic use to them.
[…]
The real UFO story must encompass all of the many manifestations being observed. It is a story of ghosts and phantoms and strange mental abberations; of an invisible world which surrounds us and occasionally engulfs us; of prophets and prophecies, and gods and demons. It is a world of illusion and hallucination where the unreal seems very real, and where reality itself is distorted by strange forces which can seemingly manipulate space, time, and physical matter—forces which are almost entirely beyond our powers of comprehension.
[…]
Our skies have been filled with “Trojan horses” throughout history, and like the original Trojan Horse, they seem to conceal hostile intent. … This hostility theory is further supported by the fact that the objects choose, most often, to appear in forms which we can readily accept and explain to our own satisfaction—ranging from derigibles to meteors and conventional-appearing airplanes. … In other words, flying saucers are not at all what we have hoped they were. They are a part of something else. I call that something else Operation Trojan Horse.
[…]
The real truth is that the UFO cultists have been played for suckers for years, not by the government, but by the phenomenon.

John Keel

“In the case of the idea of man being “food” for hyperdimensional beings, there is an enormous amount of both vertical and lateral corroboration of all kinds. So much so that, in fact, it is almost impossible to understand why it is not generally known. Clearly, there have been deliberate efforts to “hide this fact”. And, the fact that it is hidden may itself tell us something.

The point is, when Don Juan and Gurdjieff and the Cassiopaeans (and others) tell us that our religions, our social structure, our values, our beliefs about our spiritual nature and condition have been deliberately created to perpetuate the illusion that we are free; that we are (or can be) “special and adored children of a loving God”; that we are or can be “co-creators” with God, that we can do anything at all of a positive and powerful nature, we need to carefully examine this issue!

But it is work to examine it objectively. It is hard work because it consists of long and difficult self-examination in order to be able to overcome the emotions that prevent us from discovering what illusions we are hanging onto, what illusions are preventing us from seeing and acting in such a way as to become free.
[…]
As we continue to think in these terms, it becomes more and more apparent that this Great Work of the alchemists was essentially the process of becoming “free of the Matrix”, described in alchemical and allegorical terms.
[…]
This hyperdimensional world is all around us, yet we are unable to see it because it is beyond the range of our senses. All the objects of our world are very likely just our limited perceptions of what is happening in this total reality.

Since those forces that create and maintain the Matrix have so much to lose, they exert a great deal of energy to keep the Matrix of lies and false beliefs in place. And doing it from a state of hyperdimensional reality enables them to work from a state of timelessness, so as to be able to produce all the perceived effects that support their agenda; the Evil Magician of Gurdjieff; the “Flyer“ of Castaneda; the Shaitans of the Sufis. And the reality has been manipulated for so long that it seems natural. It has become a comfortable prison in which Stockholm Syndrome reigns supreme, and the inmates love their captors.
[…]
Thus it is that we may find that our religious myths and rites are remnants of narratives – a message in a bottle – designed to explain these phenomena, and that the monotheistic versions, declaring a Final End, or a Judgment Day of a final end, are merely distortions of the myth designed to establish a Control System on our planet. These distortions are beneficial to those who seek power and wealth, who are under the control of archetypal forces of another realm of which our own reality is but a shadow or a reflection. Let me reiterate: I do not mean, here, to suggest that this other realm is “astral” or ephemeral or non-material. I am suggesting that it is an intermediate realm of para-physical, hyper-dimensional beings whose existence and nature has been carefully concealed from us for millennia – for a reason that is not to our benefit.
[…]
And as we have learned from Jesus, Gurdjieff and the Gnostic Sufis, Castaneda, and the Cassiopaeans, the rules of this World in which we live were set up and are controlled by this STS (Service to Self) hierarchy and have been for a very long time. Each and every time the revelation of this Control System is attempted, the Matrix goes into overdrive to destroy it. And it is clear that this is the present situation….It is in “seeing the unseen” that we become aware of higher levels of being; it is in ordinary human interactions that we experience the “battles” between the forces of STS (Service to Self) and STO (Service to Others)! And it is most definitely this factor that the Matrix Control System vigorously attempts to conceal!… In other words, we are not just talking about a “petty dispute,” we are talking about a battle of forces at other levels, manifesting – as ALWAYS – in human dynamics.

Laura Knight Jadczyk

Recommended reading and watching:

3. Cyclic Cataclysms and Climate Change

Our climate and weather is surely acting strange these days. We’re being told that much of it is our fault since we contribute to global warming. The mainstream scientific consensus and other interest groups (political and business) push this idea into the public supported with very questionable science. Scientists who don’t conform to it and questing man-made global warning often don’t get funding for their research, lose their jobs and data/facts that contradict the consensus are being suppressed. It became a political issue with the old illusory fight between left and right, liberals and conservatives, all of which is distracting from what is truly going on. Climate change is happening, but it doesn’t have much to do with man-made global warming. In fact, the planet is cooling and we seem to enter a period of a new Ice Age. I want to point out that this doesn’t mean we shouldn’t be more environmental conscious since we obviously pollute the planet in many ways, however humanity is not all responsible for what is going on with our climate and weather. Our planet has survived worse conditions than what we’re dealing with now. Follow the money trail and you’ll see what Al Gore’s and other high profile global warming proponents true agenda is.

Andrés Perezalonso writes in Global Warming And The Corruption Of Science:

“[…]Since it is unlikely that all of the above are a simple series of honest mistakes, we must ask if there is an agenda other than a strictly scientific one driving the discourse of Global Warming as a whole. In searching for possible motives the $2.7 billion carbon emissions market overseen by the UN appears as a plausible candidate. This scheme effectively permits polluters to continue with their less than optimal practices as long as they pay money for it. The hype over reducing the ‘carbon foot print’ of industry is also set to make certain individuals very rich. Al Gore for example is a founder of Generation Investment Management a UK based company that has substantial interests in ‘green technology’. Gore is also heavily financially invested in Silver Spring Networks, a US company that has contracts with utilities that in October 2009 received a combined subsidy of $560m from the US energy department.

‘Global warming’ is also a major money-making opportunity for the financial establishment. JP Morgan Chase, Bank America Merrill Lynch, Barclay’s, Citi Bank, Nomura, Société Générale, Morgan Stanley and Goldman Sachs are actively involved in carbon trading. According to a Guardian report of late 2009 “the carbon market could become double the size of the vast oil market if the new breed of City players who trade greenhouse gas emissions through the EU’s emissions trading scheme have their way”.”

With all the focus on man-made global warming, environmentalists doing everything to “save the planet”, people buying hybrid cars, feeling good about themselves to do something for the planet and “green” business opportunities flourishing (there is always a buck to be made, even (or especially) if it is based on lies and corrupted science), something else is happening in our skies which is not given much attention.

Over the last couple of years fireballs and meteorite sightings have increased exponentially, some of which may be even responsible for the wild fires in Colorado and the crash of Air France Flight 447 from Rio de Janeiro to Paris in 2009 (it took three years for the official report to come out to tell us that is was caused my “mechanical and human failure”. Can we say “damage control” considering the auspicious timing of that report?)

There are obvious cosmic changes under way and other strange occurrences (like masses of birds falling dead from the sky around the world) in our atmosphere that are not even closely related to man-made global warming. These cosmic influences have an effect on our climate more than what is publicly acknowledged or recognized. The contrary, there seems to be a deliberate effort to hide this information from the public.  Joe Quinn and Niall Bradley made an excellent analysis of what seems to be happening in Reign of Fire: Meteorites, Wildfires, Planetary Chaos and the Sixth Extinction , showing that the powers that be know what is going on but try their best to vector the public away from the truth:

“Compounding our suspicion that the US government is racing to put out more than just forest fires is this impeccably timed dispatch from the official ‘al Qaeda magazine’ Inspire, in which the CIA’s favourite ‘terrorists’ called for jihadists of the world to “torch forests as part of the Islamic war against the West.” The Department of Homeland Security apparently had their story planned in advance, claiming that for more than a decade “international terrorist groups and associated individuals have expressed interest in using fire as a tactic against the Homeland to cause economic loss, fear, resource depletion, and humanitarian hardship.” Pretty coincidental, eh? Those ‘al-qaeda’ terrorists really are very useful.

Meanwhile COINTELPRO has been set to work helping the US government deceive the alt.net community with the usual garbage about super-secret (sic) scalar weapons, plasma weapons and HAARP being tested on unwitting Coloradans.

In a report commissioned by the US Air Force, British astronomer Victor Clube, author of The Cosmic Serpent and The Cosmic Winter, succinctly summarized the fundamental tenet of geopolitics:

“We do not need the celestial threat to disguise Cold War intentions; rather we need the Cold War to disguise celestial intentions!”

No, Clube wasn’t referring to aliens or spacecraft; the ‘celestial threat’ he was referring to appears in Earth’s skies during times of turmoil and social upheaval that are linked to a serious imbalance in human evolution. They also induce all kinds of weird environmental effects, the least of which are those strange sky sounds and other electromagnetic phenomena that are also picking up in frequency and intensity. Flooding the Internet with disinformation about chemtrails has convinced some that governments can master Nature’s most powerful forces. For everyone else, there’s always the ‘terrorist’ bogeyman and man-made global warming to remind them why they need Big Brother.

Global cyclic cataclysms have been recorded throughout history, yet the possibility of that happening in our time and age is suppressed, ignored or ridiculed. One thing most Mayan Calendar scholars have pointed out is that time is cyclic and the ancient civilizations have recorded this. However, with all the focus on “shift of consciousness” and the “galactic alignment” on 12/21/2012 many of them don’t seem to acknowledge the obvious: that cosmic bombardment has always been a part of our history during such shifts and it seems very likely that we’re just at the beginning of massive changes of a cosmic nature that also manifest in cataclysms.

Usually when I bring up the topic of cyclic cataclysms in conversations or on facebook and point out that we may enter such a period right now, I’m met with the usual “fear and doomsday mongerer” or “you’re so negative!” accusations. The information I provide is often denied off-hand without further investigation on their part. This has nothing to do with the “end of the world”, nor do I see ALL of the population being wiped out, nor do I want that to happen. However, facts are facts and fact is that there has been a significant increase of meteor and fireball sightings that are either downplayed or ignored. Most importantly, the powers that be know what’s coming, even if they delude themselves that they won’t be affected. So don’t expect an early warning anytime soon.

Recommended reading and watching:

Where do we go from here ?

12/21/2012 is around the corner. Don’t miss your mayan galactic alignment cruise to the Mayan Pyramids for only $999!

Joking aside, anyone who takes a sober look at the world can see that we’re far from any significant collective shift in consciousness. We live in a day and age where most people still believe the lies we’re being told. It’s a global Stockholm Syndrome, the perfect Matrix Control System, where the prisoners build their own walls and worship their captors, becoming tools of the matrix as the sheep police each other. No martial control needed.

“Till at last the child’s mind is these suggestions, and the sum of the suggestions is the child’s mind. And not the child’s mind only. The adult’s mind too-all his life long. The mind that judges and desire and decides-made up of these suggestions. But all these suggestions are our suggestions… Suggestions from the State.”

Aldous Huxley,  A Brave New World

Much of it has also do to with what Bob Altemeyer called “The Authoritarians“, who blindly believe government (left or right) and official authority.

“They [Authoritarians] are highly submissive to established authority, aggressive in the name of that authority, and conventional to the point of insisting everyone should behave as their authorities decide. They are fearful and self-righteous and have a lot of hostility in them that they readily direct toward various out-groups. They are easily incited, easily led, rather un-inclined to think for themselves, largely impervious to facts and reason, and rely instead on social support to maintain their beliefs. They bring strong loyalty to their in-groups, have thick-walled, highly compartmentalized minds, use lots of double standards in their judgments, are surprisingly unprincipled at times, and are often hypocrites. But they are also Teflon-coated when it comes to guilt. They are blind to themselves, ethnocentric and prejudiced, and as close-minded as they are narrow-minded.”

This is not only true for the obvious right-wing conservative (republicans) oriented folks, but also for many self-proclaimed liberal, progressive lefties and Democrats who support Obama, the man-made global warming scam, the official 9/11 story (fantasy), Israel’s genocide in Palestine, etc… without questioning. I’ve had many “discussions” with such individuals who pride themselves of being “aware” and “spiritual”, some of them even popular yoga teachers, life coaches, and “healers” (such as the aforementioned “ayahuascero”) here in Los Angeles, hiding behind a passive aggressive mask who are more close-minded and conditioned than they are aware of. Much of it is also about keeping a “politically correct” attitude because speaking out about such topics may not serve their career and public image. What I’ve experienced in my interactions with them mirrors exactly what Bob Altermayer said: They bring strong loyalty to their in-groups, have thick-walled, highly compartmentalized minds, use lots of double standards in their judgments, are surprisingly unprincipled at times, and are often hypocrites. But they are also Teflon-coated when it comes to guilt. They are blind to themselves, ethnocentric and prejudiced, and as close-minded as they are narrow-minded.

As I said in “Love, Reality, and the Time of Transition“:

There is always more to learn and find out that requires an adjustment and new understanding, expanding our view and understanding of reality. It is what raising consciousness implies.  People who are stuck in one idea or teaching and try to explain everything through it are building their own limited reality box. This also relates to psychology, astrology, philosophy, the healing arts, spiritual practices or any religion (east and west) where many “experts” in any of these systems are looking through one lens (many of them distorted/false to begin with), not realizing that this approach can easily lead to distortion and a tunnel vision.  It can also become an egotistical point of pride preventing that person to admit to him/herself that there is maybe more to the story which one hasn’t considered before, especially when they have written books about it, their career depends on it and they have an image to sell/live up to.

One can see these fallacies with many popular spiritual teachers, researchers, visionaries, therapists and self-help gurus, where career and image seem to take precedence over truth and reality. There are many topics that affect us more than many of them are aware of. But instead of being more open to such topics and looking into them sincerely and unbiased, these seemingly intelligent and aware individuals ignore or debunk them right off-hand exposing their own lack of critical thinking.

Anti-Authoritarians are are even diagnosed as mentally ill these days. People who question their government and learn about “the man behind the curtain” are often labeled as “paranoid conspiracy theorists” in a condemning ad hominem way, as though governments never act in secret.

What better way to maintain the status quo than to view inattention, anger, anxiety, and depression as biochemical problems of those who are mentally ill rather than normal reactions to an increasingly authoritarian society.… We are now in another dark age, only the institutions have changed. Americans desperately need anti-authoritarians to question, challenge, and resist new illegitimate authorities and regain confidence in their own common sense.… Authoritarians financially marginalize those who buck the system, they criminalize anti-authoritarianism, they psychopathologize anti-authoritarians, and they market drugs for their “cure.”

– Bruce Levine, Ph.D., Why Anti-Authoritarians are Diagnosed as Mentally Ill

I’ve been living in the Los Angeles area for 17 years now. What I’ve come to realize more and more is the vast difference between people “appearing” aware, spiritual and conscious as opposed to their true state of being and awareness, reflected in their beliefs and (non)-actions. California is known to be “progressive” and being a professional bodyworker I can attest that in light of the “healing arts”. I don’t know any other place in the world that has so much to offer in that regard. I’ve learned from amazing teachers and am able to make a living with something I love doing and which would not be very easy in other parts in the world that are not that open to alternative healing modalities. It’s a strange mixture of open mindedness, progressiveness, niceness and the same time close mindedness, denial, self-delusion and self-grandeur.

Humanity is not as special as we believe ourselves to be. The universe and our planet are part of a living system that has its own purpose. If we don’t align ourselves with the universe and its evolution, the system will do what it has always done in the past and adjust itself, even if it means “shaking off” a large part of the population. We’re talking about the evolution in knowledge and consciousness, which is tied on with seeing the world as it is without blinders on. As I wrote in Reflections on Love, Healing, and 9/11:

If you believe a lie, no matter how ‘positive’, ‘loving’ or ‘peaceful’ you are, you are feeding negativity and entropy. When you believe a lie, you have allowed your energy of awareness to be vectored and given away your power to the liars, allowing yourself to be manipulated, essentially losing free will.

Lies are aligned with the principle of entropy simply because the more lies the world contains, the less organized and fragmented it becomes and the more energy is expended in maintaining all this complexity. This ties up energy which otherwise could be expressed creatively. This is true within the individual as well as at the societal scale.

No matter how well-meaning our intention is, as long as we support lies by mistaking them for truth or by not speaking out against them, we’ll keep feeding entropy and the suffering in the world. During this “Time of Transition” we don’t get to move on until the lessons are learned. Essentially, there is no Love where there is no Truth.

On the positive note, are there any signs of a “raise in consciousness” and “awakening”? There is the Occupy movement where people finally stood up to the crimes of their governments, yet at the same time most “Occupiers” mistake the symptoms for the cause, not being aware of Psychopaths in positions of high power and how it affects society. Despite the issues I pointed out with certain “conscious” festivals, they are also a great outlet for self-expression, art and dance, connecting people from all walks of life, but they can also be easily an escape from reality, instead of being a sign of a true “collective awakening”.

Technological progress and the Internet is connecting millions of people across the globe. Social networks like facebook can help in the process of seeking truth and spreading awareness. However, they can also increase narcissistic tendencies and disconnect us from real-life interaction. They are tools, neither good or bad and it depends on the user how they are being applied. There is much nonsense and disinformation on the internet as well. Lies are mixed with truth, so discernment is imperative without falling into the traps of “cynical debunking” or “blind belief”, the two sides of the same coin.

There are many well-meaning people who also see that our world is going through big changes and that we need to make changes within and without. Many of them do their best to look for alternative ways of living, offering more sustainable solutions. However, each of the various Conscious Movements ( The Zeitgeist Movement, Evolver Social Movement, Thrive Movement, etc…. ) can easily be (and may have been already) co-opted (or even created) by COINTELPRO, spread disinformation and ignore/deny important topics even without the conscious intent/awareness of their founders and members/followers because of cognitive dissonance, denial, wishful thinking and ego related issues that are in the way of the pursuit of truth. Again, understanding how the Matrix Control System works through us is crucial and how easily we can buffer up the lies we’re telling ourselves, dreaming to be awake.

“Try for a moment to accept the idea that you are not what you believe yourself to be, that you overestimate yourself, in fact that you lie to yourself. That you always lie to yourself every moment, all day, all your life. That this lying rules you to such an extent that you cannot control it any more. You are the prey of lying. You lie, everywhere. Your relations with others—lies. The upbringing you give, the conventions—lies. Your teaching—lies. Your theories, your art—lies. Your social life, your family life—lies. And what you think of yourself—lies also.

But you never stop yourself in what you are doing or in what you are saying because you believe in yourself. You must stop inwardly and observe. Observe without preconceptions, accepting for a time this idea of lying. And if you observe in this way, paying with yourself, without self-pity, giving up all your supposed riches for a moment of reality, perhaps you will suddenly see something you have never before seen in yourself until this day. You will see that you are different from what you think you are. You will see that you are two. One who is not, but takes the place and plays the role of the other. And one who is, yet so weak, so insubstantial, that he no sooner appears than he immediately disappears. He cannot endure lies. The least lie makes him faint away. He does not struggle, he does not resist, he is defeated in advance. Learn to look until you have seen the difference between your two natures, until you have seen the lies, the deception in yourself. When you have seen your two natures, that day, in yourself, the truth will be born.”

Jeanne de Salzmann, First Initiation

“The scientific discourse misses the fact that the ability to deny is an 
amazing human phenomenon, a product of sheer complexity of our 
emotional, linguistic, moral and intellectual lives. Denial is a complex unconscious defense mechanism for coping with guilt, anxiety and other disturbing emotions aroused by reality.”

Stanley Cohen

“To awaken is difficult to do, as sapiens is submitted to a cosmic hypnotic influence which is the universal energy of creation; and if this were not enough, each individual, when he does not like the reality of life or is not satisfied with himself, dreams of himself and the world in a manner ideal for himself.”

John Baines

The three subjects mentioned above hold the clues and keys to the Golden Age and world peace most of us yearn for. They need to be approached in a scientific and open minded way, questioning our own beliefs about the world and humanity, which entails working through our social, religious and cultural programming and adjusting our understanding even if it contradicts our long-held beliefs. From an esoteric perspective lies to the self are the most harming and as long as we believe the lies in the world we will keep going in circles until mother earth had enough and she sakes us off. There is always the danger of dogma and agendas, mistaking the false for the true, that are in the way of creating a new world if we don’t make the sincere pursuit of truth the foundation in every aspects of our lives.

Whatever your talent, profession or vocation may be, ask yourself, why you do what you do and what is your true intention? How much of it is socially conditioned and what is truly YOU? Don’t be afraid to speak out in fear of ridicule or what others may think. So much of what people do is driven by the need for acceptance, appearance, approval, money, status, and security. Our lives lose integrity if we’re not honest with ourselves. There is only Love where there is Knowledge and Truth.

I see 2012 as an opportunity, not in the literal sense of the date but in terms of the times we’re in.  There is potential for an awakening on a mass scale, although I question that there will be anything close to a “collective awakening”. A splitting may happen as “The Wave” approaches. There is so much we don’t know. For that reason we must make the search for Knowledge and Truth a priority before we present solutions too quickly. The more we see the world as it is, with all “the faces of God”, the more we are aligned with the universe and the more creativity we can access, enabling us to act in tune with nature without fighting her. This has an effect on the outside and maybe the archetypal “reset button” doesn’t need to be pressed. That is the evolution of consciousness, which is the evolution of Knowledge and Being. It doesn’t happen by itself. Conscious work and effort are needed to counter the forces of entropy within and without.

I don’t see a fundamental rise in consciousness or awakening at or after 12/21/2012 if not the aforementioned topics are made conscious of, nor are there any short cuts to take until we learn our lessons personally and collectively. Whatever our living system’s purpose is, we need to align ourselves with that and get out of our anthropocentric view of the universe, so we can make the transition from a material-based view of our world to a spiritual one.

“The fact of the matter is that our planet and everything on it comprises an intelligent and living system that has designed into it a mechanism through which any imbalance in any aspect of the system can be dealt with. Consider the way in which animal populations are naturally kept in check via predators or disease. This mechanism is designed to protect the overall system and prevent any one aspect from compromising the evolutionary goals of the system itself. Humans have evolved to the point where they have no natural predators, and while disease still kills many human beings each year, modern medicine has succeeded (so far) in preventing a pandemic from wiping out the human race. But it would be foolhardy for anyone to think that the ‘living system’ has overlooked human beings when it comes to redressing any imbalance caused by human beings that threatens the aim of the overall living system. We trust that what we have written here provides ample evidence that it has not.

We also hope that it is fairly clear that human beings, as a species on planet earth, have reached a point of serious imbalance, both in terms of their effect on the planet and on other living beings on it, and in terms of humanity’s own proper evolution which can be defined as evolution in knowledge and consciousness. Clearly, humanity today has stalled in its evolution. Indeed it appears to be back-sliding at an alarming rate, due primarily to the influence of the deviant ideology spread by psychopaths in positions of power around the world. We need only consider the fact that billions of people today have bought into and support the lie that is the psychopathic ‘war on terror’, which has as its goal the murder and domination of as many innocent people as possible. What does that fact alone (among many other deceptions that people have bought in to) say about the level of knowledge and awareness of the human race as a whole?

Joe Quinn and Niall Bradley, Reign of Fire: Meteorites, Wildfires, Planetary Chaos and the Sixth Extinction

“Discomfort” and examining our fears can serve a purpose. There is a chance for healing from a shamanic and esoteric perspective. It is good to put oneself into a state of vulnerability when looking at the “darker” aspects of our reality or of oneself, truly looking at it, facing it and not giving the ego a chance to explain it all away, so we can go back to our comfort zone through self-calming and ultimately back to “sleep”. It is not about buying into fear and panic either, but about gaining knowledge and understanding. Sometimes things need to be confronted without automatically defending our beliefs and views, allowing us to look at the world and ourselves more objectively. That’s part of the awakening process and raising consciousness.

There is help out there, but no one is coming to save us. No Aliens, Jesus, or Galactic Federation of Light. There are accounts of information and help from “channeled sources”, stating that is it is up to us to discern truth from deception, that we are our own the rescue team. Everything is part of creation. Evolution is a process of learning, becoming aware and conscious, gaining knowledge and hence wisdom and love.

“Life experiences reflect how one interacts with God. Those who are asleep are those of little faith in terms of their interaction with the creation. Some people think that the world exists for them to overcome or ignore or shut out. For those individuals, the worlds will cease. They will become exactly what they give to life. They will become merely a dream in the “past.” People who pay strict attention to objective reality right and left, become the reality of the “Future.””

– from the Cassiopaean Transmissions

The topic of channeled information needs to be examined very carefully, neither in blind belief and also not rejected because of cynical debunking. We need to be careful not to throw out the baby with the bathwater. “Higher benevolent forces” (including our higher self or even “us in the future”) may be able to contact us that way, when asked for and when it doesn’t infringe free will or interferes with the learning process of the one asking. However, who is coming through and what is the source really saying is the question. Sometimes the messages can be subtle in our every day life and it is up to us to be able to “see” and “hear” them. There is much disinformation, where most often the devil appears as angels of light. Even synchronicities and “coincidences” are not always positive or beneficial but can be orchestrated by negative entities to distract or vector the seeker away from truth, be it through temptation or ego/emotional hooks. It’s the archetypal spiritual war of dark and light through us.

Channeled material can be approached as Superluminal Communication from a scientific perspective. It should never be taken as fact and proof alone, but one should cross-reference it with other material and combine it with scientific research, using it as inspiration for new ways of thinking. There are some sources that actually encourage that approach and tell us that it is up to us to learn, discern and gain knowledge, hence becoming more aware and conscious, consciously engaging in the process of evolution and awakening. This entails piercing through the corruption of science and open the pathways to scientifically study the paranormal and high strangeness aspects of our reality, the “topic of all topics”, which is so ridiculed or ignored in our “official culture” for reasons that are actually un-scientific. That alone should make us think.

However, no channeled material is perfect and corruption is inevitable.

“There exists no perfect channeled material since corruption is inevitable. Ego biases, mistranslations, quantum laws interfering with transmission of quantitative data, hacking by negative entities, programming of the channeler through abductions and implants, etc… can all cause degradation in the conduit over time. And of what material is published, perhaps just a few percent fall within the top three levels of standards. So as much as channeling can be a valuable source of inspiration and insight, I advise extreme discernment and a high set of standards when approaching it.

– Tom Montalk, Standards of Channeling

The path of seeking truth within and without is not an easy one. It goes literally against everything we’ve been told and taught by society and governments. The indoctrination of lies, the conditioning and programming is deep and far reaching. It has been going on for millennia. It takes tremendous effort to wake up from the hypnotic slumber, where most people dream to be awake. At this Time of Transition, as more and more knowledge is coming to the surface, there is the potential to create a new earth. However, this is also the age of deception for there are forces at work that do not want this to happen. They do their best to vector us away from truth and the most effective way to swallow a lie is to sandwich it between some truth with some emotional hooks. As mentioned many times before, lies are mixed with truth, hence discernment is essential. We need to engage our higher emotional center connecting us to divine intuition and also activate our higher intellect, engaging in sincere, open minded critical thinking, fusing the heart and the mind, mysticism and science.

That is the prerequisite to build the vessel inside of us that can receive Gnosis/Knowledge for the truth is hidden in plain sight, so we can “see the unseen” and not get distracted by the shadows on the wall. James Baldwin said “Precisely at the point when you begin to develop a conscience, you must find yourself at war with your society.” There has been much struggle, depression and suffering on my own path since I started to question reality. It has lead to alienation and ridicule from friends and family. However, “alienation” is actually a good thing and depression can be a stepping stone to seeing the world as it is and connecting with one’s real “I”. It’s part of the awakening process. The sincere truth seeker will inevitably feel alienated from society at one point, because he/she starts to “see” through appearances and the lies of “official culture”.  As J. Krishnamurti said: “It is no sign of health to be well adjusted to a profoundly sick society.” Essentially, the Matrix works through people as they defend the prison they are in.

Each and every time the revelation of this Control System is attempted, the Matrix goes into overdrive to destroy it. And it is clear that this is the present situation. It is in “seeing the unseen” that we become aware of higher levels of being; it is in ordinary human interactions that we experience the “battles” between the forces of STS (Service to Self) and STO (Service to Others)! And it is most definitely this factor that the Matrix Control System vigorously attempts to conceal! In other words, we are not just talking about a “petty dispute,” we are talking about a battle of forces at other levels, manifesting – as ALWAYS – in human dynamics.

In general, the reaction of those around towards someone who begins to search for the Way is negative. This negative attitude is the result of the action of the General Law, which, as we know, tends to keep man in his place. Not being able to do this directly by the action of Illusion, the General Law, when it loses its dominion over the man who ‘moves’, acts indirectly by the mediation of those around him.

It is a classic situation. From his side, after having passed through moral bankruptcy, he who seeks the Way becomes different from men who continue to live within the limits permitted by the General Law, and thus take mirages for reality. Due to this, he will feel himself more and more isolated. The center of gravity of his interest will progressively turn to esoteric work, which will end by absorbing him completely. But it is entirely in his interest not to show the new attitude which he has taken towards exterior life. The ‘World’ will be hostile to him, because its own purposes are different; it is not in his interest to provoke this tendency, and even less to keep it alive. The day will come — if he remains in the same milieu — where, apart from rare exceptions he will be openly or secretly hated.

The Way is a one-way street. Meaning that whoever begins to walk it is forbidden to turn back. This is not because of some kind of external imperative, but due to the fact that each step forward on the Way irrevocably modifies the content of whoever has started walking it. It follows that he will become more and more of a stranger to his surroundings; that he will lose more and more interest in exterior life, in which only yesterday he participated fully. The appearance of things, and especially of beings, undergoes a deep change in his eyes. He will one day be surprised to constate that certain faces which only yesterday he found very beautiful now reveal to him marks of bestiality behind their features: not all, but many of them!

The more man progresses on the Way, the more his feeling of being a stranger is intensified. Soon he will become boring: later still he will become unbearable, and finally, odious. That is why ‘the prophet is despised in his country, among his close relations and in his own house.‘ That indication is precise and leaves no room for doubt. He who wants to start esoteric studies is invited to think it over twice, and weigh it all, before he rushes to cross the moat-threshold. We repeat that it will not be possible for him to return to exterior life and to find his place, his pleasures and his satisfaction there as in the past.

However, as well as the difficulties which are the first results of his evolution, such a man will receive comforting impressions, especially in his human relations. He will be surprised to perceive one day that certain faces which only yesterday appeared to him ordinary, today shine in his eyes with a bright beauty. It is because his sight, sharpened by esoteric work, has acquired the faculty of penetrating beyond the external crust. It is amongst these brighter beings that he will find his new friends. Their society will welcome him as one of their own. He will be understood among them, and their community of common aims and interests will be a stimulus and a help for all.

Boris Mouravieff, Gnosis

As tedious and hard as it is at times, the esoteric axiom remains: “The truth shall set you free!The necessity of disillusionment is unavoidable before we truly can become free, fulfill our potential and create a New Earth. Despite the struggle within and without and the madness in our world, I can say that I find more and more true love, fulfillment, happiness, joy, authentic friendships and a deeper connection to nature and the universe. It’s an ongoing process. There is light at the end of the tunnel and the only way out is through. Don’t ever give up. Every sincere effort will be noticed by the universe, even if seemingly unnoticed in your immediate environment and it will contribute to a positive outcome of this Time of Transition and to the progress of your soul. All there is are lessons. Our task is to give the lies what they deserve: the truth. Many are called, but few choose to answer the call.

“Organic life on Earth serves as a “transmitter station”. As such a transmitter, during times of Transition, as it is in the case of a quantum wave collapse, what is being “transmitted/observed determines the “measurement . There are approximately 6 billion human beings on the planet at this moment of transition, most of them contributing to the quantitative transmission. But what is missing is the qualitative frequency resonance vibration that will create the template for the New World.

The quality of humanity has changed little in the past many millennia. Most human beings are still ruled by fear, hunger and sex in states of misery and chaos.

In short, although the global intensity of transmission has grown exponentially with the increase of the population of the planet, the spectrum of energies transmitted is incomplete. It lacks massive amounts of the finest energies of the psyche. Only human beings on the verge of true spiritual ascension are capable of ensuring the transmission of these energies in sufficient quality and quantity.

The energies needed are the Three Currents of Objective Love: Spiritual, Emotional/Mental, and physical love. And we emphasize that these currents must be pure.

Man alone has the ability to capture and live all three. But to grasp and fully experience the Soul Love, the giving love, the courteous Love demonstrated and taught by Chivalry and the Knights of the Grail stories, the Seeker must develop a magnetic center within himself.

Human beings are penetrated through and through by the two currents of mental/emotional and physical love, but these currents are not pure; without a fully developed magnetic center, the individual has no capacity to capture them. It is only by actualizing these three currents in his or her life, either in the mode of the Alchemist, or in the Model of the Grail Quest, both of which exemplify the Shamanic Ecstatic Ascent, that a person has the real possibility of Ascension, the return to the Golden Age. We have seen in our survey of the history and the evidence, what the potentials are: a Return to the Edenic State in the literal terms of Primitive Chiliasm – a New Heaven and a New Earth.

Again, this depends upon capturing and holding stable – possibly in the face of extraordinary events – massive quantities of what the tradition refers to as purified Objective Love.

It is clear to those who have been paying attention to what is going on in the world that there are forces that do not wish for this possibility to manifest! They do not want to lose their supply of negative energy food! And with this end in mind, they propagate endless lies and deceptions upon humanity – so as to deceive even the very elect!

How to achieve this anchoring of the frequency – the three currents of Objective Love? Let’s look first at what the tradition teaches utilizing the commentary of Mouravieff with editorial clarification.

The attitude a person takes toward Love reflects his level of being. The splendor of the Love of God/Creation is generally inconceivable to human beings; it would burn out all their circuits with a mere glimpse. However, a human being can glimpse and survive the spiritual Love of Objective Knowledge. But, in order to do this, the individual must pass to a higher level of BEing and become a true individuality. Only those beings who have achieved the level of Individuality, who obey the imperatives of the Divine within, the real “I” , have the possibility of holding this frequency and radiating it at the Time of Transition.

The “Elect” , the Children of Elias as Fulcanelli terms them, are human beings who have crossed the Second Threshold and who have achieved the Second Birth. They will be “gathered from the four winds, from one end of heaven to the other, to pass through the Transition and form the seed of humanity in the New World.” This means that they will be humans of all colors and types – the only criteria being that they have crossed the Second Threshold. Each of them will be Fully Conscious through a direct and indissoluble union of the Personality with his Higher Emotional/Intellectual Center. This direct contact of the new humanity with the higher planes explains why the Second Coming will not require a “new incarnation of Christ. This is why we were warned: “If any man shall say unto you, Lo, here is Christ or there; believe it not. For there shall arise false Christs and false prophets and shall show great prodigies and miracles; insomuch that, if it were possible, they shall seduce the very elect.”

The path that must be followed is that which is exemplified in the Quest for the Holy Grail. Human beings must travel from the residue of Celestial Love that we experience in our ordinary lives, to the Love of the Spirit. This is the general requirement for “Salvation”.

This path is the way to the Second Birth. But to be reborn, a human being must pass the test of True Love. Only he who has mastered his personality and burns with this True Love can cross the Second Threshold. And before he can even reach this point, the Seeker, will pass through intermediate stages. These stages include challenges that test Sincerity and Strength. These challenges cannot be met without discernment, and discernment can only be acquired by first attaining Knowledge.

Knowledge acquired through study and work is only a temporary – but essential – stage. Only Higher Love can reveal the Divine Nature. But if there is no vessel built by Knowledge to receive Gnosis, there is no possibility of anchoring the Forerunner Spirit – creating the magnetic center – which will open the gates to the Holy Spirit. The Gatekeeper is Knowledge.

But for this to occur, the sign of Knowledge, that is, the Sign of St. Matthew-Science as Fulcanelli describes it, must be correctly oriented. And this means that the Seeker must be liberated from lying [to oneself and others] and believing in lies. Without this, there is no possible access to the Era of the Holy Spirit. No matter how well-meaning the individual, if they are following practices or teachings that are based on lies, they will not achieve the Grail. And so, we see why knowledge and discernment is essential. Again, I refer the reader to the section of this book that discusses neurochemistry.

Access to knowledge requires courage, as it demands a special psychological effort from the Seeker: he has to accept the postulate that, “the truth is out there”, but it is very difficult to find , while at the same time disregarding his own ideas and personal beliefs to which he is emotionally attached.

With the approach of the era of the Holy Spirit, everything must be gradually brought to the light of day, not only the secrets of the laboratory, but the deepest meaning of esotericism. The same must happen with illusions, errors and lies, which must be revealed so that they can be rectified. This process, including the Revelation of the deepest esoteric Knowledge that has been promised and prophesied, will fully reveal the many deviations of man’s fundamentally inquiring spirit. Initiation, in the esoteric meaning of the word, is not simply a “ceremony . In fact, the “initiation ceremony does not occur on the human plane with human rituals. True initiation occurs on the super-sensory plane. It confirms the Initiate in a new dignity earned by his Work, and carries him towards the Divine Grace.

To solve the problem of anchoring the Three Currents of Objective Love, we must concentrate on a positive and practical solution to the problems of individual human beings. A practical application of esoteric knowledge should help those who are Seekers and who burn with the desire to reach the Second Birth.

The Seeker of the Holy Grail, burning for Truth, just as depicted in the stories, must first assimilate all he can learn exoterically and mesoterically. And he must then be ready to serve the Cause joyfully. To Burn and to Serve is the motto of the new Knight.”

Laura Knight-Jadczyk, The Secret History of the World

Wanderers, Purpose, and Esoteric Work in this Time of Transition

By Bernhard Guenther, April 22nd, 2012

A topic that has been coming up recently in a conversation with some friends is the idea of “Wanderers” in relation to esoteric work, the awakening process and the Time of Transition we are in. It is something that has been on my mind for a while and wanted to explore a bit deeper, also reflecting on my own life.

I first came across this subject when I read the Ra material in the 90’s as well as Barbara Marciniak’s “Bringers of the Dawn“. According to Ra, Wanderers are individuals whose souls have incarnated from a higher density (4th or 6th density) into this 3rd density with a specific mission to accomplish in order to assist humanity, helping with the  “graduation” to 4th Density during this Age of Transformation. However, due to the “veil of forgetting” when entering a lower density, the mission/task by the Wanderer is forgotten and he/she needs to awaken to what they came here to do. Ra tells us:

Questioner: You spoke of Wanderers. Who are Wanderers? Where do they come from?

Ra: Imagine, if you will, the sands of your shores. As countless as the grains of sand are the sources of intelligent infinity. When a social memory complex has achieved its complete understanding of its desire, it may conclude that its desire is service to others with the distortion towards reaching their hand, figuratively, to any entities who call for aid. These entities whom you may call the Brothers and Sisters of Sorrow move toward this calling of sorrow. These entities are from all reaches of the infinite creation and are bound together by the desire to serve in this distortion. Entities are from all reaches of infinite creation, bound together by desire to serve in Earth’s 3D.

Questioner: How many of them are incarnate on Earth now?

Ra: The number is approximate due to an heavy influx of those birthed at this time due to an intensive need to lighten the planetary vibration and thus aid in harvest. The number approaches sixty-five million.

Questioner: Are most of these from the fourth density? Or what density do they come from?

Ra:  Few there are of fourth density. The largest number of Wanderers, as you call them, are of the sixth density. The desire to serve must be distorted towards a great deal of purity of mind and what you may call foolhardiness or bravery, depending upon your distortion complex judgment. The challenge/danger of the Wanderer is that it will forget its mission, become karmically involved, and thus be swept into the maelstrom of which it had incarnated to avert the destruction….

It was the aim of Wanderers to serve the entities of this planet in whatever way was requested. and it was also the aim of Wanderers that their vibratory patterns might lighten the planetary vibration as a whole, thus ameliorating the effects of planetary disharmony and palliating any results of this disharmony. Specific intentions such as aiding in a situation not yet manifest are not the aim of Wanderers. Light and love go where they are sought and needed, and their direction is not planned aforetimes.”

Carla L. Rueckert, the “instrument” through which Ra spoke wrote “A Wanderer’s Handbook”, exploring this topic in more depth and also incorporating other channeled material:

“In addition to those lessons which are learned in a manner native to those who work through the third density for the first time, those who are what you call Wanderers bring a certain task and a certain responsibility, which may be viewed as operating so as to put into an unique light, a particular slant or bias, those precise lessons which within third density all must learn. And so in a sense, the task is compounded proportionate to the unique gifts which have been brought from other densities, so that they may be laid down in service to the souls which seek, so hungrily, to reach beyond the limits which are those of third density, a density of choice.”

The Pleiadians in Barabra Marciniak’s “Bringers of the Dawn” refer to the same concept of Wanderers as “Renegades”, “System Busters” and “Family of Light”:

“You represent the renegade group of light, and you have agreed to come back on the planet. You are on assignment. You come into these physical bodies and take them over, and you intend, through the power of your spiritual identity, to change the physical body. You all selected with great care the genetic lines that would best give you head starts with all of this. Each of you chose a genetic history through which members of the Family of Light have threaded….

As members of the Family of Light, you have incarnated on this planet to prepare yourselves to do your work. What is your work? Your work is quite simple: you carry frequency into systems that have limited light frequency, because light is information. This is not cold, computer-data information; it is information that is transmitted biologically through an electromagnetic send-out of consciousness. This is what you are experts in. If you were to have a business card printed up for yourselves when you are in full memory of your identity, it would say something like: “Renegade Member of Family of Light. Systems Buster. Available for altering systems of consciousness within the free-will universe. On call.“….

You go for it! This is what you do. This is an aspect of your identity that you all have in common, and you are here in the millions at this time. You are here primarily to remember who you are, to operate multi- dimensionally within the system, and to teach humans-the natives in this place that have been under frequency control for a long time….

The task for you members of the Family of Light who have desired to take this information inside of yourselves is to anchor a new frequency on the planet by anchoring it impeccably inside yourselves. This is not easy. It was not meant to be easy. You did not come here to have an easy assignment. You are renegades, and you have been renegades…

Before you came into the body, all of you committed to designing events that would fire your codings, or blueprints that would activate your memories. Then you came into the body and you forgot. All of you have had your blueprints and codings fired to some extent because you understand that there is a divine purpose or Divine Plan that you are a part of…

Part of the friction you feel with others is that you are on this path of evolution and bursting forth. Others don’t like this because they are not coded at this time to respond the way you are. Some people are not coded at all for this

As members of the Family of Light, you are renegades. You are systems busters, here to conquer your own fears and to show the rest of the planet that there is no reason to fear anything. You love to go in and cause trouble. You are famous, your branch of the Family of Light. You are famous for going into systems of reality and altering the frequency, thus bringing information. It is not your task as members of the Family of Light to proselytize. You simply go into systems and act as receptacles; you receive the creative cosmic rays into your bodies, the bodies that you occupy as humans. You are in disguise as humans, and you allow a process to take place…

You are coded, and as your memory begins to rise, you will respond to the plan with which you came here to participate to alter the frequencies. You will begin to hold, keep, and maintain a certain frequency and then to line it. Identity as frequency is the sum total of your physical, mental, emotional, and spiritual bodies broadcast as electronic pulsations. As you live your frequency, you affect everyone, every place you go. That is what you are doing now. There are many who already understand their assignment, and there are those whose memories are just beginning to rise

As members of the Family of Light, you have access to a tremendous amount of understanding that others do not have. You came in with it, you are being reminded of it, and you are now learning it and accepting it….Light is information, so the Family of Light is the family of information

Believe us when we say that you, as members of the Family of Light, made a vast study of the historical manipulation that has been going on on this planet, just as anyone sent on assignment would be trained for a long period of time before they were sent out into the field. Each of you has been trained, and you have the knowledge inside you. Our part is to hit key chords and play your consciousness into activity so you can go ahead and make the tune or song or dance you are prepared for. Your knowledge is inside of you, and as you agree to discover it, it will awaken on deeper and deeper levels. You will become very self-sufficient, those of you who agree to this. You will also become incredibly knowledgeable, those of you who do not stop because you are frightened. Light is information; ignorance is darkness…

We speak to you as if you are not human because, to us, you are not. To us, you are members of the Family of Light, and we know your multidimensional selves. We speak to you about dealing with humans because it is your assignment to integrate with them, soothe them, and awaken a spark of light within them so that they are not all destroyed and so that this place can house a new species and a new realm of activity….

You have been hired and are on assignment from the future to catapult back into this cycle of existence to incarnate many times so that you can understand what has kept humans controlled. In this way, you can operate from the inside and change the system….

As each of you has been assigned to become informed and to bring about a frequency alteration on this planet, you must learn to become Keepers of Frequency. You must rise to a certain place of knowledge and consistently stay there. You must become in command of your body so that you can will it into stillness or into activity. You must be able to go inside yourself and heal what needs to be healed emotionally and physically. You must begin to part the jungle of self and find the clearing so that you can show others the way….”

The topic of Wanderers or higher dimensional-beings who haveincarnated for the purpose of assisting humanity is somewhat popular in the New Age movement. There are plenty of people these days who claim to be “Star Seeds”or “Light Workers” from planet this or that. However, some of them seem to use this identification to enhance their ego and self-importance, over-estimating their level of Being and Awareness, appearing “special” and “mysterious”, clouded in a very fluff talk of Love and Light. Especially nowadays, where it is hip to be “spiritual”, many self-proclaimed lightworkers dress accordingly and give themselves fancy spiritual names which are supposed to reflect their higher state of awareness, claiming to be awake. It’s easy to identify oneself with such an idea but does one’s life truly reflect that? Does one truly KNOW what it means to be a lightworker or Wanderer and the work it entails? Or is it just another label used for appearance’s sake and to make oneself feel better? There are many distortions and people tend to project their own filtered view into it. As with everything these days truth is mixed with lies.

Personally I don’t dismiss the idea of higher density souls coming back in time with a specific mission to fulfill. However, I also take it with a grain of salt at the same time. Reflecting on my life, I can see that I could fit the profile of a Wanderer and learning about it has given much clarity and understanding of myself and what I felt deep inside all along. However I don’t see myself as being special or better since I have to learn my lessons as everyone else in this 3D human experience.

Throughout my whole life I felt different and was very much a loner in high school, not being able to fit in, dealing with a high sensitive nature and a deep emotional life which was confusing to say the least. Obviously many children feel this way growing up in our pathological world and is by no means an indication that one is automatically a Wanderer.  My parents did their best in raising me according to their knowledge. I didn’t have a bad childhood or was abused by any means. I just felt I wasn’t from here and even as a young kid in my pre-teens I used to look at the stars at night thinking and longing “Take me home…Why am I here?…Why am I so alone?”. However, I never truly made the connection that I was maybe a Wanderer, nor was I conscious of this idea. It was just natural for me for me to stare at the night sky asking these questions and it had a soothing affect on me.

Scott Mandelker who has  published several books on the Ra material and Buddhism came up with a questionnaire (similar to determining personality types) which can help to find out if one is potentially a Wanderer. Obviously there is no true scientific way to prove one way or another. I think Mendelker’s quiz is over-simplified, short and vague and missing some important points which can also lead to misinterpretations. Deeper introspection and understanding of what being a Wanderer entails is certainly needed. I would not go by this questionnaire alone and proclaim “I’m a Wanderer” even if I can answer most questions with a yes. It’s easy to read into things and “bend the truth” in order to fit it for oneself. As Laura mentioned earlier, what is it you truly DO about it?

I started questioning the world as we know it more consciously when I went to the University of Munich studying business in 1991, a choice I made due to social pressure, being confused, not knowing myself and just doing what everyone else did: getting a degree, so I can have a secure job and make a living. I was depressed and felt just like I did in High School, doing things that I didn’t like to do but thought I had to do in order to “fit in”. I kept thinking there must be more to life than this! Well, as the saying goes, ask and you shall receive and I was asking sincerely from the depth of my being. The call was answered when a good friend I met around that time asked me to try out playing drums for his band. My life changed completely. Music has always been my ally in my life. Listening to it helped me to deal with my complex emotional life. But I was so conditioned and lost that I never thought to make music myself. I was in awe when I saw bands playing live and especially intrigued when watching the drummer. My low self-esteem didn’t even make that connection that I could be doing this myself since I thought I had to study and be a good student in order to get a degree in something more practical and secure to fit into society and also please my parents.

Playing drums connected me to something deeper within me and for the first time in my life I truly knew what I wanted to do. I was so infused with inspiration and sudden self-confidence that I dropped out of university, saved up money and moved to Los Angeles to study drums and percussion at the Musicians Institute. At that time I realized there must be even more to life and more to who I am, that there is purpose to my life, that there was something I’m here to do. A lot of things came up for me and it was not always a happy time. Dealing with depression, childhood programming, social conditioning and this seemingly never-ending feeling of loneliness, unable to connect with people on a deeper level, I started to look for answers, trying to figure myself out as I was going through the “dark night of the soul” with suicidal thoughts and even drug abuse (which didn’t last long, since it interfered with my passion for playing drums. Music literally saved my life).My search and asking fueled by intense internal suffering lead me to the works of Carl Gustav Jung, J. Krihshnamurti, Alan Watts, Joseph Campbell and other spiritual/psychology/philosophy literature as well as Astrology, which helped me in the process of seeking answers to deeper life questions and understanding myself better.

Another big shift in my life started when I first read “Bringers of the Dawn” (BOTD) by Barbara Marciniak in the late 90’s. No other book has had such a deep impact on me. It was almost like an instruction manual I’ve read before, awakening something within me that was always there. It was more a recognition than learning something new. It resonated with me deeply. Readers of my blogs know that I don’t take the idea of “resonating” lightly since I believe that there is such a thing as “false resonating”.

While there is validity to the idea of “resonating” with a certain teaching or source, it can easily be misapplied if the “reading instrument”, the Self, is not “tuned” correctly. Some fundamentalist Christians also “resonate” with the Bible in literal terms, believing the earth is only 5000 years old.  “Feel good” messages are no proof of truth and can also be very emotional manipulative. Disinformation is always lies mixed with truth. Enough truth to use as a bait to get the seeker’s attention and then put him/her on a false lead so to speak, keeping him asleep while he believes to awaken. In order to find the true resonance one needs to separate the false self (with its assumptions, conditioning, expectations, wishful thinking, buffers, emotional hooks and ego desires) from the true self which is grounded in Knowledge, connected to the small voice inside that can always separate a lie from truth, using intuition and critical thinking alike, even if the truth is not very “pleasant” and challenging to one’s world view. In other words, honest self-work is needed in order to resonate with truth. Within and without.

Marciniak’s book started my quest for truth on a whole new level, confirming my feeling that there is something else happening on our planet besides what we have been taught and told by official culture. For many people the information in BOTD is too far out or laughable, however that also makes sense as I’ll explain later on. It was not only the idea of higher density souls coming “back in time” incarnating in human form (Renegades, Family of Light) with a mission profile to assist humanity during this time of transformation which I resonated with, but also the more disturbing topic of hyperdimensional control and that humans are not on top of the food chain, nor in control of themselves, but have been manipulated genetically and controlled by “Aliens” (hyperdimensional 4D STS forces).

Her work led me to the Ra material, as well as the Cassiopaean Experiment and the work of Laura Knight-Jadczyk who wrote in depth about the Theological Drama with hyperdimensional forces working through humanity, incorporating a vast array of esoteric teachings, channeled material (Ra, Marciniak’s Pleiadians) and research into ancient history, connecting the dots scientifically, esoterically, historically and mystically. Her personal story and discoveries are written about in “The Wave” and “The Secret History of the World”.

According to the Ra material and Cassiopaean transmissions humans have been of STO (Service to Others) orientation before the “Fall”. Both sources talk about the “Fall” from this state happening about 300,000 years ago when 4th density STS (Service to Self) entities (called the Orion group (Ra) or Lizzies/Reptilians (Cassiopaea, Pleiadians) ) “raided” this planet, took over control (from a hyperdimensional point of view as in frequency/consciousness control) and humans became STS (development of ego, false personality, worship of physicality, cut off from the higher centers).  We’re now at the end of a big cycle where mind/body/spirit complexes (Ra) of 3rd density (humans) have the opportunity to “graduate” or “evolve” to 4th density STO orientation (The “harvest” according to Ra). However, this is a choice. According to both sources as well as various ancient esoteric teachings, conscious self-work and effort are required to move on to the next level so to speak, activating the higher centers by gaining knowledge, engaging in sincere self-work and being of service.

Planet earth as it is now is of STS orientation. We all are STS and cannot be otherwise, however one can become a STO candidate and polarize oneself to that vibration/frequency through esoteric work. 4th density STS entities try their best to manipulate our “free will” through frequency and genetic control which has been going on since “the fall”, keeping us in a lower form of consciousness as they feed off those lower vibrations. It’s simply food for them and sustains/nourishes them, like plant and animals (2nd density) serve us for food. 3rd density feeds off 2nd density and 4th density feeds off 3rd density. Humans are not at the end of the food chain. As above, so below. The UFO phenomenon relates to this and is for the most part a manifestation of the hyperdimensional matrix control system as examined in more depth in the documentary “UFOs, Aliens, and the Question of Contact” I made with Humberto Braga.

Now is a window of opportunity to break free from this control and evolve to a higher level of existence. Not everyone will “graduate”. It’s everyone’s own choice/calling and doesn’t depend on anything or anyone “out there”. No one can do it for another, but one must do the self-work in order to activate the higher centers, raising one’s level of Being and Awareness above a certain minimum. This is also not something that happens over night or on a specific date (like the much popularized end of the Mayan Calendar 12/21/2012) but is related to the shift of ages spanning over a many years and we are already in the midst of it.

There is a choice to be made very shortly, and it would be preferable if all of the people of this planet understand the choice that is to be made. It will be difficult for many of the people of this planet to understand what this choice is, because it is a choice that they have not considered. They have been much too involved in their daily activities and their confusion and their desires of a very trivial nature to be concerned with an understanding of the choice that they are very shortly to make. Whether they wish to or not, whether they understand it or not, regardless of any influence, each and every one of the people who dwell upon planet Earth will shortly make a choice. There will be no middle area. There will be those who choose to follow the path of love and light (knowledge) and those who choose otherwise.

This choice will not be made by saying, “I choose the path of love and light,”or “l do not choose it.” The verbal choice will mean nothing. This choice will be measured by the individual’s demonstration of his choice. This choice is measured by what we term the vibratory rate of the individual. It is necessary, if an individual is to join those who make the choice of love and understanding, for his rate of vibration to be above a certain minimal level.
[…]
At the time at which each of you incarnated, my friends, each of you was aware that certain lessons, hitherto unlearned, were to be the goals for achievement in this incarnation. If it seems to you that your entire incarnation within this illusion has been a series of difficulties of one particular type, then you are almost certainly aware in some manner of one of your lessons. As you can see, these lessons are not to be avoided. They are to be learned.

from Hatonn, L/L Transcripts

Going back to the topic of Wanderers and renegades who have incarnated in this time and age with a specific mission relating to the shift we’re in, there is also this insightful writing by Marshall Vian Summers about the deeper meaning of purpose, our “ancient home” and how it is intrinsically connected to gaining Knowledge. Purpose is not a definition or an end in itself, but a journey to be discovered as we work on ourselves and separate truth from lies within and without. This process is different for each as everyone has different lessons to learn and talents to develop.

PURPOSE IS SOMETHING YOU WILL UNDERSTAND as you climb higher on the mountain of life. As you gain a greater vantage point, you will understand more of the journey itself, by looking behind and by being increasingly able to anticipate what is up ahead. Purpose is realized by taking the journey, not by establishing a favorable or fascinating explanation or a definition for oneself. Purpose is not a justification. It does not compensate for anything. Purpose is something that is waiting for you to discover. You can only discover it by taking the journey, by following the way, by learning as you go and by gaining the greater perspective and understanding that one acquires as one matures in The Way of Knowledge.

As we have said before, you have come from someplace and you will return to that place. You have come bearing gifts for the world. Your greater purpose is embodied in this idea. Because of your origin and your destiny, you have something greater to give to the world, something that the world cannot give to you. Your gift is hidden within you like a secret cargo, but you cannot gain access to it until you have advanced. Then it will begin to emerge, slowly and incrementally, all on its own.

Your calling in life is very specific. It involves engaging with certain people for specific reasons at certain junctures of your life. The greater purpose that you share with everyone is to keep Knowledge alive in the world and to bring something from your Ancient Home into the world. This is a definition that you can abide with because it will not limit you and it will not deceive you, but go no further in your definitions. Allow the manifestation of your purpose to take place naturally, as it will if you follow in The Way of Knowledge. Your purpose now is to prepare to gain a greater understanding of the world, the world’s evolution and the world’s destiny. Within this larger context you will gain a new vantage point for understanding your role in the world and your reason for coming here.

Your life must be fulfilled. It must be justified. The world is a difficult place to come to. It is not a vacation spot. It is not a place where you are sent for punishment. It is not a place where you are sent for pleasure. It is a place that needs your gifts from your Ancient Home, and for this reason you have come. […]

Your purpose is not to escape the world. Your purpose is not to run home to your Creator. Your purpose is to give what you came here to give, to reunite with those whom you are intended to reunite with and to contribute all that you have brought with you—that secret cargo that you carry even at this moment. […]

You are here in the world for very specific reasons. They are not your personal reasons. You are here to contribute to and participate in a greater order of reality that exists within the world and beyond the world and even beyond the physical manifestation of life.

With greater awareness comes a greater ability. This all comes from Knowledge. Here you are asked to follow, to respond and to learn the great lessons in discernment, discretion, communication and affinity. These lessons are inherent in the preparation itself. From the first step to the last, you will be learning these things, and life will be your laboratory.

As you come to realize that your purpose is not for you alone, then you will realize that you must not allow yourself to become self-possessed or self-absorbed. Indeed, the great liberation is a liberation from this self-absorption which returns you to life with an open mind and with all of your faculties fully activated. […]

The ones who will succeed are the ones who focus on their preparation and allow the course of their life to unfold without determining its result and without determining what it will look like, how it will be and so forth. Here you must develop a great and growing faith in yourself, in the beneficence of those people who assist you, in the Unseen Ones who guide you and help you and in the power and presence of Knowledge within you. […]

Purpose is a process; it is not a definition. It is not a validation. It is not a form of self- comfort. It is something that awaits you. It is a great journey. It is a door that is open to you now, a door that you can pass through. It is a journey where you do not lead yourself alone, but instead become a part of the greater education that exists throughout the universe. The Creator is at work everywhere, reclaiming the separated through Knowledge. This is the Creator’s purpose. Your purpose is to give what you are designed to give, according to your nature and your true abilities. In this, your life becomes fulfilled because everything you have done can now serve a greater purpose.

This journey requires phenomenal self-honesty. Humility, honesty, openness, discernment, restraint, discretion, tolerance and compassion—these are qualities that result from preparation and advancement in The Way of Knowledge. These things are what provide inspiration and true ability in life. […]

Your purpose is the same as everyone else’s. However, your calling is specific. It is a specific set of tasks with specific people and in specific relationships for certain purposes. That is a calling. But for a calling to be genuine, to be real and to really bear fruit in life, it must be fundamentally based within the greater purpose that you share with everyone. […]

It is not wandering around blindly, speculating and having big ideas. Instead, it is engaging in a process of development that has been provided for you by your Creator and by your Spiritual Family to initiate you in this life into the greater calling and purpose for which you have come. Only through this discovery will your life be fully justified and fully realized. Here you will enter a greater range of relationship and understanding which will make you a person of incredible value in the world.

The world is a hungry and lonely place. It is full of fantasy and folly. Its suffering is profound. Its confusion is deep. Its violence is sickening. Its possibilities are great. Who can see these things but those who realize that they have come from beyond the world to give something? They realize this because it is something they can feel. It is not an emotion; it is something they feel. They feel that they have come here for a reason. It is something that they cannot yet define, but they cannot make it go away either. Something greater is calling them. This is purpose. […]

Their awareness of the mystery of life will grow more and more profound, and their ability in life—in their relationships, in their career, in all their activities—will deepen. This is purpose. At some point, they will give themselves to something that involves other people in service to the world in one capacity or another according to their nature and their design. It will be natural for them to give themselves in this way, as it would be unnatural for them to decline it. This is purpose.

As we describe this process of preparation in a very general way, do not think that you are near the end. Do not claim that you are anywhere in the process, for how can you tell? You cannot pull yourself out of life and examine your life. You do not have that vantage point yet. Accept that the journey is great. It is marvelous. It is at times difficult. But in all ways it refines you. It washes away that which is nonessential in you and reveals that which is permanent and meaningful. Your real purpose and calling become apparent when all that hides and conceals them has fallen away, and what is left is what is real, and that becomes welcomed and embraced. […]

This is the time that you are here, and this is the condition of the world and the evolution of the world at this time. Though your specific calling may seem to have little to do with the Greater Community, you are serving the world in its emergence into the Greater Community. You are fostering goodness, Wisdom and the reality of Knowledge in the world through your own demonstration. This is your purpose.

Let’s summarize what we can see so far from these quoted sources.

Wandereres/Renegades are souls from a higher density (4th or 6th) that have incarnated in a human body in order to be of assistance during this Time of Transition. They are “system busters” challenging the status quo who don’t fit in with most of humanity. Due to entering the lower density of physical life they have forgotten that it was their conscious choice to do so in order to perform certain tasks according to a mission profile. Their memory from the “ancient home” is buried deep within them which needs to be awakened. This purpose is an ongoing discovery that depends on conscious self-development and gaining Knowledge. Love is Light is Knowledge. Ra says that the reason for this “forgetting” is also rooted in respecting the free will of 3D entities:

“Free will of 3D entities needs to be preserved. Thus Wanderers volunteer for 3D genetic or DNA connections to mind/body/spirit complex. Forgetting process can be penetrated to extent of Wanderer remembering what it is and why it is upon the planet. However, it would be an infringement if Wanderers penetrated forgetting so far as to activate more dense bodies and thus be able to live in a god-like manner. This would not be proper for those who have chosen to serve.”

The Ps (Pleiadians) tell us that wanderers/renegades are “committed to designing events that would fire [their] codings, or blueprints that would activate their memories.” In other words, the friction and struggle many people (who could be Wanderers) perceive can be used as catalysts to help them awaken and remember what they came here to do. The lessons are not to be avoided, but are to be learned. The obstacle that is in the way of a Wanderer to awaken is that he/she becomes karmically involved and conditioned/programmed through upbringing and society, steering him/her off the path. In order to activate the higher centers, connecting them to their higher selves and giving them access to their “blueprints”, sincere self work is necessary to cut through the lies and conditioning of the false personality, which everyone has to one degree or another.

This shows us that despite their hidden higher knowledge and awareness that Wanderers bring with them, they need to deal with the challenges of life like everyone else on the planet. It is of no use to proclaim proudly that one is a Wanderer without realizing and engaging in the work that is necessary to truly walk the talk. The verbal choice will mean nothing. This choice will be measured by the individual’s demonstration of his choice. However, due to being “foreign” to 3rd density, Wanderers do have more problems adjusting to the planetary vibration of physicality than humans whose home is 3D. Ra tells us:

“Due to the extreme variance between the vibratory distortions of third density and those of the more dense densities, if you will, Wanderers have as a general rule some form of handicap, difficulty, or feeling of alienation which is severe. The most common of these difficulties are alienation, the reaction against the planetary vibration by personality disorders, as you would call them, and body complex ailments indicating difficulty in adjustment to the planetary vibrations such as allergies, as you would call them”.

“Possibility of such problems due to 6D incarnating in 3D is rather large. Not necessarily a problem — it depends upon unique orientation of each m/b/s complex having this situation or placement of energies.”

“There are, in case of Wanderers, not only a congenital difficulty in dealing with 3D vibratory patterns but also a recollection, however dim, that these distortions are not necessary or usual in home vibration.”

Many people who resonate with being a Wanderer do so because of the most common of these difficulties,  alienation, that is severe (and I can certainly relate to that), which is probably due to the difficulty of dealing with 3D vibratory patterns that are not necessary or usual in home vibration (6D).

These difficulties are crucial and can be approached in two ways for better or worse. One can use them as an excuse to not deal with 3D life  because one feels “too spiritual” or “too good” to do so or claiming to have “transcended” anything that may require too much work to confront, be it within oneself or in the world. I have heard many times from people (Wanderers or not) that they are “too spiritual” for politics or speaking out against injustices in the world (and ultimately the 4D STS control system) because they have “transcended” it all and just want to live in the Light (misunderstanding that Light actually means Knowledge). But as Marianne Williamson said, addressing that at a talk at “Lightning in a Bottle”: There is a difference between transcendence and denial.

Others even use their “spiritual highness” as an excuse to not pay their bills, get a source of income or just managing ordinary daily affairs and reject anything that is part of life in our current 3D reality. They tend to  manipulate, leech (and essentially feed) off others, which can keep them in 3D STS frequency with the potential of getting “stuck” there, not graduating (or not going back “home”) and having to repeat the 3rd density cycle.

“If Wanderer demonstrated through action a negative orientation towards others it would be caught into the planetary vibration and, when harvested, possibly repeat master cycle of 3D as a planetary entity”.

One needs to watch out that seeing oneself as a Wanderer doesn’t become an escape and is not used as a buffer/excuse, which will only be in the way of living up to one’s potential and purpose. Laura Knight-Jadczyk makes an important point in that regard:

“This is another area where there are some misunderstandings in the spiritual life. Many seekers believe that their inability to function in the real world is like a badge of merit — a proof of their great spirituality. Physical ailments, loss of function, inability to manage ordinary daily affairs, and so on and on are all excused because the person is so “spiritual” that they cannot be expected to be bothered with such things.

Well, that’s all fine and good but wouldn’t you think that a person who is supposed to have graduated to higher spiritual realms did so because they mastered the lower ones? And, if that is the case, what is so hard about remembering those lessons and activating them at a higher level of competence this time around? If you have graduated to sixth grade, surely you can ace all the tests of third grade?

The healthier approach, which will actually help Wanderers to truly remember what they came here to do and act on it, is to confront these difficulties, learn the lessons and use the friction and shocks to create the fire within, transmuting lead into gold, building the magnetic center within, which connects them to their higher self, the real “I” and the hidden knowledge within them. This is where esoteric works come in. Wanderers actually have a better disposition to engage in this work but this is not more than a bias and cannot be called an understanding as Ra said (more on that later).

Instead of rejecting these experiences and lessons due to an unconscious feeling that this is not their natural habitat, Wanderers have actually all the “tools” and knowledge to deal with them, especially since they chose to incarnate due the “the call” and request. Hence, being “spiritual” and/or being a Wanderer implies taking absolute responsibility for one’s life regardless what the challenges and difficulties may be without blame, self-pity or self-importance. This also relates to the work of Carlos Castaneda and Don Juan’s teaching of the “warrior”:

“Only as a warrior can one withstand the path of knowledge. A  warrior cannot complain or regret anything. His life is an endless challenge, and challenges cannot possibly be good or bad.  Challenges are simple challenges.”

“What seems natural is to think that a warrior who can hold his  own in the face of the unknown can certainly face petty tyrants with  impunity. But that’s not necessarily so. What destroyed the superb warriors of ancient times was to rely on that assumption. Nothing  can temper the spirit of a warrior as much as the challenge of  dealing with impossible people in positions of power. Only under  those conditions can warriors acquire the sobriety and serenity to  withstand the pressure of the unknowable.”

So regardless of Wanderers being “higher evolved” or old souls, they’re on the same playing field as everyone else on 3D earth and must do the work to access their knowledge. The only “help” they have is that they may get triggered in some way and the right book appears at the right time for example or synchronicities and coincidences may lead them to the information or life situation they need to come across and experience in order to be awakened. But they need to do the work themselves with discernment, separating truth from lies within and without. The friction and limitations of 3rd density actually serve as a catalyst for faster learning, growth and polarization. What seems clear is that Wanderers didn’t just choose to be of assistance with their coded mission and potentially teach/heal but also to learn the lessons they need to learn for their own evolution and polarization.

“[The] Wanderer has potential of greatly accelerating density whence it comes in its progress in evolution. This is due to intensive life experiences and opportunities of 3D. Positively oriented Wanderers choose to hazard danger of forgetting to be of service to others by radiating love of others. If forgetting is penetrated, amount of catalyst in 3D will polarize Wanderer w/ much greater efficiency than shall be expected in higher, more harmonious densities.

They may also be guided and awakened by higher density STO forces to be triggered through subconscious impulses but not to do the work FOR them. As the Ps said:

“All of you jumped at the chance to be here in such a challenging place at such a challenging time. You were certain you could do it. Also, you were told before you came here that there would be much assistance and that, at different junctures of your development, different entities would present themselves upon the planet in different capacities to trigger you, fire you up, and remind you-not to do it for you. We are one of those triggers, a catalyst. ….You yourself chose to be here. You are on assignment to bring memory forward and to bring the value of human existence back to the forefront of creation. You are needed…….”

Each of you has been trained, and you have the knowledge inside you. Our part is to hit key chords and play your consciousness into activity so you can go ahead and make the tune or song or dance you are prepared for. Your knowledge is inside of you, and as you agree to discover it, it will awaken on deeper and deeper levels. You will become very self-sufficient, those of you who agree to this. You will also become incredibly knowledgeable, those of you who do not stop because you are frightened. Light is information; ignorance is darkness…

Assistance comes to you in all avenues of life, yet others cannot do things for you because you designed life in such a way that the species must self-motivate and evolve in order to be empowered

It is very important to observe how you deal with events. Different events are brought to you so that you can observe them. Learn to observe your behavior and to spend much more time alone even if sometimes it is difficult for you and you feel lonely. In the long run, you will thank us for directing you to have a more meaningful encounter with yourself…

Who’s going to bail you out when the going gets rough? Where is the rescue team? You are it. In order to have this transformation take place, you must use what you have to bring it about. There is incredible assistance from all kinds of realms; however, it all depends on you, not us. You are going to change the frequency simply by commitment, determination, and willpower…”

And from the Ra material:

“The methods used to awaken Wanderers are varied. The center of each approach is the entrance into the conscious and subconscious in such a way as to avoid causing fear and to maximize the potential for an understandable subjective experience that has meaning for the entity. Many such occur in sleep, others in the midst of many activities during the waking hours. The approach is flexible and does not necessarily include the “Close Encounter” syndrome.”

This is also where free will comes in. Wanderers incarnated because of the “request” and “answering the call”. Their mission is not to preach, impose or give without being asked. From an STO perspective one can only give when asked and many people choose not to wake up, they choose not to seek truth or do conscious self-work. They choose to stay asleep, dreaming to be awake. Many even choose to be STS on a soul level,  just as many choose not to “graduate” to 4D. Free will needs to be respected, even if it is the free will to stay ignorant. Only STS violates free will through self-serving manipulation and non-asked interference. This also relates to the esoteric sayings Being wise as serpents and gentle as doves and Do not give what is holy to dogs, and do not throw your pearls before swine, or they will trample them under their feet, and turn and tear you to pieces.

Asking can come in different ways and it not necessarily verbal, however, not every asking is sincere, so knowledge, discernment and awareness are required to truly distinguish between STS and STO, especially within ourselves as we all have STS tendencies, mistaking them for STO (remember that STS is the default polarity for this current 3rd density we are ALL subjected to). Are we giving to another without expectation and to truly help the other person? What part in them are we supporting? Sometimes NOT giving is actually STO in order not to support the STS feeding dynamics. Are we being externally considerate? Or are we considering internally and are trying to make ourselves feel better by “being of service” or for the sake of image/appearance/status, inflating our self-importance?  For example, if people donate money to various causes, what is their true underlying drive?

“How we admire you. We remember third density. It is the shortest of the densities, the density of choice. You are here to choose to serve the Creator by serving others or by serving the self and manipulating others. As you serve others, you may be asked to do outrageous things, to go beyond your limitations, to do what cannot be done yet which shall be done because it must. And in those situations we strongly advise that you release your personal personality and move to an impersonal portion of your deep self, that god-self of unmitigated and straightforward compassion. To determine what is pleasing as opposed to what is serving another entity is sometimes difficult, especially on the spur of the moment.

People have to learn their own lessons even if we can see how much they’re lying to themselves and are in their own ways. Free will is essentially tied to learning the lessons and understanding that everyone has their own lessons but also that there are collective lessons for all of humanity to learn. From the Cassiopaea material:

Q: What creates this environment of limitation?
A: It is the grand illusion which is there for the purpose of learning.
Q: And who put the illusion into place?
A: The Creator who is also the Created. Which is also you and us and all. As we have told you, we are you and vice versa. And so is everything else.
Q: Is the key that it is all illusion?
A: Basically, yes. As we have told you before, if you will be patient just a moment, the universe is merely a school. And, a school is there for all to learn. That is why everything exists. There is no other reason. Now, if only you understood the true depth of that statement, you would begin to start to see, and experience for yourself, all the levels of density that it is possible to experience, all the dimensions that it is possible to experience, all awareness. When an individual understands that statement to its greatest possible depth, that individual becomes illumined. And, certainly you have heard of that. And, for one moment, which lasts for all eternity, that individual knows absolutely everything that there is to know.

As an STO candidate one cannot interfere with the learning process of another, but only assist with advice, mirrors and suggestions if it is asked for. One can also spread “seeds of awareness”, share information and show the “door” if appropriate but people will have to walk through it themselves. Each situation is different and specific. No one can do the work for another, nor can anyone “save” another. As Morpheus told Neo in “The Matrix”: Unfortunately no one can be told what the matrix is, you have to see it for yourself.” .

“[The wanderer’s] desire is service to others with the distortion towards reaching their hand, figuratively, to any entities who call for aid….Specific intentions such as aiding in a situation not yet manifest are not the aim of Wanderers. Light and love go where they are sought and needed, and their direction is not planned aforetimes.”

“[Different attitude toward unharvestable Earth entities?] Not substantially. To those who wish to sleep we could only offer comforts designed for sleeping. Service is only possible to extent it is requested. We were ready to serve in whatever way we could. This still seems satisfactory as a means of dealing with others in 3D. To be each entity which one attempts to serve simplifies grasp of what service is necessary/possible””

– Ra

It is not your task as members of the Family of Light to proselytize. You simply go into systems and act as receptacles…. Assistance comes to you in all avenues of life, yet others cannot do things for you because you designed life in such a way that the species must self-motivate and evolve in order to be empowered…..Not everyone is going to make the shift. Not everyone is in the vibration that wants to work in harmony at this time.

– Ps

Laura Knight-Jadczyk writes:

“Ra tells us about “wanderers,” or higher dimensional-beings who have incarnated for the purpose of assisting humanity without violating free will. This “service to others” is described as a “dispassionate attempt to share information without concern for numbers or growth among others.” The attempt to make the information available is the service. There are no shortcuts to enlightenment. It cannot be taught. It cannot be achieved with rituals or formulas. The only thing that can be shared is information, stories of inspiration, love and mystery, and experiences that may spark another person to reach out and begin seeking on their own….

Ra warns that the challenge and danger of the wanderer is that he or she will forget the mission, become karmically involved, and thus be swept into the maelstrom. The question here is, of course, how does one become karmically involved? Ra answers: By acting in a consciously unloving manner in action with other beings. As the readers have discovered, what is or is not “love” is a huge issue. And it is in this subject that the most intensive disinformation has been promulgated, or so it seems.

All of this also relates to the topic of Organic Portals (OPs), the possibility that half of humanity does not have an individual soul and has no ability to access the higher centers, which would enable them to engage in esoteric work in order to graduate. There is nothing wrong with them, it is just part of the evolutionary process. However, one must be aware not to project one’s own soul potential into OPs who can serve as portals through which 4D STS forces can work through in order to keep souled individuals from advancing (esoterically speaking), just like agent Smith in “The Matrix” was able to insert himself into humans (programs) trying to keep Neo from awakening. The reader is encouraged to read “Organic Portals – Soulless Humans” to get a better understanding of that important topic.

Especially Wanderers need to be conscious and aware of the traps, deceptions and distractions in 3rd density which may interfere with their mission since most people are NOT like them, but have a different inner wiring so to speak. Ra mentions that “the Wanderer is less inclined to the deviousness of third density and therefore does not recognize as easily as a more negative individual would, the negative nature of thoughts or beings“.

“Ra tells us that wanderers are vulnerable because they become completely the creature of third density in mind and body, and are, by nature, less inclined to deviousness and manipulation. For this reason, they often do not recognize as easily the negative nature of other beings or thoughts before they become involved with them. Then, very often, because of this very lack of perception of negativity, they often persist in relationships that are negative because they repeatedly attribute to the other person their own benevolent motives and perceptions.

Additionally, there is just as much chance of negative hyperdimensional telepathic mind control influence being brought to bear on a wanderer as anyone else. The only difference occurs in what Ra calls the “spirit complex” which, if it wishes, has an armor of light which enables it to recognize more clearly that which is not appropriately desired. This is not more than a bias, and cannot be called an understanding. So, in other words, you just have an instinct about things that are not right. But then, with all our be-nice programming, we generally override the instinct and shove such signals under the rug, or search endlessly for reasons to excuse bad behavior…. Ra and the Cs both confirm that wanderers, however they are defined, are most definitely high-priority targets of the Matrix Controllers.

– Laura Knight-Jadczyk

Wanderers are not only subject to hypedimensional manipulation in this Matrix Control System as everyone else, but are PRIMARY targets of the 4D STS forces (Orion STS according to Ra. The Lizzies/dark shirts according to the Ps) because their mission obviously interferes with the plans of the controllers of this world and they don’t want this to happen. They don’t want to loose their food source. Laura Knight-Jadczyk wrote about it in “Soul Hackers – The Hidden Hands Behind The New Age Movement” (The Wave Book 2), chapter “All There Is Is Lessons, or Wandering Around in Third Density Can Be Hazardous to Your Health.” Here’s an excerpt:

[…]  The problem seems to be that of “waking up” [of the wanderer] to the nature of the mission and this presents special problems. Ra gives us several more clues:

 “Wanderers become completely the creatures of third density in mind/body complex. There is just as much chance of [them being subjected to Orion STS mind programming attempts] as to a mind/body complex of [strictly third density]. The only difference occurs in the spirit complex which, if it wishes, has an armor of light, if you will, which enables it to recognize more clearly that which is not be desired by the mind/body/spirit complex. This is not more than a bias and cannot be called an understanding.”

 So we begin to understand that even the purest of the pure are subject to corruption and deception. They do seem to have a bit of help in separating the wheat from the chaff, but Ra describes it as “not more than a bias and cannot be called an understanding.”

 The problem is, the “bias” often comes into direct conflict with the mind programming efforts of the Orion STS and a lot of suffering and torture can result. And there is also a special weakness of those who are configured to STO — since they don’t have meanness and deception in their own hearts, it can take almost forever for them to see it in others who are being used to keep them from awakening! Ra remarks on this as well:

 “Furthermore, the Wanderer is less inclined to the deviousness of third density and therefore does not recognize as easily as a more negative individual would, the negative nature of thoughts or beings… [If the Wanderer is successfully co-opted by the Orion STS it would be] caught into the planetary vibration and, when harvested, possibly repeat again the master cycle of third density as a planetary entity.”

Ra also confirmed Don’s remark that those with missions, Wanderers, are “high priority targets” of the Orion STS faction. That’s a scary thought!

What it means is that if a person comes into incarnation from a higher density with a mission to serve, not only are they enveloped in the “veil of forgetting”, they become special targets for a bunch of Intergalactic rapists and murderers who are only restrained in their actions by some sort of vague Law of Free Will which still allows every imaginable trick and deception to be perpetrated on them so that they will engage in relationships, beliefs, actions or reactions designed to “bring them down a few densities,” so to speak!

And they only get a “bias” toward what is Truth, and not a clear understanding!

So with all of this information we are trying to put together about what is out there just waiting to trap and deceive us, how in the world are we supposed to have a clue as to what is going on? Just who are the Good Guys here?!

“[In terms of STO contacts from the higher densities] the infringement upon free will is greatly undesired. Therefore, those entities, which are Wanderers upon your plane of illusion, will be the only subjects for the thought projections that make up the so-called “Close Encounters” and meetings…”

Ra seems to be saying that only the “Wanderers” have any hope of being in contact with the higher level “Good Guys” because they are, ipso facto, already of STO configuration and therefore, contact is not an infringement upon their free will as it would be if the STO contact came to a third density being who has not yet graduated to the higher densities.

Of course, they all look alike here on the Big Blue Marble, and they are all mostly engaged in living relatively normal lives side by side with one another. And they do have to be “awakened”! Also, there is a special condition under which Wanderers may be contacted, it seems, that pretty much eliminates your “weekend seminar” in channeling. It seems that there is an almost mathematical law involved in being able to communicate with higher density beings:

The calling of a group of people whose square overcame the integrated resistance of those unwilling to search or learn…

If we just stop and think for a moment about the nature of most people on the planet who do not want to search or learn; they do not want to think or do the necessary work that prepares a “vessel” for the inflow of higher knowledge; they want to be “saved” with as little effort as possible, then you begin to understand the odds against contact with truly higher density STO beings. That is the operation of the Law of Free Will.

The majority of beings of third density are STS — they would not be in this density otherwise. By this choice, they have also chosen the illusions that are part of this “con job”. Yes, at a very deep level, it is a choice to experience in order to learn, but let’s not get ahead of ourselves here.

By the very fact that this is the choice of the majority, the few who might truly wish to perceive the truth are overruled by the mass choice according to the law of Free Will!

Even if the being is a fourth or sixth density “Wanderer”, by entering this density, they have chosen to “play by the rules” and cannot abridge them!

Thus, in order to penetrate this “veil of forgetting”, extreme effort is required in a mathematical ratio. A consistent “call” by a group, must go out. And the energy required to penetrate the veil must be built up over a period of time in order to meet this requirement. This principle is expressed in two of the purported sayings of Jesus: “Wherever two or more are gathered in my name…” and you must “ask and keep on asking, knock and keep on knocking, and it will be opened to you.”

So, just by thinking about this very simple Law of Free Will and its implications, we come to an understanding that the likelihood of the many “sources” of information that purport to have “serendipitously” contacted this or that channel who was just humming along one day and — ZAP! — along came Swami Whosits or Koot Hoot or Lord Sandyando or whoever, are very likely victims of the deception — possibly even Wanderers being “neutralized” by STS forces, or simply those who are “agents” of the STS forces, including those programmed a la Greenbaum.

Ra did give us a figure: 65 million Wanderers on the planet at the time he was speaking. That amounts to about one person out of every hundred on the planet. But how many of them survive the attacks? How many of them actually do, can, or will wake up? Particularly when we must expect them to be objects of special “attention” in terms of “attack”?

But, apparently all is not lost! Those Wanderers who have struggled and worked or survived the attack/lessons to the point that something inside them is ready can awaken via subtle “contacts” or inner urgings:

“The feeling of being awakened or activated is the goal of this type of contact… The methods used to awaken Wanderers are varied. The center of each approach is the entrance into the conscious and subconscious in such a way as to avoid causing fear and to maximize the potential for an understandable subjective experience that has meaning for the entity. Many such occur in sleep, others in the midst of many activities during the waking hours. The approach is flexible and does not necessarily include the “Close Encounter” syndrome.”

So we are given to understand that such “wake up” experiences can be varied. Considering the deceptions and manipulations of the Orion STS that have already been described, we also must consider that there will be many efforts to block, obfuscate, or mimic such awakenings. Again, only knowledge can give us the tools with which to discriminate. Again Ra brings up a special class of attack that can occur to those who are on a destined mission, as the Cassiopaeans call it:

“Wanderers do have “Close Encounters” with Orion STS, though it is rare. [Such] occurs either due to the Orion entities’ lack of perception of the depth of positivity to be encountered or due to the Orion entities’ desire to, shall we say, attempt to remove this positivity from this plane of existence. …A mistaken Orion STS contact with highly polarized positive entities can wreak havoc with Orion troops unless [they] are able to depolarize the entity mistakenly contacted.

This occurrence is almost unheard of. Therefore, the Orion group prefers to make physical contact only with the weaker-minded entity… The most typical approach of Orion entities is to choose what you might call the weaker minded entity that it might suggest a greater amount of Orion STS philosophy to be disseminated.”

So now we begin to understand the special traps set up for these Wanderers wherein human agents are used to manipulate and control them. If they cannot be corrupted directly, the strategy is to corrupt those around them — including family, friends, spouses and associates of all kinds. While I would never claim to be one of these “Wanderers”, even if the profile does fit (since I am not inclined to “true believership” in anything), there was a curious exchange with the Cassiopaeans at one session which included another individual who also fits this profile that gives some clues as to how this occurs:

May 3, 1997

Q: (L) Reading through the session of May 23, last year, when TK was also here, and the issue of his living in isolation from the rest of the world was addressed, you asked who had begged him to stay there even though he wanted to move to a place where he could have more contact with other people and more opportunities for growth and stimulation. The answer to this question was that it was his wife who insisted on remaining even though it was clear that he was unhappy in the environment. Then you made a remark about an EM [Electromagnetic] vector. The way I understood it is that you were saying that a person can be an EM vector. Is that possible?

A: Vector means focuser of direction.

Q: (L) So his wife is the one who controls the focus of his direction. But how? Could that mean that a human being can vector EM waves simply by their presence and that these EM waves are part of the control system that manipulates people? Can it be that such “agents” are used as EM vectors in the sense that they emanate a special frequency that literally affects the mind in terms of shutting down clarity, or even actually transmitting pre-coded thought loops?

A: Precisely.

Q: (L) I also noticed that several of us have been involved with persons and relationships that seem designed to confuse, defuse, and otherwise distort our learning, as well as drain our energy. Basically, keeping us so stressed that we cannot fulfill our potential. Is there some significance to this observation?

A: That is elementary, my dear Knight! […]

Q: (L) Were the individuals in our lives selected for the extremely subtle nature of their abilities to evoke pity, or were we programmed to respond to pity so that we were blind to something that was obvious to other people?

A: Neither. You were selected to interact with those who would trigger a hypnotic response that would ultimately lead to a drain of energy.

Q: (T) Well, it is a fact, because my energy is sure drained. (L) What is the purpose of this draining of energy?

A: What do you think?

Q: (T) So you can’t concentrate or do anything. You can’t get anywhere with anything.

A: Or, at least not the important things.

Q: (T) Is that why my concentration is so low?

A: Yes. You are dealing with a no-win situation!! As you know.

Q: (T) So, if I don’t get out, I will just keep going down. Is it the area or the person?

A: Both. One is wrapped within the other. […]

Q: (L) Is it true that being in the presence of such people, that one is under the influence of an energy, an emanation from them physically, that befuddles the mind and makes it almost impossible to think one’s way out of the situation?

A: It is the draining of energy that befuddles the mind.

Q: (L) Where does this energy drain?

A: 4th density STS.

Q: (L) These people we are associated with drain our energy from us and fourth density STS harvests it from them?

A: “They” do nothing!!!! 4th density STS does it all through them! […]

Lesson number 1: Always expect attack.

Lesson number 2: Know the modes of same.

Lesson number 3: Know how to counteract same.

When you are under attack, expect the unexpected, if it is going to cause problems… But, if you expect it, you learn how to “head it off,” thus neutralizing it. This is called vigilance, which is rooted in knowledge. And, what does knowledge do?

Q: (L) Protects! I guess that a person just has to come to the full realization that virtually everything that happens on the planet — no exceptions — is a symbol of some interaction of STS vs. STO energy at higher levels.

A: Yes, and for most, that is not as of yet realized. It must be part of a natural learning process.

Q: (L) Well, I guess that all of us tend to keep one or another area sacrosanct and think that it is not subject to attack, or that we can use logic and third density thinking to explain it. Until a person realizes that attack can come through even one’s self, wives and husbands, children and parents, friends — virtually anybodynobody is exempt.

A: The block is a lack of faith in the concept. Remember, when one has been indoctrinated by religion, culture and/or science, they are predisposed to view all things in the sense of the measurable physical reality exclusively. One must be cured of lack of faith in the reality of nonphysical attack.

One major thing we see from the above is that our associations can be crucial. Of course, if we are aware that anyone and everyone can be used as an “EM vector” to modulate our frequency or behavior or thinking, then we have some protection. But to be unaware of it, to be in close association with those who are unaware themselves, and therefore subject to this manipulation, is to be firmly “in the trap”.

But suppose one person in a relationship begins to “wake up”, and becomes aware (even if only vaguely), that all is not as it seems. They will have continual glimpses of the reality, mostly when not in the presence of the other individual. They may clearly see that something is not working, that it is not right, and may even make decisions to change it or to leave. But the instant the other person is physically present with their EM vectoring capabilities, the glimpses of truth are “damped” or even shut down and the waking person begins to feel schizophrenic or crazy in some way for having such conflicting and opposing thoughts. Add to this the social and religious enculturation to “turn the other cheek” or “suffer because it’s noble and holy,” and you have the recipe for cooking the Wanderer’s goose!

Another of the factors in the control system is the “self-destruct” program. Obviously the aliens have no problem abducting and killing and eating many people who are still lost in the initial choice for STS/third density. But there are the special cases of the Wanderers who, obviously, the STS invaders don’t want to tangle with at that level, as described above by Ra, so they have a rather clever way around this little stumbling block to their machinations: the suicide game.

This is a very cunning setup, I can tell you! It can follow a variety of lines in the lives of different people, and it seems that the STS Orions take some sort of fiendish delight in designing variations for their entertainment pleasure, but the gist of it is this: a Wanderer is born. Obviously they have to be born somewhere, to some family, with certain genetics. It is also equally obvious that the choices probably don’t include having Wanderers for parents or siblings, (though there are exceptions). There they are, innocent little babies, volunteers for a great mission, surrounded by potential EM vectors and Lizzie agents! And the game begins!

Abuse — physical, sexual, and psychological — comes into play to “set them up” for a later fall — if in fact they are not just simply killed by same right at the beginning. But the special characteristic of the Wanderer type is that they continue to “shine” with a sort of “inner purity” of the questing spirit even in the face of such treatment. As a result of this abuse, they can be attached by any number of “dead dudes” or elementals or even demonic-type entities that enter in through wounds in the psychological/psychic shield like cosmic bacteria.

The usual next stage in this drama is to cause the Wanderer to be attracted to a particular type of person who is a sort of “false image” of STO. This can be what researcher Eve Lorgen calls a Love Bite relationship where a great “cosmic love” is simulated, only to fall flat as soon as the EM vector is turned off. The intended result of this betrayal is to induce suicidal feelings or to set the Wanderer up for the next variation of the game.

What happens now is that the Wanderer is set up by the previous dramas to seek out marriage or love partners who are also abusive either overtly or covertly. And, of course, the Wanderer’s special characteristics of being unable to really understand negative thinking because it is not a part of their own make-up, prevents them from seeing exactly what is going on. They always seem to attribute the same high motives and ideals to others that are in themselves. They endlessly excuse abuse and hurt to themselves and others with the idea that if they just love the other long enough, hard enough, pure enough or stand by them through thick and thin, that the abuser will overcome their hurts/wounds which are the cause of their abusive behavior, and they will then be able to be whole, which, of course, the Wanderer believes to be a person similar to themselves!

Gee, sounds like the Way of the Monk, doesn’t it? Perhaps that “way” was created just to trap such positive individuals and to use them as energy food for STS.

Then there is the constant projection of the suicide program by the many EM vectors that the Wanderer finds in their environment. It takes careful observation to determine who these individuals may be, but it can be done! The natural feelings of being lost and alone and alienated from this environment are intensified and twisted so that the Wanderer begins to focus solely upon the idea of getting out from under this enormous psychic pressure. Spirit attachments can also be used in this respect, attacking the Wanderer from the “inside”, so to speak.

 April 15, 1995

Q: (L) [You have mentioned attack.] Is this physical danger or just harassment danger?

A: Mind attack for purpose of self-destruction.

Q: (L) Is there anything that can be done to shield against this kind of attack?

A: Yes. Knowledge input on a continuous basis.

Q: (L) And what form should this knowledge take? Does this mean channeled information, books, videos, what?

A: All and other. Networking of information now, warning!!! All others will very soon experience great increase of same type of attack, two of you have had episodes in past from same source for similar reasons, but now your association puts you in different category!! Remember all channels and those of similar make-up are identified, tracked, and “dealt with”. Suicidal thoughts?

Q: (T) So, we have the knowledge and that’s all we need to do to prevent the attacks from being nasty?

A: You do not have all the awareness you need! Not by any means! Remember, all there is is lessons. Daily prayer helps.

Through it all, the Wanderer never whines or complains that others are “doing it to” them; they always tend, first of all, to seek in themselves the cause of the events or the treatment they receive. They react with the idea that somehow they are not giving enough or in the right way, though they are entirely naive about what “giving” really is because, as mentioned, they have been brainwashed by the erroneous ideals of the third density STS environment which are manipulations to induce service to an illusion.

With this enculturation, the most difficult thing that the Wanderer has to face and do is to learn to not give in some instances, because this not giving is actually a form of giving at the soul level. Ra exemplifies this in a curious series of comments:

For many of your centuries, both the [STO group] and the [STS group] busied themselves with each other upon planes above your own, shall we say, planes in time/space whereby machinations were conceived and the armor of light girded. Battles have been and are continuing to be fought upon these levels.

…Picture [your mind] in total unity with all other minds of your society. You are then single-minded and that which is a weak electrical charge in your physical illusion is now an enormously powerful machine whereby thoughts may be projected as things.

…In this endeavor the [STS group] charges or attacks the [STO group] armed with light. The result, a standoff, as you would call it, both energies being somewhat depleted by this and needing to regroup; the negative depleted through failure to manipulate, the positive depleted through failure to accept that which is given.

…[To explain “failure to accept that which is given”]: At the level of time/space which this takes place in the form of what you may call thought-war, the most accepting and loving energy would be to so love those who wished to manipulate that those entities were surrounded and engulfed, transformed by positive energies.

…This, however, being a battle of equals, the [STO group] is aware that it cannot, on equal footing, allow itself to be manipulated in order to remain purely positive, for then though pure it would not be of any consequence, having been placed by the so-called powers of darkness under the heel, as you may say. It is thus that those who deal with this thought war must be defensive rather than accepting in order to preserve their usefulness in service to others. Thusly, they cannot accept fully what the [STS group] wishes to give, that being enslavement.

 …The only consequence which has been helpful is a balancing of the energies available to this planet so that these energies have less necessity to be balanced in this time/space, thus lessening the chances of planetary annihilation.

So we see here a guiding principle of balance. For those who believe that it is Love to “accept enslavement” — which is to respond to manipulation and thereby serve the STS faction, it becomes clear that to do so is to neutralize their effectiveness as an STO candidate because they are then no longer “purely positive”! By accepting the manipulations, they become part of the other side!

 The bottom line here is this: if you are duped or sucked into the illusions of the machinations of STS, you are effectively “one of them”, no matter what your intentions, and you thus further contribute to the unbalanced energies. This neutralizes the true nature of Service to Others. […]

————————————————— [end of excerpt]

We can see now that being a Wanderer is not a walk in the park, nor a “free ride” on this planetary experience. It doesn’t matter what knowledge they have brought with them. It takes tremendous work, vigilance and discernment to bring it forth and act on it, being aware of attacks from the “other team”.  This entails much conscious struggle and suffering, especially at the beginning, as the Wanderer is activating his/her higher centers linking him/her to his/her higher self more consciously, so they start to remember and align themselves with their life’s purpose.

This purpose is not a definition and task one realizes over night. It’s a process and since the future is open with different potential outcomes, the tasks based on the wanderer’s inherent gifts will reveal themselves more specifically according to specific situations and the choices they make. Their direction is not planned aforetimes. This also depends on the Wanderer’s conscious self-work to learn the lessons he/she needs to learn in order to be truly of service. This implies not only remembering themselves but also gaining Knowledge on a continuous basis.

“Purpose is realized by taking the journey, not by establishing a favorable or fascinating explanation or a definition for oneself. Purpose is not a justification. It does not compensate for anything. Purpose is something that is waiting for you to discover. You can only discover it by taking the journey, by following the way, by learning as you go and by gaining the greater perspective and understanding that one acquires as one matures in The Way of Knowledge.

This journey requires phenomenal self-honesty. Humility, honesty, openness, discernment, restraint, discretion, tolerance and compassion— these are qualities that result from preparation and advancement in The Way of Knowledge. These things are what provide inspiration and true ability in life…..With greater awareness comes a greater ability. This all comes from Knowledge. Here you are asked to follow, to respond and to learn the great lessons in discernment, discretion, communication and affinity. These lessons are inherent in the preparation itself…..Accept that the journey is great. It is marvelous. It is at times difficult. But in all ways it refines you. It washes away that which is nonessential in you and reveals that which is permanent and meaningful. Your real purpose and calling become apparent when all that hides and conceals them has fallen away, and what is left is what is real, and that becomes welcomed and embraced.

I can relate to this in my own life. As mentioned before, I came to the Los Angeles to study drums and percussion and play in bands. It was the beginning of my journey towards self-discovery. I was following my bliss, as Joseph Campbell would say. Back then I thought that was my purpose, what I really wanted to do. Nothing else mattered. I played drums 4-6 hours a day, rehearsed with my band and put my heart and soul into it. All I wanted to do was make music, tour and make a living as a musician. However, I was still suffering and struggling internally. A lot of things came up during that time for me which I was forced to look at, otherwise I would have not survived as my depression and despair put me on the edge of insanity.

At the same time new friends and and situations came into my life which introduced me to the healing arts, in particular yoga, qi gong, and bodywork as well as shamanism and medicine plants, which also helped me in my inner process. Interestingly I wasn’t seeking these things out fully conscious. It just happened in the flow of life as I was seeking answers and trying to heal and understand myself. Something else was guiding me. During that time I also discovered another talent: bodywork. My roommate back then, who was a yoga teacher and bodyworker, introduced me to it, worked on me and started to teach me some basic massage techniques. He became my mentor. Having had tremendous breakthroughs and healing moments physically and emotionally through receiving bodywork, I experienced first hand the healing power of it. I began to do bodywork on friends and seemed to have a healing touch for it based on the feedback I received. People came to me asking me to work on them on a regular basis, yet I didn’t think of doing it professionally back then. My focus was still on music and drumming.

I started to write during my time with my band Revolve in early 2000. We gave out writings at our shows to spread awareness, but eventually my drive to seek truth and knowledge overshadowed the musical aspect of my life and it seemed very natural when the band broke up. Writing helped me to learn and clarify the new information I was taking in. Many insights came along with it. I was inspired and wanted to share all this amazing hidden Knowledge about our reality and what was happening on our planet. Looking back I can see how this at times was not externally considerate and I was trying to give without being asked. I can also see how I was gullible and not discerning about some of the information I came across back then. I was drinking the New Age cool-aid at one point, driven by wishful thinking, emotional hooks and was not very discerning. However, it complicated my life even more. Thankfully the universe didn’t give me what I “wanted”, but what I “needed” at that time to snap me out it.

When my band Revolve broke up after inspiring years of musical creativity, recording and touring, I enrolled in Massage School to pursue bodywork, the new talent I had discovered. It seemed the universe literally pushed me to do it and I was answering the call. I have been working as a professional bodyworker ever since. It was a complete shift in my life path and it seemed that certain triggers lead me to it without my “conscious” choice. Looking back at my life, connecting the dots, I feel like what the late Apple founder Steve Jobs said. When discovering your bliss, sometimes you just gotta do things because you are drawn to them for reasons you canʼt fully understand in the moment and only in retrospect can you connect the dots in your life and see how it all works together. For example, I know now that without my years as a drummer, using music and drumming for healing and emotional exploration (even if I wasn’t fully aware of that back then), and without my suffering and crisis, I wouldn’t be the bodyworker and healer Iʼm today nor write about the things I’m writing now. However, I never “planned” to become a bodyworker or writer. I know now that I had to confront my dark side, programming and conditioning and heal myself, however painful it was, in order to become my real Self (and there is always more work to do). As Carl Jung said: There is no coming to consciousness without pain. It’s the mythological journey of Chiron, the Wounded Healer, who in his search for his own cure discovered how to heal others. The lesson of Chiron teaches us is that we can overcome pain and transcend into knowledge.

“You can’t connect the dots looking forward; you can only connect them looking backwards. So you have to trust that the dots will somehow connect in your future. You have to trust in something — your gut, destiny, life, karma, whatever. This approach has never let me down, and it has made all the difference in my life.”

– Steve Jobs

I also had many assisting forces, seen and unseen, spirit guides and non-physical STO forces that guided me along when I was able and willing to “listen”. There were many friends, mentors and teachers that came in and out of my life who helped me along the way, assisting me on my path or giving me just the right book to read. And of course, in light of the Knowledge I have now, I can also see how STS forces and the Matrix Control System have tried to steer me off my path (sometimes disguised as “angels”, “friends” or romantic relationships) working through people (and my own “predator-mind”) with temptations and distractions, getting at my weak spots. However, I felt very strongly throughout my life that I came here with a specific purpose that is beyond what I “think” I want to do at times and this purpose seems to crystallize itself and becomes clearer as I learn my lessons, “get myself out of the way” and remember more of who I truly am. There is still much more to learn and to remember.

“A hero is someone who has given his or her life to something bigger than oneself.”

– Joseph Campbell

My intent for sharing my personal story throughout this article is also for you to reflect back on your own life and see how you “got here”, so you can understand your past and your life choices better, when you have been truly acting in alignment with your higher self or self-sabotaging because of conditioned/programmed patterns and beliefs. That way we can understand our present better and create our future more consciously. What worked for me may not work for another. We all have our own story, individual lessons to learn, karma to work out and talents to develop.

“Each Wanderer has unique abilities, biases, specialties so that from each portion of each Density represented among Wanderers come array of pre-incarnative talents which may be expressed so that each Wanderer, in offering itself before incarnation, has some special service to offer in addition to the doubling effect of planetary love/light [vibrations adding to the planet just as electrical polarity or charging a battery] and basic function of serving as beacon or shepher….

The best way of service to others is the constant attempt to seek to share the love of the Creator as it is known to the inner self. This involves self knowledge and the ability to open the self to the other-self without hesitation. This involves, shall we say, radiating that which is the essence or the heart of the mind/body/ spirit complex…. The best way for each seeker in third density to be of service to others is unique to that mind/body/spirit complex. This means that the mind/body/ spirit complex must then seek within itself the intelligence of its own discernment as to the way it may best serve other-selves. This will be different for each.

– Ra

Let’s take the archetypal Hero’s Journey a bit deeper and look at the awakening process more closely, knowing now that there are other forces acting against us, trying to keep us from advancing esoterically. The initiatory process is the same in all true mystery teachings. It is not a sudden “enlightenment” where one feels One with everything. It is not a pleasant event at all, but is a decent into the underworld, fighting demons, coming to terms with the predator within and the lies one is telling oneself, dying and being reborn, crossing the threshold which enables one to engage in esoteric work consciously. Laura Knight Jadczyk writes in “The Wave” Volume 5&6 “Petty Tyrants & Facing the Unknown”:

“The moment of true initiation. It seems that, as the great masters teach us, it is not a moment of “great enlightenment.” It is not someone who comes to “show us reality.” It is not a “seeing all the world as a oneness.” It is seeing the self as a liar and a feeder on others. It is measuring the self with TRUTH. It is seeing that the predator has been feeding on the self, that the self has been feeding on others and propagating the infection on to all those who one claims to love and wish to help.

Initiation is not a glorious inpouring of life and love and tears for the beauty and oneness of the world.

It is sheer terror.

It is a descent into Hell. It is the Shamanic descent into the underworld to do battle with demons. It is the dismemberment of the body, the flaying of the flesh from the bones, and the subsequent rebuilding of the self on a different foundation – a foundation of spiritual verity.

And if I could convey to you that Hell, that sensation, that solitary test in which the soul is weighed, BY THE SELF, finally and completely and seen for what it has truly done, you would see how little truth there is because of all the beliefs of the Matrix that have been inculcated and promulgate and tended so carefully by our emotions and by the deceptions of the predator within who convinces us that we are “good” and “pure” and there is “oneness.”

Indeed, one sees that there is “oneness,” but one sees that the aspect of God that is experienced at this level is the black, sucking, feeding maw of STS (Service to Self). One sees how little true Love is actually manifested at this level of being. One sees that all of our illusions about “goodness” and truth and beauty are LIES. They are masks for more feeding. And that is so horrifying an initiation that few survive.

That is “paying everything.”

Now, re-read what Gurdjieff had to say about the matter; how he pointed out that a person has to “pay in advance,” that the key is to accept the idea that one is not what one thinks, that there is a different reality from which our own is projected, and that developing this idea in the realm of pure thought, and then using it as the platform by which one can observe and analyze, is the key to being able to see for a moment, and then again. One must be able to see the interactions of the Petty Tyrants in our lives, the Predators who prey on us in the Theological Reality. And then, one must be willing to act. It is only after action that the true nature of the Predator reveals itself just as the Vampire reacts with violence to being exposed by the presence of a mirror. Because, it must be kept always in mind that there ARE predators who are predators by choice – even if that choice is made at some level, in some part of themselves that is not available to even their own conscious awareness. They, too, are part of the Matrix, and they wouldn’t be able to play their roles if they were not consciously convinced that they are right, that they are “good,” that they are righteous and long-suffering.”

As I was diving deeper into Esoteric Science coming across Gurdjieff’s 4th Way Teachings as well as Boris Mouravieff’s “Gnosis”, it all seemed to confirm in many ways what I’ve encountered throughout my life in the process of awakening and in relation to my inner state and to outer circumstances, people and the world at large, from “moral bankruptcy”, the death of the “personality”, to struggle with forces trying to keep me from advancing/waking up, to seeing the light and forming the “magnetic center”. All of which is still a process and much work is still to be done. We are all works in progress in our own ways.

The Way is the ensemble of practices which, carried out properly according 
to the principles of esoteric science, will allow man to evolve.”

– Boris Mouravieff, Gnosis I

As mentioned before, every once in a while a book or teaching presents itself, which acts like a “guide”, appearing sat just the right moment in time, helping and showing me that I’m “on track”, describing things I’ve been through and hinting at where it is all leading to and what one must do or not do in order to awaken.

What follows are some insights into Esoteric Science as transmitted by Boris Mouravieff in his trilogy “Gnosis”. Maybe some of you can recognize yourselves in these words as well. For some these writings may strike home, touching something deep within beyond the personality of the false “I”. For others it may sound very foreign and complex. This also relates to what Ra said about Wanderers having a disposition towards esoteric work or other souled individuals who have the seed that can sprout and grow, activating the higher centers. This work is not for everyone. As Mouravieff said in his introduction to “Gnosis”:

“Some people complain that the subject of the fundamentals of esotericism is not simple. Others have said that it leads to great clarity.  This apparent contradiction is explained by the fact that esotericism is addressed to readers who are predisposed to esoteric culture by their nature, formation or personal experience.”

We also know that no steps can be skipped, the lessons need to be learned and that starting with the right foundation is imperative so one doesn’t over-estimate one’s level of Being at the start of the journey. I know out of personal experience that I was grasping certain esoteric ideas intellectually at first, but it wasn’t matched up with my Being and Understanding to truly apply the Knowledge I gained. In other words I didn’t embody it. It’s the fine balance between Knowledge, Being and Understanding  A false foundation can also result if one gets hooked by a false teaching for example, mistaking lies for truth or having “sacred cows”, which are beliefs one is identified with, hence taking any challenge to ones beliefs as a personal attack (Identification with a nation/country is a good example for that). As the Cs said: Gaining false Knowledge is more dangerous than gaining no Knowledge.” Gurdjieff makes this point in Ouspenky’s “In Search of the Miraculous”:

“In the history of humanity there are known many examples when entire civilizations have perished because knowledge outweighed being or being outweighed knowledge. “What are the results of the development of the line of knowledge without being, or the development of the line of being without knowledge?” someone asked during a talk upon this subject.

The development of the line of knowledge without the line of being gives a weak yogi,” said G., “that is to say, a man who knows a great deal but can do nothing, a man who does not understand” (he emphasized these words) “what he knows, a man without appreciation, that is, a man for whom there is no difference between one kind of knowledge and another.

And the development of the line of being without knowledge gives a stupid saint, that is, a man who can do a great deal but who does not know what to do or with what object; and if he does anything he acts in obedience to his subjective feelings which may lead him greatly astray and cause him to commit grave mistakes, that is, actually to do the opposite of what he wants. In either case both the weak yogi and the stupid saint are brought to a standstill.

Neither the one nor the other can develop further.

In order to understand this and, in general, the nature of knowledge and the nature of being, as well as their interrelation, it is necessary to understand the relation of knowledge and being to ‘understanding.’

Knowledge is one thing, understanding is another thing.

People often confuse these concepts and do not clearly grasp what is the difference between them. Knowledge by itself does not give understanding. Nor is understanding increased by an increase of knowledge alone. Understanding depends upon the relation of knowledge to being. Understanding is the resultant of knowledge and being. And knowledge and being must not diverge too far, otherwise understanding will prove to be far removed from either. At the same time the relation of knowledge to being does not change with a mere growth of knowledge. It changes only when being grows simultaneously with knowledge. In other words, understanding grows only with the growth of being.

In ordinary thinking, people do not distinguish understanding from knowledge. They think that greater understanding depends on greater knowledge. Therefore they accumulate knowledge, or that which they call knowledge, but they do not know how to accumulate understanding and do not bother about it.”

“…..A man must first of all understand certain things. He has thousands of false ideas and false conceptions, chiefly about himself, and he must get rid of some of them before beginning to acquire anything new. Otherwise the new will be built on a wrong foundation and the result will be worse than before. To speak the truth is the most difficult thing in the world; one must study a great deal and for a long time in order to speak the truth. The wish alone is not enough. To speak the truth one must know what the truth is and what a lie is, and first of all in oneself. And this nobody wants to know.

The path toward “Ascension”, to rise above this world (Being in this world but not of it), The Way of esoteric work is also told in stories in form of symbols. The clues are everywhere for the Initiated to see. It relates to seeing the unseen. There are ‘B’ influences, not of this world which are conscious in their origin and have been created consciously outside life by conscious people for a definite purpose. These influences are the “soul” of any culture and they are embodied in the form of religious systems and teachings, philosophical doctrines, art, etc., as opposed to ‘A’ influences ( such as race, nation, country, pop culture, family, profession, entertainment, current ideas, customs and so on) which relate to “The General Law” and “Law of Accident”, keeping man asleep at the mercy of the external world
, lost in the wilderness of everyday life. Discernment between those two is vital for the wanderer, esoteric student and seeker, separating truth from lies.

A and B influences have been mixed throughout history. Many spiritual inclined people tend to mistake A for B influences. Much of the popular New Age material with its superficial and vague spirituality falls into that category. We can see millions of well intentioned people in our world wanting to change the world for “the better” through voting or pseudo new age spirituality a la “The Secret”, wanting to”create” a new reality. However, most of them don’t confront their interior but stay in the “wilderness” of ‘A’ influences, the lies that are the basis of the Illusion/Matrix. And so instead of breaking out of the prison, they re-enforce it through the distortion of their conditioned personality and wishful thinking, enhancing their false “I” instead of strengthening their essence. In many ways what we see in today’s popular spiritual concepts and self-help books is the opposite of what the ancient esoteric traditions have taught. People can be very successful within the matrix of A influences, make a lot of money, have a successful career, become famous, etc. but not have progressed esoterically/spiritually one bit. From Mouravieff’s Gnosis:

“If man spends his life without distinguishing between ‘A’ and ‘B’ influences, he will end it as he started, one could say mechanically, driven by the Law of Accident. However, according to the nature and the intensity of the resultant forces to which he is subjected, it can happen to him to make a brilliant career, in the meaning the world gives to this expression. Yet he will come to the end of his days without having either learned or understood anything of Reality.

Man can delude himself and, believing he is absorbing ‘B’ influences and making the necessary selection all the while, he in fact absorbs ‘A’ influences.This will put him into contact with people who possess magnetic centres of the same nature: who are themselves duped or who dupe others, and who have no direct or indirect link with the esoteric Centre. What guarantee can man have that he will not dupe himself and that he will not fall into the latter situation? The answer is simple. The purity of the magnetic centre must be scrupulously maintained from the start and all through his evolution.”

One can see now very clearly that much of the New Age and pop-spirituality is in actuality ‘A’ influences packaged in a ‘B’ wrapping. Truth mixed with lies, which can divert the seeker from his real “I” and true awakening. An example would be the whole abstract new age bits of “sending love and light into the world”, focusing just on “good” thoughts, visualizing the “light body” as a means of ascension, or just “being open”, avoiding anything “bad” or “negative”, ignoring the “unpleasant” and just focus on manifesting one’s desires, etc …

As long as one has not established the purity of the magnetic center through deep self-work and conscious suffering one just acts in STS, putting the false personality’s (ego’s) subjective will on to the world which only fuels entropy and feeding dynamics, strengthening the STS polarity while lying to oneself about one’s state of being and awareness.

In that sense much New Age material is just like fundamental Religion. It works on blind belief, wishful thinking, not Knowledge and Truth. And so many seekers are developing a false magnetic center, a false foundation,who are themselves duped or who dupe others, and who have no direct or indirect link with the esoteric Centre.” That’s also how wanderers can be duped and being vectored away from the mission they came to accomplish.

Furthermore, the one’s promoting just to focus on “love and light” (without understanding the true meaning of these words) and ignoring the “bad/negative” the loudest are the ones most heavily duped, more duped than the average sleeping man, because the former actually thinks he has awakened and can “see” now…….little does he know that he’s going in circles vectored by ‘A’ influences and staying in the “wilderness”, dreaming to be awake.

On that note, there is nothing “wrong” with desires of the ego/personality and just creating reality based on unquestioned desires of the “I”, nothing “wrong” with shutting off anything “bad” and “unpleasant” and keep living in a subjective tunnel vision and wishful thinking based on Service to Self (STS). Enjoy! It’s a free will universe. Everyone can do as they want to, be it you, me, Bush, Obama or anyone else. However, what needs to be kept in mind is that this approach has nothing to do with conscious spiritual evolution or the “path of ascension”. It is the reason why the world and its people are on a course to self-destruction. It’s not a spiral upward but a spiral downward that grinds itself into an abyss. Humanity has evolved technologically, but not spiritually/consciously really at all and man is still mostly driven by his lower centers and mechanical personality.

“What strikes us from the very beginning is that man confuses moral progress with technical progress, so that the development of science continues in dangerous isolation. The brilliant progress that has come from technology has changed nothing essential in the human condition, and will change nothing, because it operates only in the field of everyday events. For this reason it touches the inner life of man only superficially.”

– Mouravieff, Gnosis

Life on Earth as we know it, this 3rd density experience is based on STS, Service to Self. STO, Service to Others, is something man can aspire to through conscious evolution. During this Time of Transformation the choice to be made is really between STO and STS and truly understanding what that means, differentiating between A and B influences, separating lies from truth, inside oneself and outside in the world. This is the age of awakening but also the age of deceit and deception, not only through the obvious political circus, but through corrupted spiritual teachings as well, be it dogmatic religion or New Age hype.

“The next is manipulation of spiritual values and tendencies.It is no accident that in the last four years that we’ve seen in new religious thought the religion of acquiescence and passivity: trusting in the process; whatever happens is what needs to happen; everyone is right where they need to be;… you don’t resist; you acquiesce; to resist is to be negative, is to be fearful, is to be unconscious. A great prescription for convincing the natives to give over the keys to the kingdom, a very good, clever form of manipulation.”

– M. V. Summers

It’s like taking the red or blue pill (as in the film “The Matrix”), truth or illusion, waking up or staying asleep. There is no “right” or “wrong” choice. There is only choice, as it is, respecting free will. However, most people do not even know that there is a choice to be made in this time of transition and are in the dark about what is happening on this planet, manipulated through hyperdimensional STS forces working through themselves, government, religion, official culture, corrupted new age teachings, channeled material, etc… .

Interestingly, one can also see how the mystery teachings were also describing a “Hyperdimensional Control System”, the “General Law” in esoteric terms, acting on man, keeping him in line with mechanical unconscious behavior to be “Food for the Moon”. In order to escape the Matrix/General Law man needs to align oneself with “The Law of Exception”, engaging in esoteric work with conscious effort. There is a threshold to be crossed, a void, which puts the seeker on The Way. The process and necessity of moral bankruptcy ,which initiates the seeker into “The Way” of esoteric work, is described in more detail in Boris Mouravieff’s “Gnosis”. This also relates to the idea of wanderers and their initiation/awakening process.

“This void, which can only be crossed at the cost 
of considerable effort or even of super-efforts, operates selectively. 
The character and the quantity of effort necessary differs for
 each person, depending upon the nature and degree of deformation of the
 mind of each exterior man; an individual factor

Man was compared to a cell of organic life on Earth. 
Because he belongs to this organism, man is subject to the General Law, and 
it is only when he has escaped it that he is elevated to the Law of Exception.

We are not aware of how much we are bound by the action of the General 
Law. Acting on us as it does on our cells, this law immobilizes us or
 constantly tends to bring us back to our place. Its strength leaves us little 
freedom of action outside the limits of its direction and scope. It acts in
 various ways. One can say that if man lives ‘like everyone else’, if he does
not venture off the beaten track, he will never perceive the existence of this
force, or rather this force will ignore him.

We can see this very clearly in our world. Everyone who is just going along with the masses and the accepted reality of official culture has not much struggle in the world. Birth, school, choose a career, get a job, buy a TV, consume, reproduce, entertain, be nationalistic or religious, follow your desires and impulses unexamined, etc…
 Not knowing himself, but a slave to the outside world, fully asleep, dreaming to be awake under the control of the General Law/Matrix, the common man has no free will, although he thinks he does. 
However, whenever someone awakens, steps up and tries to “escape” the General Law/Matrix by speaking up and seeking truth, forces are put on to him to put him back in line, back to sleep. They will be ridiculed or even silenced (Gandhi, MLK, John Lennon and many other truth seekers most people haven’t even heard about), depending on their impact. Anything that is not a threat to the MCS (Matrix Control System) or General Law will be ignored or even promoted heavily, be it dogmatic religion, politics, entertainment or new age fluff which works in favor of the PTB (powers that be).

But if his enterprises are out of the ordinary, 
no matter what field they are in, but especially in esotericism,
 this force begins to act, and stirs up all sorts of obstacles in order to bring
 him back to the point where — according to the General Law — he must
 reside. Even without knowing this force, we have an intuition of its 
existence and of the many forms which clothe it. The Holy Scripture s
speak of it more than once, especially where esoteric work is concerned.

Thus, if this conservative force, which is the 
servant of the General Law, does not succeed in ‘calming’ man by acting
directly upon him, it tries to reach him indirectly through the people of his
household, either through the feelings they invoke or the coolness and
 contempt they openly show him.

 As long as it is not mastered, the force of illusion keeps 
each one of us in his place, obliging him most often to
 mistake the false for the true.

Submerged in unreality, instead of advancing, 
man marks time; one step forward and two steps backwards; two 
steps forward and one step backwards, and so on.

We generally agree to recognize the existence of the danger of 
Illusion, but rather theoretically; most often, we see its action on those
 round about us, but not on ourselves. We continue to live day by day in the
 same old way, so that the power we know as the Devil still triumphs.
 Whatever name we give it, it remains ever-present.

We live in an artificial,
 illusory world.

 The power of illusion which chains us exerts its action individually on each
 one of us, as well as collectively. Each mind is falsified in a way peculiar to 
it. What can be the outcome of such a situation? If we keep quietly to 
our place, human careers open to us … just as long as we stay far away from
t he void. We may have a happy or unhappy life; a family life; a life of loves;
 we may make discoveries, travel, write. Then comes the end. 
Our reasoning starts to become more realistic if our attention is concentrated
 on this end. Everything can happen to us in life; or nothing. Our 
aspirations can be fulfilled or unfulfilled, but there is a sure end, which is
 death.”

“The Threshold” to be crossed out of the wilderness which grants the access to the “The Way” and staircase to transcend the Matrix/General Law is described in esoteric parables:

Lost in a forest full of wild beasts, moved by confused but deep feelings, a bewildered
man searches for the way. Exhausted after running the gauntlet of a thousand
 dangers, he emerges at the edge.
 Spread out before him is a view which fills him with admiration mixed with fear: a
great castle of primitive beauty is on the other side of a large moat filled with clear
and living water. Behind the castle a happy valley opens out, lit by the last rays of the
sun. To the left, a dark reddish horizon warns of a coming storm.
 Marveling, and seized by a passionate desire to reach the castle, he forgets the 
dangers and fatigue to which he has been exposed.

– ‘How do I get there?’ He asks himself.

Suddenly he hears a Voice speaking to him from his inmost heart. 
’The moat’, it says, ‘can only be crossed by swimming… the current is strong and
 the water icy.

‘
In spite of this, the man feels a surge of new strength mounting within him. 
Committed, he throws himself into the moat. The cold paralyses his breathing, 
but by an extreme effort of will he reaches the other side in a few strokes and jumps
 onto the first step of the stairs, where he gets a foothold. Three more immense
granite steps tower above him. They lead to a large stage in the form of a semicircle,
 defended by two towers. Two closed doors give access to them.
 A roaring sound comes to his ears. The man turns. At the place where he stood
only instants before, a pack of wolves paw at the ground.
The day is coming to an end. In the dusk he can still distinguish the blazing eyes of
the hungry beasts.
 Again he hears the Voice telling him:

– ‘All in all, the risk was not that great. If you had refused, you would have been
torn to shreds by the wolves.’

Terrified by his escape from that danger, the man estimates the difficulties that will
 accompany his climb.
He had hardly started to climb the second step when a deluge of rain falls, making 
the stones slippery and obstructing his movement — yet he ends by getting a foothold. 
The storm passes and the rain diminishes. His face and clothes drip heavily
onto the stone.

– ‘Little does it matter,’ says the Voice, ‘you had already got wet crossing the
moat’

The man regains his breath again and starts climbing. Night falls, and the crescent
of the new moon appears pale and golden on his right, towards the setting sun.

–  ‘A good sign,’ he hears within himself.
 The man smiles. Now he clings to a tiny ledge, reaching for the third step. He
 reaches it, hands and legs stained with blood. No sooner had he stood up than a gust
of glacial wind almost throws him off again. Clinging to the ground, he climbs up to 
the wall forming the fourth step, and finds shelter there.

–  ‘That is not all,’ says the Voice. Do not waste time taking shelter. The step can
split, and then the earth will swallow you up.’

His resistance to the storm, instead of exhausting him, redoubles his strength. 
Now he climbs the fourth step with little difficulty, although it is as high as the 
preceding ones.

 Standing, he hears an alarm trumpet like thunder. Suddenly, a scorching wind
strikes him in the face. He lifts his eyes. In the obscurity of the night, a shining
 figure stands to attention before him: It is the Guardian, clad in armor and shining
 helmet, arms outstretched, a blazing sword in his hand and pointed towards the man.

– ‘Who are you, pilgrim?’ he asks. ‘To what end and in whose name have you
passed these obstacles and climbed the steps of paradise?’

Overcome by a surge of ineffable joy, the man repeats in a loud voice the words he 
has just heard in the depth of his heart. He feels as if they are now his, and answers
 the Guardian with courage.

– ‘I am the Soul in search of divine happiness; a particle aspiring to unite with the
 Creative Principle I’

– ‘Your answer is correct’, replies the Guardian.

The door to the tower on the right opens. The sword returns to its sheath. The
 Guardian takes the man by the hand and leads him across the threshold of the open
door…
Dawn gilds the eastern sky. Precursor of the Sun, the morning Star shines above
 the happy Valley.

Here is another one of these fragments, taken from classical literature: a passage from Turgenev:

I see a great building, one enormous mass. In the front wall is a narrow arch with
open doors; behind them, dark mists. In front of the high threshold there is a young 
girl… a pretty Russian girl.

A breeze comes from the dark and icy mists, a current of freezing air, bringing
with it from the depths of the building the sound of a slow and muffled voice.

– ‘You who aspire to cross this threshold, do you know what awaits you here?

– ‘I know,’ answers the young girl.
 – ‘Cold, hunger, hate, mockery, scorn, injustice, prison, illness and even death?’

– ‘I know it. ‘
- ‘Do you expect to be shunned by everyone? Do you expect to be totally alone?’

– ‘I am ready. I know it. I shall bear all the suffering and all the blows’. 
- ‘Even if they do not come from enemies, but from parents, from friends?’
 – ‘Yes… even from those…’

– ‘Good. Do you accept the sacrifice?’
 – ‘Yes’. 
- ‘An anonymous sacrifice? You will perish and nobody… but nobody will even
know whose memory to honor?’

– ‘I have no use for recognition and pity. I have no use for a name.’ – ‘Are you ready for crime?’ 
The young girl bowed her head.
 – ‘Even for crime.’

The voice which was questioning her did not continue right away. At last it started
 again: 
— ‘Do you know that one day you will believe no more in what you believe in
now, and come to think that you have been a dupe and that it was for nothing that
you have lost your young life?’ 
— ‘That too I know. Well though I know it, I wish to enter.’
 The young girl crossed the threshold.

A heavy curtain fell.
Gritting his teeth, someone uttered behind her:
 – ‘A foolish girl!’

At which, from another place, a voice replied:
 – ‘A saint!’

Mouravieff explains the meaning of those parables:

“These two fragments, both of esoteric origin, give some idea of the access to the Way.  The further our studies progress, the better we will decipher their meaning, as everything they say is significant. For now, we draw the attention of the reader particularly to the first clue, the most important for him: the way is a one-way street. Meaning that whoever begins to walk it is forbidden to turn back. This is not because of some kind of external imperative, but due to the fact that each step forward on the Way irrevocably modifies the content of whoever has started walking it. It follows that he will become more and more of a stranger to his surroundings; that he will lose more and more interest in exterior life, in which only yesterday he participated fully. The appearance of things, and especially of beings, undergoes a deep change in his eyes. He will one day be surprised to constate that certain faces which only yesterday he found very beautiful now reveal to him marks of bestiality behind their features: not all, but many of them!”

“The more man progresses on the Way, the more his feeling of being a stranger is intensified. Soon he will become boring: later still he will become unbearable, and finally, odious. That is why ‘the prophet is despised in his country, among his close relations and in his own house. That indication is precise and leaves no room for doubt. He who wants to start esoteric studies is invited to think it over twice, and weigh it all, before he rushes to cross the moat-threshold. We repeat that it will not be possible for him to return to exterior life and to find his place, his pleasures and his satisfaction there as in the past. However, as well as the difficulties which are the first results of his evolution, such a man will receive comforting impressions, especially in his human relations. He will be surprised to perceive one day that certain faces which only yesterday appeared to him ordinary, today shine in his eyes with a bright beauty. It is because his sight, sharpened by esoteric work, has acquired the faculty of penetrating beyond the external crust. It is amongst these brighter beings that he will find his new friends. Their society will welcome him as one of their own. He will be understood among them, and their community of common aims and interests will be a stimulus and a help for all.

Looking back at my life I can certainly relate to this and maybe others who are in the same process of seeking truth and starting esoteric self-work can see this in their lives and associations as well. Literally all the friends I thought I had showed dis-contempt toward the things I was getting into and was talking about, be it through ridicule or making fun of me or even attacking me for daring to question their beliefs.

As I was coming to terms with my own predator, programming and mechanical behaviors I saw it even more in others. I saw the feeding and the lies people were telling themselves. Not only that, but I realized that I have been feeding on others myself and they were feeding off me. It seemed something else was in control of humanity and working through us.

Think for a moment, and tell me how you would explain the contradiction between the intelligence of man the engineer and the stupidity of his systems of beliefs, or the stupidity of his contradictory behavior. Sorcerers believe that the predators have given us our systems of beliefs, our ideas of good and evil, our social mores. They are the ones who set up our hopes and expectations and dreams of success or failure. They have given us covetousness, greed and cowardice. It is the predators who make us complacent, routinary, and egomaniacal. ‘…

In order to keep us obedient and meek and weak, the predators engaged themselves in a stupendous maneuver – stupendous, of course, from the point of view of a fighting strategist. A horrendous maneuver from the point of view of those who suffer it. They gave us their mind! Do you hear me? The predators give us their mind, which becomes our mind. The predators’ mind is baroque, contradictory, morose, filled with the fear of being discovered any minute now…. ”

Through the mind, which, after all, is their mind, the predators inject into the lives of human beings whatever is convenient for them. And they ensure, in this manner, a degree of security to act as a buffer against their fear.”

– Don Juan Matus, The Active Side of Infinity (Carlos Castaneda)

“There are a thousand things which prevent a man from awakening, which keep him in the power of his dreams. In order to act consciously with the intention of awakening, it is necessary to know the nature of the forces which keep man in a state of sleep. First of all it must be realized that the sleep in which man exists is not normal but hypnotic sleep. Man is hypnotized and this hypnotic state is continually maintained and strengthened in him. One would think that there are forces for whom it is useful and profitable to keep man in a hypnotic state and prevent him from seeing the truth and understanding his position.

– G. I. Gurdjieff

I was living a lie based on my false “I”, dreaming to be awake. I also realized that all the talk and notions about love and happiness were buffers and illusion people tell themselves for self-calming and had nothing to do with real love. I mistook many things for love myself. During my “dark night of the soul” and “moral bankruptcy” I had intense periods of deep despair and depression, sometimes not being able to get out of bed, but lying in fetal position and crying a lot. As I mentioned before I was even contemplating suicide a lot back then. It was emotionally and physically intense as if something within me was dying.

Later on as I gained more knowledge about the process I was going through esoterically and psychologically, I realized that my depression was actually a stepping stone towards becoming my true self.

Kazimierz Dabrowski is a Polish psychiatrist and psychologist who developed the Theory of Positive Disintegration (TPD). The Theory of Positive Disintegration is a novel approach to personality development and relates to “depression as a stepping stone”.

What is very interesting about this model is how it is similar in ways to certain esoteric teachings, such as Gurdjeff’s Fourth Way, Mouravieff’s Gnosis or Shamanism as transmitted through Don Juan Matus. It sees crisis such as depression or maladjustment to social norms as important stepping stones and potential for personality development.

Contrary to mainstream psychology, which tries to adjust the individual to society and its norms (sometimes through anti-depressants or any other mood-influencing pharmaceuticals), the Theory of Positive Disintegration sees it as a “good” sign if one is getting maladjusted to society, seeing it as potential for higher integration and values (non ego-centric). Certain generic New Age teachings also merely avoid the aspect of positive Disintegration through denial and a distorted understanding of negative emotions (such as just focus on the “positive”, avoid anything “negative”, meditate on “peace”, etc….).

The levels of development as defined by Dabrowski can be compared to the staircase of esoteric evolution and the moral bankruptcy man experiences when his old conditioned self conflicts with the emerging individuality.

Like Gurdjieff, Dabrowski saw the “average” man as mechanical robot-like beings (Level I) who simply exist on lower impulses as dictated by society and “official culture”, living in a reactionary state of external stimuli and influences. No true individuality can be formed on that level.

Certain people who experience so-called overexcitability (OE) (“Supersensitivities” in terms of  Psychomotor, Sensual, Emotional, Intellectual, and Imaginational) have the potential to grow out of the lower levels and integrate their being into the higher ones. However, just as explained in the aforementioned esoteric teachings, Darbrowski also points out that this process requires conscious work and it doesn’t happen by itself. In other words, if one does not use the “shocks” to further one’s evolution and does “the work” to gain self-awareness, one will stay at the lower level where most of humanity exists, mechanically and reactionary, feeding one’s little “I’s” based on conditioning and programming. In light if what we’ve explored so far, one can see how OE (especially in children) could also be an indication that one may be a wanderer. I certainly can relate to Darbowski’s TPD and see how it applies to my upbringing and personality development.

From “A very brief sketch of Dabrowski’s theory of Positive Disintegrstion” by W. Tillier:

Suffering, aloneness, self-doubt, sadness, inner conflict; these are our feelings that we have not learned to live with, that we have failed to appreciate, that we reject as destructive and completely negative, but in fact they are symptoms of an expanding consciousness. Dr. Kazimierz Dabrowski has spent 45 years piecing together the complete picture of the growth of the human psyche from primitive integration at birth; the person with potential for development will experience growth as a loosening of the stable psychic structure accompanied by symptoms of psychoneuroses. Reality becomes multileveled, the choices between higher and lower realms of behavior occupy our thought and mark us as human. Dabrowski called this process positive disintegration, he declares that psychoneurosis is not an illness and he insists that development does not come through psychotherapy but that psychotherapy is automatic when the person is conscious of his development...

Without intense and painful introspection and reflection, development is unlikely. Psychoneurotic symptoms should be embraced and transformed into anxieties about human problems of an ever higher order. If psychoneuroses continue to be classified as mental illness, then perhaps it is a sickness better than health.

To Dabrowski, real therapy is autopsychotherapy; it is the self being aware of the self through a long inner investigation; a mapping of the inner environment. There are no techniques to eliminate symptoms because the symptoms constitute the very psychic richness from which grow an increasing awareness of body, mind, humanity and cosmos. Dabrowski gives birth to that process if he can.

Initially, people who are acting on low impulses or who are simply robotically emulating society have little self conflict. Most conflicts are external. During development, the clash between one’s actual behavior and environment and one’s imagined ideals creates a great deal of internal conflict. This conflict literally motivates the individual to resolve the situation, ideally by inhibiting those aspects he or she considers lower and by accentuating those aspects he or she considers higher. At the highest levels, there is a new harmony of thought, emotion and action that eliminates internal conflict. The individual is behaving in accord with their own personality ideal and consciously derived value structure and therefore feels no internal conflict. Often a person’s external focus shifts to ‘making the world a better place.

Without passing through very difficult experiences and even something like psychoneurosis and neurosis we cannot understand human beings and we cannot realize our multidimensional and multilevel development toward higher and higher levels.

– K. Dabrowski.

It is part of a necessary process and even today there are times of depression (although not as intense anymore) as I keep working on myself and peel off the layers of my false “I”. The work never stops, it just becomes more refined and deeper. At the same time the moments of true love as a state of being and consciousness increase (not dependent on anything or anyone outside myself) as opposed to an chemical emotional experience. I feel more and more aligned with my real “I”, making the personality/ego a vessel/instrument for the higher self to work through and not letting the ego be in the driver’s seat. Just as noted in the quote above, there happens a shift at one point away from pre-occupation with oneself towards making the world a better place.”, not acting on mechanical self-absorbed lower impulses but conscious actions based on the higher centers. This can also be related to a shift from STS towards STO activating the Wanderer’s mission profile to be of service and assistance. However, I still slip into the mechanicalness of my little “I’s” if I’m not watchful and make the effort to stay conscious.

Despite society’s view that there is something wrong with you if you are depressed and selling you anti-depressants, it is actually a GOOD thing. The soul and true self is screaming for attention. As J. Krishnamurti said: “It is no measure of health to be well adjusted to a profoundly sick society.” One shouldn’t avoid it or numb it with medication, drugs or “feel good” pop-psychology but go with it and trust that it is actually a natural process that can be used as a catalyst for growth and esoteric development.

Laura Knight-Jadczyk talks about this process in an exchange with the Cs:

Q: (L) My experience has been, over the past couple of years, that whenever there is a significant increase in knowledge, that it is sort of cyclical – I go through a depression before I can assimilate – and it is like an inner transformation from one level to another. Is there something we can do, and if so, is it desirable, to increase or facilitate this process in some way?
A: It is a natural process, let it be.

People support each others’ pathologies and neediness, mistaking that for love and their emotional and physical addictions for happiness. There are no conscious actions, just pre-recorded patterns playing themselves out. People are not in control of themselves, not realizing the prison they are in. I saw the “horror of the situation” and what Gurdjieff told Ouspensky in “In Search of the Miraculous”:

“‘What do you expect?” said G. “People are machines. Machines have to be blind and unconscious, they cannot be otherwise, and all their actions have to correspond to their nature. Everything happens. No one does anything. ‘Progress’ and ‘civilization,’ in the real meaning of these words, can appear only as the result of conscious efforts. They cannot appear as the result of unconscious mechanical actions. And what con­scious effort can there be in machines? And if one machine is unconscious, then a hundred machines are unconscious, and so are a thousand machines, or a hundred thousand, or a million. And the unconscious activity of a million machines must necessarily result in destruction and extermination. It is precisely in unconscious involuntary manifestations that all evil lies. You do not yet understand and cannot imagine all the results of this evil. But the time will come when you will understand.

…A considerable percentage of the people we meet on the street are people who are empty inside, that is, they are actually already dead. It is fortunate for us that we do not see and do not know it. If we knew what a number of people are actually dead and what a number of these dead people govern our lives, we should go mad with horror.”

These were trying times since I realized I had no authentic friends, because I hadn’t been authentic myself. I tried to wake up my friends and family, but this just created more conflict and attacks. I still hadn’t learned the basic lesson of esoteric work and what STO truly means: Don’t give without being asked and be externally considerate. Free will needs to be respected, even if it is people’s free will to stay ignorant and asleep. No one can be forced to wake up. However, as I started to wake up and engaged in the work, letting go of my associations and friends, new people and help came along, just as Mouravieff wrote, fellow seekers who saw what I saw and who were struggling with the same things. The importance of networking with like-minded and collinear people was imperative, because alone a man can do nothing. There were not many, but it is about quality over quantity. During that time I also spent much time alone, not engaging in relationships or drawn to exterior life at all. I didn’t enjoy the things I used to enjoy. Everything seemed so shallow, empty and fake. I knew I had to disengage from certain associations and be conscious about who and what I gave my energy to, so I didn’t slip back into the “wilderness” where the Matrix/General Law is trying to keep man to be food for our hyperdimensional overlords.

“When man goes in search of the Way, it generally signifies that something within him has collapsed. Apart from exceptional cases, this collapse is preceded by a re-assessment of moral values, which in the searcher’s eyes lose the value he had previously given to them.

“Interior collapse leads to certain consequences. Man starts to see things in a different light. Two diametrically opposed effects can result. If man is sufficiently strong and impartial, he will not lower his eyes before implacable reality. He will have the courage to face things directly, and to accept the constatations which are imposed on him, no matter how disagreeable they are. This signifies that he has firmly started on the track which leads to the path of Access to the Way.

On the other hand, if the man is weak, this experience will weaken him even more. The law is explicit: ‘To whosoever hath, to him shall be given. But whosoever hath not, from him shall be taken away even that which he hath.’ If man does not accept his situation and, in particular, his inner state as it appears to him, thanks to brief illuminations from the consciousness of the real ‘I’— if he is obstinate against all evidence, justifying his Personality by protecting himself behind logic, legitimacy and justice, he will then turn his back on the path of Access, and thrust himself further into the wilderness.

Nobody can reach the path of Access to the Way, without first passing through an interior bankruptcy; a moral collapse.

Economy of energies too is a must, as the walk to and on the Way demands their total mobilization. Any unjustified expenditure can lead in the end to failure. We must always keep this in mind. In general, the reaction of those around towards someone who begins to search for the Way is negative. This negative attitude is the result of the action of the General Law, which, as we know, tends to keep man in his place. Not being able to do this directly by the action of Illusion, the General Law, when it loses its dominion over the man who ‘moves’, acts indirectly by the mediation of those around him.

“It is a classic situation. From his side, after having passed through moral bankruptcy, he who seeks the Way becomes different from men who continue to live within the limits permitted by the General Law, and thus take mirages for reality. Due to this, he will feel himself more and more isolated. The centre of gravity of his interest will progressively turn to esoteric work, which will end by absorbing him completely. But it is entirely in his interest not to show the new attitude which he has taken towards exterior life. The ‘World’ will be hostile to him, because its own purposes are different; it is not in his interest to provoke this tendency, and even less to keep it alive. The day will come — if he remains in the same milieu — where, apart from rare exceptions he will be openly or secretly hated.”

“If we ponder this in depth, we shall understand that psychologically this hostile attitude of the ‘World’ towards someone who carries on esoteric work is not only a normal phenomenon but is so to speak, a necessary one. If he who lives in the wilderness — and is satisfied to be there, were to approve of the attitude of one who walks on the track, it would be equivalent to recognizing his own bankruptcy. That is why the ‘World’ considers the latter as a failure. The more he progresses with his work, the more he becomes an object of hate. That is why it is said that: ‘no prophet is acceptable in his own country’ and also: ‘A prophet is not without honour, save in his own country, among his own kin and in his own house.‘”

Let’s examine the part If he who lives in the wilderness — and is satisfied to be there, were to approve of the attitude of one who walks on the track, it would be equivalent to recognizing his own bankruptcy a bit closer in relation to today’s’ world and events. One can easily refer this to people who keep denying that 9/11 was an inside Job or that UFO’s are and have been visiting this planet for ages and human beings are being farmed for “food”. The common man lives in the wilderness of the General Law/Matrix and has a very conditioned/limited view of reality. If he’d approve the truth of 9/11, the hyperdimensional manipulation of humanity or that Psychopaths with no conscience are ruling the world, it would produce an immense internal and psychological discomfort forcing him into moral bankruptcy as his long held beliefs would be shattered and he would have to face himself, confronting the illusionary existence he’s been living since birth based on lies. The common man has much invested in his illusion, psychologically and materialistically, his image, career, rank and status, and he will protect it against whoever threatens it, defending the prison he is in.

As Morpheus tells us in “The Matrix”:

The Matrix is a system, Neo. That system is our enemy.
But when you’re inside, you look around, what do you see? Businessmen, teachers, lawyers, carpenters.

The very minds of the people we are trying to save.
But until we do, these people are still a part of that system
 and that makes them our enemy.

You have to understand, most of these people are not ready to be unplugged. 

And many of them are so inured, so hopelessly dependent on the system, that they will fight to protect it.



The Matrix is everywhere. It is all around us.
You can see it when you look out your window or when you turn on your television.
You can feel it when you go to work… when you go to church… when you pay your taxes.

It is the world that has been pulled over your eyes to blind you from the truth.

We can see now how esoteric work with all its struggle, suffering and attacks relate to the awakening process and initiation of the Wanderer. Super efforts are needed to truly wake up and accomplish one’s mission, whatever it turns out to be. There is also nothing “special” being a wanderer. The opposite, it takes great humility, awareness and responsibility combined with sincere self-work, gaining knowledge and learning the lessons to walk the talk and be truly of service.

“Disillusion” is a painful process and can be prolonged, depending on how much time the individual takes to realize he is living artificially and that this condition is a product of his internal dreams. Great courage is required to face reality and to destroy the mirage of a pleasant dream.”

– John Baines, The Stellar Man

“Every time a man sets himself to learn, he has to labor as hard as anyone can, and the limits of his learning are determined by his own nature. Therefore, there is no point in talking about knowledge. Fear of knowledge is natural; all of us experience it, and there is nothing we can do about it. But no matter how frightening learning is, it’s more terrible to think of a man without knowledge.”

– Don Juan Matus

We live in intense times. A lot of things are happening on our planet. Technology has advanced exponentially, yet human consciousness has not evolved at the same rate. We are in the midst of a major transformation, the shift of the ages, which many prophecies and mystery teachings have talked about. It won’t be over by 12/21/2012. Far from it.

This work is also open for any souled humans, not just Wanderers. Many are called, yet few choose to answer the call. Wanderers are not any better than “humans”. We all are multidimensional beings who have access to the deeper knowledge within us. We are them in the future. They may just have come back in “time” (since time doesn’t really exist but is a 3D concept, which doesn’t apply on higher densities) for assistance, but not to do the work for us. There is a spiritual war happening with forces at work most people are not even aware of. Understanding the Theological Drama behind STO/STS dynamics and the how the matrix control system works through ourselves is crucial for the awakening process of the wanderer and any sincere truth seeker.

“And as we have learned from Jesus, Gurdjieff and the Gnostic Sufis, Castaneda, and the Cassiopaeans, the rules of this World in which we live were set up and are controlled by this STS hierarchy and have been for a very long time. Each and every time the revelation of this Control System is attempted, the Matrix goes into overdrive to destroy it. And it is clear that this is the present situation….It is in “seeing the unseen” that we become aware of higher levels of being; it is in ordinary human interactions that we experience the “battles” between the forces of STS and STO! And it is most definitely this factor that the Matrix Control System vigorously attempts to conceal!… In other words, we are not just talking about a “petty dispute,” we are talking about a battle of forces at other levels, manifesting – as ALWAYS – in human dynamics.

– Laura Knight Jadczyk, “The Wave” Volume 5&6 “Petty Tyrants & Facing the Unknown”

It takes much work and effort to anchor TRUE Love and Light, freeing ourselves from this current STS frequency. Just as individuals who have soul potential are called to engage in sincere self-work, making the darkness conscious and understanding what it truly means to BE the change we want to see, so the world needs to go through a collective “moral bankruptcy” and “dark night of the soul” before any true shift of consciousness can occur. We are in the muck and mire of the Kali Yuga.

“This is the hardest time to live, but it is also the greatest honor to be alive now, and to be allowed to see this time. There is no other time like now. We should be thankful, for creation did not make weak spirits to live during this time. The old ones say ‘this is the time when the strongest spirits will live through and those who are empty shells, those who have lost the connection will not survive.’ We have become masters of survival -we will survive- it is our prophecy to do so.”

– Tiokasin Ghosthorse

“I wish it need not have happened in my time,” said Frodo. “So do I,” said Gandalf, “and so do all who live to see such times. But that is not for them to decide. All we have to decide is what to do with the time that is given us.”

–  from  ‘Lord of the Rings’

These are difficult times but also exciting times. There is love, help and support out there and good things are and can happen, but it all depends on us. The shift into 4D, the ascension and transformation into the STO vibration of Love in Light in the deepest meaning it these words is an opportunity, a choice – not a guarantee –  for the ones answering the call. The struggle, for the most part, is with oneself.

 

All you need is Love!

That’s what John Lennon was singing and it is true, all we need is love. But do we really know what love is? Love is a word that is sung about in songs, written in poems, talked about a lot and it is something many people long for one way or the other, mostly in form of a partner. We hear it a lot these days: “Be heart-centered” and “Be love”, “Love is the answer, because love always wins!”, “Send Love and Light!” and so on. People post it on Facebook as their Religion: Love, and use it casually in conversation in their every day lives. It is seen as the solution to all the world problems. All you need is Love!

If that’s so easy,  how come nothing has changed fundamentally on planet earth despite the obvious technological progress? It’s 2011 and we still see genocide, oppression and wars happening. Hundreds of thousands of children and civilians have died in the Middle East and around the world because of the war machine under the control of psychopathic leaders who couldn’t care less about anyone who holds up the peace sign with a proclamation of love as the force for change.

Looking at it more closely we can see that “Love” is one of the most abused and misunderstood words. We mistake things like gratification, sentimentality, obligation, duty, passion, desire, and other superficial emotions, ideas and conditioned concepts as “Love” in order fill something that is lacking within us. These distortions are also used (unconsciously) as buffers to avoid facing reality as it is by looking at the world with rose-colored glasses on, instead of seeing oneself and the world more objectively beyond appearances.

“For the great majority of mankind are satisfied with appearances, as though they were realities, and are often more influenced by the things that seem than by those that are.”

– Niccolo Machiavelli

There is personal love between humans, motherly love, love of family and community, love for oneself, love for something greater than the self, love for god and even love for man-made ideologies and concepts such as for a nation and country, etc.

So what is love? How can we describe or define such a powerful force? Words are very limiting and can only point to it, but are not it. Maybe we can start by examining what love is not.

When it comes to interpersonal relationships we often see control games, jealousy, and envy which is obviously not love, but expressions and behaviors based on fear and need. Love is related to emotions and feeling, but they can be merely based on chemical reactions in the brain that result in a “high”, where people feed off each other which is also be the basis for psychic vampirism. Many relationships are based on this feeding mechanism, which has nothing to do with love, but is a parasitic need resulting in co-dependance. Sexual attraction is also mistaken for love at times. Many people get into relationships for the wrong reasons, be it to escape their loneliness, to fill a hole in their lives or feed off another person. For the most part this happens unconsciously and so people tend to lie to themselves about love and their relationships in many ways, not seeing the other person as he/she is and not even seeing themselves clearly as they are.

“People convince themselves of their own lies, becoming victims of their own inventions as they begin to direct their lives by standards of behavior, ideas, feelings, or instincts which do not correspond to their inner reality. What is truly serious in this matter is that the individual loses all points of reference regarding what comprises truth, and what comprises lies. He becomes used to considering as true only that which is convenient for his personal interests; everything that is in opposition to his self-esteem or in conflict with already established prejudices, he considers false.”

– John Baines

© Francene Hart

To truly love another person we need to see the other as he/she is without trying to change that person. That is the basis for unconditional love, but for that to happen we also need to know ourselves and see us as we truly are, so we don’t fall into the trap of illusory projections which only result in disappointment and hurt once the romantic phase is over. It’s about acceptance and consideration, being able to give and receive, to be externally considerate and not expect anything.

But beyond personal relationships, the idea of love has also been distorted and used superficially as slogans, especially in the so-called New Age and “Love and Light” movement. It is equated with being positive, open, friendly, not saying or focusing on anything “bad” or “negative”, to be always cheerful and have a smile on ones face. Of course there is nothing wrong with kindness and friendliness as well as being positive, but it must be based on truth and reality, not lies,  self-calming rationalizations or avoidance, including political correctness which only leads to complacency and ignorance. As I wrote in The Positivity of Objectivity and the Time of Transition:

Something that I hear a lot these days as well is the need to be more “”heart-centered”, loving and compassionate. I agree, obviously we all need to connect more to our heart, show empathy and compassion, especially extending it the whole world, beyond our close friends and family. But what does that really mean? Many people seem to associate love with emotions and feelings or “niceness”, but is it not more than that, like a higher state of consciousness/being? We seem to mistake many things for “love” and even judge the intellect as “bad” (mistaking it for the monkey/predator mind), hence many suggest that we should “think” with our heart and do what we “feel” like doing, which mostly results in mere self-deception and lack of critical thinking. It’s about aligning the heart with the intellect, intuition with logic, mysticism with science.

I’ve come across many individuals who seem to force themselves into this artificial and superficial state of “love” through contrived affirmations and “feel good” spirituality, ignoring anything that may be a threat to their “positive” life view. However, the body (physically and energetically) doesn’t lie and in some of the people I worked on in my massage & bodywork practice I encountered suppression and armor that is manifested by denying the shadow part of themselves and the world as they ignore objective reality. On the surface they don’t even think that anything is “wrong” with them. It’s very much a blissful ignorant state, trying to stay “high” on artificial emotional projections, avoiding anything that may give them a “downer” and living in a subjective tunnel vision with blinders on. I can see this kind of attitude in many self-proclaimed “aware” and “conscious” people who follow shallow New Age teachings and pop psychology resulting in self-calming but lacking deeper healing, growth and essentially real love.

“The Shadow describes the part of the psyche that an individual would rather not acknowledge. It contains the denied parts of the self. Since the self contains these aspects, they surface in one way or another. Bringing Shadow material into consciousness drains its dark power, and can even recover valuable resources from it. The greatest power, however, comes from having accepted your shadow parts and integrated them as components of your Self. Everyone carries a Shadow, and the less it is embodied in the individual’s conscious life, the blacker and denser it is. At all counts, it forms an unconscious snag, thwarting our most well-meant intentions. One does not become enlightened by imagining figures of light, but by making the darkness conscious.”

– Carl G. Jung

“When you distance yourself from the source of suffering, when you name it as opposite to what you want to be (I assume that you all want to be good, don’t you?), you lose a chance to change it. Because it continues to live inside you, as part of you, making you make many of your choices, but you refuse to recognize it, so you remain in ignorant bliss and you continue to suffer.”

– Olga Kharitidi, “The Master of Lucid Dreams”

Love is not merely an emotional state, but a state of consciousness. Just like there are different levels of consciousness, there are also different levels of love one can access on the spectrum of consciousness based on ones level of being and awareness. There is carnal love based on the sexual center and animal part in man which is the biological drive to procreate, ensuring that organic life on earth continues. This drive is mechanical tied to the General Law and somnambulistic state sapiens is under.

“As a cell of humanity, man forms part of organic life on Earth. This life in its ensemble represents a very sensitive organ of our planet, playing an important role in the economy of the solar system. As a cell of this organ, man finds himself under the influence of the General Law, which keeps him in his place. In fact, this law leaves him a certain margin or tolerance. It allows him some free movement within the limits it sets. Within these boundaries, which are very limited objectively although subjectively they appear vast, man can give free rein to his fantasies and his ambitions.

Without going too far into the definition of these limits and detailed description of the components of this General Law, we can say as an example that one of those factors is hunger: the servitude of working to assure our subsistence. The chain: sexual instinct; procreation; and the care of parents for their children, is another factor. The esoteric maxim that applies to this aspect of life is conceived thus: carnal love is necessary for the general good.”

– Boris Mouravieff

Then there is courtly love based on the higher centers, which is a higher state of being that can only be accessed through sincere self-work, not giving in to mechanical and chemical driven behaviors and choices. It means to see the world, oneself and others more objectively. From an esoteric perspective it’s about evolving towards this objective love. In other words, the more we are objective with ourselves and the world, raising awareness and see things as they are, the higher the degree of love we can access. It is based on knowledge, being and understanding, not merely emotional states and “happy thoughts”.

“Subjective love is attached to one’s own idea of the other or to what can be gained or obtained from the other. People call the most various desires love. These can have to do with social status, addiction to power over or domination of another, sexual interest and so forth. The emotion fluctuates between satisfaction of getting and fear of losing and is generally centered on the self. Subjective love seeks to somehow forcibly appropriate another into one’s extended self. One example of this is showing off what a clever or good-looking partner or child one has in order to somehow increase oneself. Any games of domination or co-dependence which often involve the term love fall in this category.

The relationship between love and attachment is subtle. The subjective perspective hardly makes any difference between love, desire to possess, need and attachment. Still, love completely without wish to be or interact with the beloved or some emotional bond or attachment to the person seems a contradiction in terms. We should not take the notion of ‘if you love someone set them free’ to the extreme of seeing all as potentially interchangeable objects of love. This misses the possibilities of specificity and reciprocity inherent in the concept.

Love often gets confused with need. If love in the objective love sense is to be a giving interaction, in order to love one must be willing to and have something appropriate to give. The idea of need reverses this concept and makes the love of the other into love of self. There is much pop psychology hype about the concept of loving self before loving another. This ties in with the idea of giving versus needing but the notion of self-love gives this a self-serving twist.

It is better to say that one needs to be in order to love. Being and self-love as intended in the above paragraph are entirely different. Being here means internal consistency. One cannot love if one I loves, the other obsesses over jealousy, a third sees this as foolish and a fourth does not even know of the whole thing. Besides, to love anything except one’s illusion, one needs to know the beloved. The capacity of knowing is again predicated on being. Love often implies specific dedication or commitment. Again, these mean little if one is without internal consistency of being. Thus work on the self is needed for better to love.

from Cassiopedia

However, by doing the work towards objective love one shouldn’t ignore or suppress anything that doesn’t live up to the ideal of higher love beyond the self. Everyone is on a different level of being with different lessons to learn and integrate. It seems to happen very often in spiritual and esoteric circles that people claim attributes to themselves and inflate their being above the actual state of where they are and what they need to learn and confront in order to grow and evolve. Objective love is not a detached unemotional state of existence. It simply means to act from one’s true self beyond conditioning, programming and projections with a “clean” emotional center, not one that is shut down.

Our emotions are the gateway to love, but they are not love. It’s about opening up to vulnerability and not suppressing negative emotions such as anger, sadness, jealousy, grief, but work through them which leads to compassion and empathy, not only for oneself or close friends and family but for the world and humanity at large. This also means to experience and feel emotions so we can let them go without suppressing them or projecting them on someone else. There are many ways to do this. Art, music, journaling as well as breathwork, bodywork and other healing modalities can help in the process of  transmuting the shadow into light through emotional cleansing. It’s a delicate and deep process that doesn’t happen over night. In that sense relationships are also lessons in love and not an end it itself. We also tend to attract people who can show us valuable lessons as they serve as mirrors and expose parts of ourselves we wouldn’t be able to see as we all have subjective blind spots.

“According to the Great Work, a friend is one in which you support and encourage the others expansion in either the mind or the spirit.Otherwise they are people you are sentimentally attached to it because they would eat cinnamon bun with you. And they will say ‘hee, hee, hee’ aren’t we having fun”. Drug addicts do the same thing. Drug addicts want to be around people who will support them and be away from real friends. Do you know why? Because it feels good. To be a member of a mystery school can be catastrophic to the ego and to the ego’s habits and to the propensity for mediocrity. No one ever cried striving for excellence. They only cried when their mediocrity was taken away from them and pointed out to them.”

– Jerhoam

The more lessons are learned, the more knowledge gained, understood and applied, the more we purify our emotions, the more one’s being and awareness raises as the higher centers are activated and the more we can “see the unseen”. This is a process that is different for each depending on many factors.

There is also the topic of “Organic Portals”, a type of human who has no access to the higher states of love because the inner wiring is missing so to speak. That doesn’t mean that they are automatically “bad” people. They simply have a different experience of love based on their level of being. As mentioned in the article about Organic Portals, we all are on the level of the Organic Portal until one makes the effort and engages in the work to activate the higher centers. Different levels of being and consciousness is not a value judgment based on better or worse, but just shows the different states we live in as not everyone is the same.

Psychopaths on the other hand (about 6% of humanity) have no capability to experience anything close to love, compassion and empathy by birth. It’s not a psychological disposition but a genetic one. That is another topic which is very misunderstood and ignored, especially since most psychopaths can appear as “normal” through their “mask of sanity“. They are not necessarily criminals in prisons, but can be CEO’s, politicians, spiritual leaders, a husband, wife, child or the neighbor next door. To assume that we are all the same and that everyone has access to this higher love (or any form of love) is self-deceiving at best and we see those kind of assumptions in the oversimplified idea of “we are all one!”. You cannot BE what you’re not, nor can you give what you don’t have.

© Alex Grey

If one looks into accounts of Near-Death experiences (NDE) and what people have “seen” or realized, there is a common theme: This profound experience of “objective” Love, which is not related to the Love as the human personality experiences it and cannot even be expressed in words. It can only be described as what it is not. They can’t truly explain what they experienced or what love is but only what it isn’t. It is for example, as one person who had a NDE said, “not a sentimental, get a tear, ‘feel someone’s pain’ feeling, not an emotion. It is beyond sentiment or feeling someone else in this form, but relates more to an all expansive, knowing and understanding.”

“The problem is not the term “love”, the problem is the interpretation of the term. Those on third density have a tendency to confuse the issue horribly. After all, they confuse many things as love. When the actual definition of love as you know it is not correct either. It is not necessarily a feeling that one has that can also be interpreted as an emotion, but rather, as we have told you before, the essence of light which is knowledge is love, and this has been corrupted when it is said that love leads to illumination. Love is Light is Knowledge. Love makes no sense when common definitions are used as they are in your environment.
To love you must know.
And to know is to have light.
And to have light is to love.
And to have knowledge is to love.

– from the Cassiopaean sessions

Ultimately there is no love where there is no truth and knowledge. Love entails to see the world as it is not as we like, want it or assume it to be, hence true love is essentially linked to how much one can access objective reality. In order for love to be the agent of change towards a better world and to bring about positive change we also need to acknowledge the darker side of life and the world we live in, the things and issues many people look away from, believing that by simply focusing on the “good” and “positive” there will be a shift in consciousness. That kind of thinking is the blind spot in many New Age teachings these days, which actually results in the opposite of what is intended for the unacknowledged shadow grows bigger and stronger, manifesting itself unconsciously through our collective. As the saying goes, the road to hell is paved with good intentions.

“An Ideal is merely an escape, an avoidance of what is, a contradiction of what is. An ideal prevents direct action upon what is. To have peace, we will have to love, we will have to begin not to live an ideal life but to see things as they are and act upon them, transform them.”

– J. Krishnamurti

The many ideas of just focusing on love (and how people interpret that) or sending love to the world leaders and humanity or even to the planet are not acts of real love, but merely emotional projections which are self-deceiving and put man more into sleep, believing he’s actually doing something and bringing about positive change. True love respects free will and one cannot give or send love to someone who didn’t ask for it.

I have to wonder when people talk about world peace and love but still vote for Obama and believe the lies we’re being told by our governments, be it about 9/11, the war on terror or anything else that has been clearly used for social control. One can have as many positive/loving/nice thoughts and emotional highs as one like, if one still believes in lies, follows teachings based on lies, there will be no raise in consciousness nor access to a higher love that can actually be a true agent of healing and awareness. The contrary, believing in lies feeds entropy, no matter how well-meaning the intent.

Love is beyond words and no change is going to happen if people simply repeat that “love is the answer” or “all you need is love” while still clinging to illusions and not engaging in sincere self-work. Without a deep understanding and knowledge of what love truly is and entails we just keep going in circles as history is repeating itself. If we really want a shift in consciousness then we need to take a look into the mirror and also do the work to see the world as it is without ignoring things that may not look that “pretty”. There is still much we have to confront before we can enter a new world based on love, peace and truth.

“To search means, first, I need Being, Truth; second, I do not know where to find it; and third, an action takes place that is not based on fantasies of certainty— while at the same time a waiting takes place that is rooted not in wishful thinking but in a deep sense of urgency.”

– Jacob Needleman

“Love is not a behavior, an attitude, a mannerism. It is not etiquette. It is not convention. Love may express itself in many different ways—softly or forcibly. Love can appear meek. Love can appear strong. Love can challenge you. Love can criticize you. Love can expose your illusions, your fantasies and your self-deception. Love is not what people really mean when they talk about love, in nearly all circumstances…. Real love emanates from Knowledge. It in essence is the expression of Knowledge.

It is this greater love that is so far beyond and distinct from the love you hear about in conversation. People say, “I love this. I love him. I love her. I love this food. I love this place. I love your dress. I love nature. I love the woods. I love the ocean.” Real love is something beyond all this. The real love that moves you to give your life, that refocuses your life, that tells you that you are in error, that confronts you with the fact that your life has been misspent and you are trying to take it in a direction that is not its true direction, this is love!

The love that keeps orienting you towards your greater purpose for coming into the world regardless of your plans and goals, the love that does not change, the love that does not adapt to your wishes, this is the love.

Knowledge will take you somewhere you could not take yourself. Knowledge will take you beyond your fears and your preferences because all preferences are based on fear—the fear of not having, the fear of being wrong, the fear of losing, the fear of death.

What is love? Love is the movement of Knowledge.

It is only when you realize that getting more of what you want will not make a difference that you will turn to Knowledge. It is only when your plans for personal fulfillment are shown to be weak and fallible and unfulfilling that you will turn to Knowledge. Here profound disappointment is extremely important and holds a great opportunity for you. But extreme disappointment is what everyone wants to avoid, so they keep trying to plan and scheme and focus their life to get what they want. Their predicament is only deepened. Knowledge is speaking to them all along, but they cannot hear. They are not open to that. They want what they want. They are driven by fear and preference. And so love is unknown to them.

There is a greater love. This love does not have only one appearance. It is not associated with a certain kind of behavior or etiquette. It is not a social convention. This love will pull you away from danger. This love will challenge your thinking and your attitudes. This love will show you that your life is going nowhere. This love will move you to go one way when you want to go another. This love will restrain you. This love will redirect you.

You take everything you are doing in life, and you ask yourself, “Fundamentally, is this what I really need to be doing?” Every relationship, “Is this relationship helping me? Is it important for me now?” Everything! And you will have a deeper sense of it coming from Knowledge, way deep inside of you. Perhaps it will be a feeling. Perhaps it will be an image. Perhaps the answer will come a week from now. You have to keep asking and listening. You are asking for the Great Love to redeem you, to reunite you, and to put you in a position where your greater gifts can be realized and given to the world.

Only Knowledge can take you there. Knowledge can bring two people from opposite ends of the world together for a greater purpose. That is the power of the Great Love. And the Great Love is what the world needs now.”

– from “The Great Love” by Marshall V. Summers

 

Organic Portals – Soulless Humans

“A considerable percentage of the people we meet on the street are people who are empty inside, that is, they are actually already dead. It is fortunate for us that we do not see and do not know it. If we knew what a number of people are actually dead and what a number of these dead people govern our lives, we should go mad with horror.”

– G.I. Gurdjieff

Read More...

Know Thyself – Video

This video explores the essentials of self-knowledge as a fundamental means to establish true and lasting change in the world, as well as providing insights into the traps towards awakening.

Written, narrated and audio editing by Bernhard Guenther
Visuals and Video editing by Humberto Braga

Based on  “Know Thyself

Some viewers were so nice to translate the narration into other languages (Thank you!). Subtitles (press CC) are available in French, Spanish, Dutch, Turkish and English.

MUSIC:

– “Abogenesis” by Carbon Based Lifeforms
– “Audio Deepest Nights” by Cell
– “Epicentre Second Movement” by Carbon Based Lifeforms
– “Replicant” by Sync24
– “Refraction 1.33” by Carbon Based Lifeforms
– “M” by Carbon Based Lifeforms

UFOs, Aliens, and the Question of Contact

By Bernhard Guenther, November 21st, 2010

The UFO phenomena is quite an elusive topic. Despite many years of documented encounters, there is still no confirmation from any “official” authorities, be it mainstream science or government, that there may be something “otherworldly” going on. On the contrary, there is often ridicule and avoidance whenever this subject comes up. Yet most of the general public believes that extraterrestrial UFO’s (Unidentified Flying Objects) exist and that the government is hiding information from us. Many people had UFO sightings themselves. However, most people also don’t give it much attention or thought, believing that it doesn’t really affect us anyway and that we’ll deal with it once official “contact” has been made.

But what if the UFO phenomena is not what we thought it is, but has influenced humanity and the world at large for thousands of years? What would be the implications?

Our views on life and existence, science and religion, spirituality and evolution, consciousness and psychology as well as reality as we know it would take on a whole new understanding when looking deeper into the UFO phenomena and the possibility of a higher alien intelligence affecting our world. Perhaps we’re not the “main show” here on earth and maybe not even on “top of the food chain”? Let’s not forget, not too long ago we believed that the earth is flat. What else will we discover?

The Baptism of Christ by Aert de Gelder (1710)

In general it is impossible to get into any discussion about this topic with people who dismiss something right away without having sincerely looked into the evidence and research. There is no point in discussing beliefs and set view points. Discussion is only constructive when it is not limited by personal preference, beliefs, or a conditioned world view. Open-minded objectivity is essential when seeking truth.

With that in mind, everyone who starts to study the UFO phenomena will eventually find out that there is valid information and there is disinformation. Truth and lies are all mixed together, especially in a fringe topic outside the realm of  “official culture”. It’s a big swamp but the sincere seeker, who approaches this subject with a critical but open mind and effort to dig a bit, can see that, without any doubt, something “otherworldly” IS going on….and has been going on for a while.

The question is, how to separate truth from lies? How can we find out what is really going on in this elusive field?

There is one important issue that  needs to be considered when dealing with such fringe topics: Our own level of cultural conditioning”.Many people project a certain typical image on the extraterrestrial phenomena based on Hollywood movies and Sci-Fi literature which mostly tends to “humanize” intelligent alien beings in some way and keeps it on a very physical level with aliens supposedly coming from another planet and acting out human qualities. What we see in the mainstream does affect how we view this topic, even if only unconsciously. The conditioning through “official culture” which has “fictionalized” this topic is deep and far-reaching. It cannot be underestimated.

We need to understand this vast conditioning as well as the  immense public ridicule of this topic, where most sightings are being explained away by weather anomalies, the planet Venus, or weather balloons. However, many people do believe in UFO’s. But what do we actually really know about the intention of these “visitors”?

There is a huge difference between belief and knowledge.
What do we really know and what do we just believe or assume?
We should never underestimate the trap of wishful thinking and/or denial.

Looking at it all with what the Buddhists call “Beginners Mind” helps in the process of finding out truth. No preconceived ideas or assumptions, but simply looking at it as it is, cross-reverencing the data/research out there, using logic and intuition alike, separating disinfo from reliable information, slowly putting together the pieces of this puzzle. It is obviously a topic where no one has all the pieces and there is still much to discover. But at one point, when you have a certain amount of pieces of a puzzle, you can start to see an image arising. Let’s look at some of these pieces and how the image could look like.

UFO’s and the National Security State

When it comes to well documented UFO cases, especially involving Government and Military documents , there is one book to point out and that is Richard Dolan’s “UFO’s and the National Security State – The Chronology of a Cover-up”. Dolan has an academic background with the much-needed critical but open mind when researching such matters. He holds an MA in History from the University of Rochester and a BA in History from Alfred University. Prior to his interest in anomalous phenomena, Dolan studied US Cold War strategy, Soviet history, and international diplomacy.

“UFOs and the National Security State” is the first volume of a three-part historical narrative of the national security dimensions of the UFO phenomenon from 1941 to the present. Included are the records of more than fifty military bases relating to violations of sensitive airspace by unknown objects, demonstrating that the US military has taken the topic of UFOs seriously indeed.
 Apollo 14 astronaut Dr. Edgar Mitchell called Dolan’s book “monumental,” while Dr. Hal Puthoff, Director of the Institute for Advanced Studies at Austin, declared it to be “a must-read for serious students in the field.”

Some believe that UFO’s are just developed Nazi technology or secret military projects but have nothing “ET” like to them, others explain UFO’s with Jungian psychology as a projection of our collective. For anyone who doubts that the UFO phenomena is real needs to read this book. It is well documented and clearly shows that government and military are very aware of the UFO issue and also that they do not have a handle on it.

“There is more than enough documentation to establish military interest in UFO’s. Attempted interceptions and military close encounters are a constant feature[…]The president/government doesn’t really know much at all and is not really in charge to begin with. The [privatized] military industrial complex and private transnational corporations seem to be involved with alien technology, UFO-crash retrievals, back-engineering and possible study of alien bodies, closed off from any government or official overview.”

– Richard Dolan, (from his Keynote presentation at the UFO Conference, Laughlin, Nevada 2008)

Dolan also examines the rising of a National Security State (Military Industrial Complex), independent of official government supervision, as well as the issue of Disinformation and Counter Intelligence Programs (COINTELPRO), designed to deliberately spread false Information in order to keep the public away from the truth. I recommend reading the intro here. Compartmentalization is the name of the game, on a “need to know” basis. That’s how secrecy works. The well documented evidence for his claims can be found in his books. A good insight into his work is also this lecture he gave in September 2009:

The UFO coverup in 10 minutes by Richard Dolan:

The Disclosure Project

Many people who have looked into the topic of UFO’s a bit have come across the Disclosure Project,  an organization under the guidance of Steven Greer, which also reveals the Government/Military Involvement in the UFO field.

At first the Disclosure Project seems to be a very good source and has a somewhat more serious image than your average UFO site. Greer and his project is quite popular these days, especially in the New Age Movement. UFO enthusiasts seem to take Greer’s work as a credible, reliable source and are happy to hear that our benevolent “space brothers” are here, possibly providing us with technology like Zero Point Energy, which the secret government is hiding from us. According to Greer, we’re also “threatening” the aliens and a possible contact scenario because of our space weapon program.

While there is some valid information presented by Greer with a very ideal objective of bringing about Disclosure of the UFO phenomena through Congress, there also seems to be Disinformation, in particular in regards to the intention of the “visitors”. Greer claims that there is no evidence of any hostile behavior on part of the ET’s. Well, I wouldn’t be so sure about that. UFO researcher Guy Malone writes about Steven Greer and the Disclosure Project:

There are certain problems with the lesser-known but equally sought after goals of the Disclosure Project, which hide (in plain sight) behind the noble “topline” pursuit of Disclosure, which should raise concerns. Namely, the seeming religious zeal with which Dr. Greer promotes the “Intergalactic Community” we are supposedly being invited to join and also, the call for a disarmament of humanity’s weaponry before we enter space (or in the words of the Disclosure Project homepage “To enact legislation which will ban all space-based weapons.”)Whether knowingly (as either a disinformation agent, or as a closet cult-leader) or unknowingly, by attaching these very distinct and separate issues to the noble goals of the Disclosure Project, Dr. Greer is unfortunately playing all of us right into the hands of the very Shadow Government he warns of.

These other non-essential (to Disclosure) pursuits are built upon a single faulty premise – that UFOs are not ever harmful. It is simply unreasonable to believe that, as a noted ufologist, Dr. Greer has never heard of these or similar reports [showing a non-benevolent nature of UFO/ET interaction]. However, too much of the UFO community simply ignores all such reports in favor of either an undeserved loyalty to the ufonauts, or a hidden agenda – political, spiritual and/or financial. Promotion of UFO beings as benevolent and the ideal of a peaceful “Intergalactic Community” is the hallmark only of uninformed researchers, well-informed disinformation agents, New Age acolytes and UFO cult leaders.

Intelligent people however cannot allow a starry-eyed view of the reality of UFOs to cause us to roll over and merely assume they ALL are – or always will be – friendly and beneficial to humanity. All we really know so far from Dr. Greer and others’ efforts is that these entities exist, and that they seem to offer us shiny cool stuff in exchange for just a little territory. However, our own checkered human history of initial European relations with Native American Indians should be enough to teach us the folly of repeating this path (i.e., “Today’s Manhattan Island is tomorrow’s Manhattan Project!”)

If the government doesn’t really know much and has no handle on it, as Richard Dolan has shown in his research, then that puts into question the “disclosure” through government as promoted by Greer.

One has to ask, WHO is going to disclose WHAT?

Are we really so naive to believe that the government would just come out and tell us the truth, even if they knew what was going on? Sincere researchers in the UFO field are starting to look through Greer’s agenda more and more as his claims do not hold up to the data uncovered. He seems to be doing more harm than any good to the UFO field with his “crusade” of disclosure. And maybe that is his true intention after all, to distract and misinform. Could Greer be a Disinformation Agent in classic Counter Intelligence Program fashion ( COINTELPRO )?

Laura Knight-Jadczyk writes about Greer in her book “The Secret History of the World”:

“In the present day, we have Steven Greer’s “Disclosure Project.” Based on the mail I get, it seems that many in the New Age/UFO community think that this is a great and novel idea. However, history shows that it has been tried before. The one thing about Greer’s effort that suggests it is just more and better COINTELPRO is his attachment to the “aliens are here to help us” idea which is directly contradicted by history[…]”

In regards to Secrecy of the UFO Issue, referring to Dolan’s research, she writes:

“[…]This brings us back to the problem of the Secret State and its agenda. Some people believe that this secrecy is absolutely essential. They say that the public simply could not handle the truth about aliens. They say that there is no reason to spoil people’s lives with the truth because there is nothing that the average person could do about it anyway. Is that really true? Would there be so much effort to conceal the alien agenda if disclosure of the truth wasn’t harmful to that agenda?
Dolan’s chronological history of the actual interaction between UFOs and the public and the corresponding behavior of the military, the intelligence community, the media, the scientific community in its interaction with the public, make this abundantly clear.
[…]
It seems obvious from the documentary evidence as well as the behavior of the military in response to UFOs and the “alien matter,” that the aliens do have an agenda, and that – at some level in the layers of secrecy – there are those who know – at least on a “need to know” basis – what that agenda is. It seems abundantly evident that the secrecy has been enjoined on this group by the aliens themselves. What is more, a careful assessment of the evidence does not suggest a benevolent agenda.”

Now what would an alien agenda be that might be not in our best interest?

The Secret World of Alien Abductions

A very important issue, which Greer and many supporters of the “benevolent alien scenario” seem to completely miss, distort or deny is the topic of Alien Abductions. For the layman who has never looked into it seriously, it may be a topic to make fun of, making jokes about ‘anal probing’ and such but anyone who has ever researched that field knows that the picture is not very funny.

There is a High Strangeness to this whole abduction phenomena which is hard to explain. Many abductions are not that obvious and can only be retraced through hypnosis, as the aliens seem to have an ability to mind-control their victim, erase memory, manipulate space and time, as well as implant certain thoughts, emotions (everything from bliss to indifference) and even false memories of what really went on in an abduction (screen memory) with a hyperspace-technology that makes our technology look like the Stone Age.
 Some abductions have been reported fully conscious without hypnosis and there seem to be many similarities between the stories of thousands of reported abduction cases world-wide (this is NOT just an US phenomena), independently, showing a rather disturbing picture.

David M. Jacobs, Ph.D. has been doing research in the UFO/Abduction field for over 40 years, published several books and has worked with thousands of abductees, mostly using Hypnosis techniques to reveal these experiences. He states:

“My research is based on more than 42 years of UFO research. In addition, since 1986 I have conducted over 1,000 hypnotic regressions with abductees. I have tried to be as objective and as “agenda free” as possible. I have no New Age, spiritual, religious, transformational, or transcendent program to promote. I try to stay as close to the evidence as I can. However, there is no possibility that I have avoided error. The majority of evidence for the alien abduction phenomenon is from human memory derived from hypnosis… . It is difficult to imagine a weaker form of evidence. But it is evidence and we have a great deal of it.”

Admitting to the difficulty of researching the abduction phenomena (There is no film/picture “in-action” evidence), Jacobs, however, rules out the idea that abductions are just a psychological/imaginary issue. Too many accounts from too many unrelated people tell the same (developing) stories over and over which just don’t fit into any psychological frame. So, how does a typical abduction look like? Jacobs describes it in a nutshell:

“Abductions are complex series of events and procedures directed by the abductors to passive or controlled abductees. In a typical or common abductions, humans are taken out of their normal environment by aliens. The people are rendered passive and cannot resist. They are taken aboard a UFO, their clothes are removed and they are made to lie on a table. A series of physical, mental, and productive procedures are then administered to the subjects. People’s physical bodies are probed and examined. Sperm is taken, eggs are harvested.

The aliens perform staring procedures during which they gaze into abductees’ eyes at a distance of only an inch or two. These “mindscan” procedures appear to be neurological manipulations which give the aliens the ability to “enter into” peoples’ minds.

After the table procedures, abductees report that they are sometimes taken into other rooms where they are required to have skin on skin contact with unusual looking babies. Abductees say that these babies seem to be crosses between humans and aliens. They call them “hybrids.” Abductees also see hybrid toddlers, older youth, adolescents, and adults.

Sometimes abductees report that they are required to perform tasks, that they are “tested” in some way. They say that machines are brought in to examine them. They sometimes are required to have a form of sexual intercourse with other humans, and sometimes with adolescent and adult hybrids. They are returned to their normal environment and within seconds, they forget what has just happened to them. “

The individual abductee accounts are far more detailed, not all are UFO related, some have to do with Underground bases. Dr. Jacobs says that after all these years of research and putting the pieces together, he can see a picture emerging. It looks like there is a program in the works with a certain goal and that producing offspring may be one of the objectives behind the abduction phenomenon for the purpose of creating a Hybrid Race.

Some skeptics blame Jacobs for inducing his own “belief system” through Hypnotherapy into his clients and therefore creating “false” abduction accounts. However, this doesn’t hold up with the evidence Jacobs and other researchers have come up with, much of it even without the use of any Hypnotherapy. It only shows that skeptics haven’t really looked into the research and are more trying to validate their own belief system, rather than objectively looking for truth. In regards to the typical Debunking of the Abduction phenomena, be it through the Scientific or “Spiritual” Community, Jacobs writes:

“In my forty years of UFO research, the last twenty of which spent studying the abduction phenomenon, I have learned a simple evidence truism: All debunkers make one or more of three fundamental mistakes: They do not know the evidence, they ignore the evidence, or they distort the evidence. Any one of these errors would be catastrophic and perhaps even scientifically dishonest when writing about something of accepted scientific consequence. Leaving in mistakes is tantamount to ignoring or to distorting the evidence. Unfortunately, when it comes to abductions, all debunkers comply with the evidence truism. There are no exceptions. “

Dr. Rick Strassman, author of “DMT – The Spirit Molecule” hypothesizes that Alien Abductions are brought on by the accidental release of DMT produced by the pineal gland inside the brain. While conducting DMT research in the 1990s at the University of New Mexico, Dr. Strassman advanced the theory that a massive release of DMT from the pineal gland prior to death or near death was the cause of the near death experience (NDE) phenomenon. Several of his test subjects reported NDE-like audio or visual hallucinations, while others  also reported contact with ‘other beings’, alien like, insectoid or reptilian in nature, in highly advanced technological environmentswhere the subjects were ‘carried’, ‘probed’, ‘tested’, ‘manipulated’, ‘dismembered’, ‘taught’, ‘loved’ and even ‘raped’ by these ‘beings’.

It is interesting to note how similar the accounts of his test subjects (who were administered DMT intravenously)  are in comparison to what can be found in abduction research. DMT certainly is a Mystery molecule that seems to open doorways to another world/reality. However, Strassman’s theory, that abduction experiences are caused by the accidental release of DMT, seems to be short-sighted when taking a closer look into the Alien abductions scenario.

A respected researcher and abductee herself had been Karla Turner, Ph.D. She authored three books on the abduction phenomenon, “Into the Fringe” (1992), “Taken” (1994), and “Masquerade of Angels” (1994). Dr. Karla Turner died of a strange fast-acting cancer in 1996, after being threatened for her work. She was just 48 years old.

Dr. Turner confirmed the work of Jacobs, however, she thinks that the creation of a Hybrid race is not the whole picture, as there are many cases of abductions that show different behaviors and agendas. She really must have “struck a chord”, as she was harassed by agents and military alike throughout her life until her death. According to her research Dr. Turner believes that humans are being used as a “resource” by these aliens in many ways:

The evidence shows that the aliens do harvest from us in a number of ways, emotionally and energetically as well as physically. There are even reported scenarios of facilities in which human bodies are “processed,” and many such reports come from people unfamiliar with ufological literature.”

Here is part of a list she put together based on countless abduction accounts, research and analysis:

In every instance from this list, there are multiple reports from unrelated cases, confirming that such bizarre details are not the product of a single deranged mind.
These details are convincing evidence that, contrary to the claims of many UFO researchers, the abduction experience isn’t limited to a uniform pattern of events. This phenomenon simply can’t be explained in terms of cross-breeding experiments or scientific research into the human physiology.

• Aliens can alter our perception of our surroundings.

• Aliens can control what we think we see. They can appear to us in any number of guises and shapes.

• Aliens can take us–our consciousness–out of our physical bodies, disable our control of our bodies, install one of their own entities, and use our bodies as vehicles for their own activities before returning our consciousness to our bodies.

• Aliens can be present with us in an invisible state and can make themselves only partially visible.

• Aliens take body fluids from our necks, spines, blood veins, joints such as knees and wrists, and other places. They also inject unknown fluids into various parts of our bodies.

• A surprising number of abductees suffer from serious illnesses they didn’t have before their encounters. These have led to surgery, debilitation, and even death from causes the doctors can’t identify.

• Some abductees experience a degeneration of their mental, social, and spiritual well-being. Excessive behavior frequently erupts, such as drug abuse, alcoholism, overeating, and promiscuity. Strange obsessions develop and cause the disruption of normal life and the destruction of personal relationships.

• Aliens show a great interest in adult sexuality, child sexuality, and in inflicting physical pain on abductees.

• Abductees recall being instructed and trained by aliens. This training may be in the form of verbal or telepathic lessons, slide shows, or actual hands-on instruction in the operation of alien technology.

• Abductees report being taken to facilities in which they encounter not only aliens but also normal-looking humans, sometimes in military uniforms, working with the alien captors.

• Abductees often encounter more than one sort of alien during an experience, not just the grays. Every possible combination of gray, reptoid, insectoid, blond, and widow’s peak have been seen during single abductions, aboard the same craft or in the same facility.

• Abductees report seeing other humans in these facilities being drained of blood, being mutilated, flayed, and dismembered, stacked, lifeless like cords of wood. Some abductees have been threatened that they, too, will end up in this condition if they don’t co-operate with their alien captors.

• Aliens have forced their human abductees to have sexual intercourse with aliens and even with other abductees while groups of aliens observe these performances. In such encounters, the aliens have sometimes disguised themselves in order to gain the cooperation of the abductee, appearing in such forms as Jesus, the Pope, certain celebrities, and even the dead spouses of the abductees.

• Aliens make predictions of an imminent period of global chaos and destruction. They say that a certain number of humans will be “rescued” from the planet in order to continue the species, either on another planet or back on earth after the destruction is over. Many abductees report they don’t believe their alien captors and foresee instead a much more sinister use of the “rescued” humans.

Since most abductions are not remembered consciously, Dr. Jacobs believes that there are millions of abductions world-wide of people who have not the slightest idea that they had been abducted. Dreams and issues of missing time can be hints that an abduction has actually occurred. Sometimes people remember later in life, after 30 to 50 years or so, that something like an abduction had occurred in earlier in life. Hypnotic regression can then help to uncover more.
 However, there is also physical evidence at times, such as body marks (geometric-like imprints into the skin) and there are conscious recollections without the need for hypnosis.

According to abductees’ stories, most abductions are performed by the typical Gray alien (which has become a “pop culture icon” thanks to Hollywood). Sometimes there are “Reptilian” and “humanoid” (called Nordics) entities present who seem to oversee such procedures.
 Some people believe that abductions are performed because these aliens are dying, claiming that they need our DNA and in that sense “we’re helping them”. On the opposite hand, some supporters of the benevolent alien scenario suggest that abductions and genetic manipulation of humans happen on purpose for our benefit in order to upgrade our DNA for “the Shift”. However, this assumption doesn’t hold up in light of the overall research and merely downplays the abduction phenomena by painting an “inferior”, “innocent” image of the aliens or seeing them as “saviors”.

The Gray aliens seem to be just biogenetic robots performing assigned/programmed tasks but are not “in charge”, nor a “race” on their own. Karla Turner writes:

“Another possibility is that, as some abductees report being told or shown, the small Gray “workers” are mass-produced android robots, not soul-bearing individuals and thus not “alive” as we understand the term. The Grays show a strong fetal physiology, as numerous descriptions have stated. And given enough mastery of genetics, human reproductive material could be altered so that its appearance resembled the Gray type, yet be strictly human in composition, rather than a mixture of alien and human. The Grays, in effect, could be grossly altered bodies of human babies, devoid of what we call soul and mentally programmed like dedicated computer hardware.”

Gray Alien

Grays have a tiny mouth slit, a resemblance of a nose and ears, but there is no suggestion that they use five sensory perception, eat, breath or use speech like humans do. Communication is done by telepathy. Dr. Jacobs believes that the Gray Alien is a product of human/alien genetic manipulation and the reason why mouth, ears and nose have a regressed/underdeveloped appearance is simply because they are not used as a human would use them.

Benevolent?

“Before we allow ourselves to believe in the benevolence of the alien interaction we should ask, do enlightened beings need to use the cover of night to perform good deeds? Do they need to paralyze us and render us helpless to resist? Do angels need to steal our fetuses? Do they need to manipulate our children’s genitals and probe our rectums? Are fear, pain, and deception consistent with high spiritual motives?”

– Dr. Karla Turner

It seems that this “Secret Government” a.k.a Military Industrial Complex (which is in possession of alien technology and are somewhat involved with these Non-Terrestrial forces on some level) are not fully in control but are themselves “duped” by these “visitors”. Looking into military abduction accounts (MILAB), researched by Dr. Karla Turner, she has reports by people (one of them her husband ) who have been abducted regularly by aliens and then also started to get abducted by “military” personel, who then questioned the abductees about what the aliens want from them and what they conveyed to them. Eve Lorgen has also come to similar discoveries in her research and wrote a book about alien interference in Love relationships: “The Love Bite – Alien Influence in Human Love Relationships“.

“The Love Bite is a kind of “psychic rape” whereby the victim is abducted, then manipulated into bonding with a targeted love partner chosen by the alien beings. The effects of the Love Bite can range from simple break-ups of platonic relationships, to violent divorces, and from “puppy love” to sudden urges to marry a complete stranger. Through several fascinating case histories, Lorgen demonstrates how the alien beings may be orchestrating these dramas for their own ends. It is as if the aliens are harvesting human emotional energy.

– from “The Love Bite” by Eve Lorgen (Synopsis)

Whatever is going on, the alien forces seem to have their own agenda and are not just in “partnership” with the secret government. Deception is the name of the game, not only through the Secret Government/Military Industrial Complex, but also through the aliens themselves.

Military abductions are happening, but they seem to have a different purpose than what Steven Greer suggested. He believes that all abductions are simply staged by the Military to give the Aliens/ET’s a “bad name”.

Abductees and contactees seem to get duped by their “alien friends” as well, being told they’re “special” and they have certain important “functions” to perform in the coming future. What needs to be kept in mind is that these beings are able to create virtual realities, trigger emotions and implant thoughts. They can play any scenario to make the abductee feel as if it is a “spiritual” experience, hence many contactees claim these aliens being are benevolent. Never mind the fact that abductions happen against the free will of the person to begin with. Many times they’re being shown images/virtual realities of cataclysms/earth changes and what they are supposed to do when this happens, as if they’re being “programmed” for some event.

Some abductees claim that they have been given permission for abduction through their unconscious mind and have developed a kind of a “Stockholm Syndrome“, worshiping their abductors. Other people, like ex-presidential candidate Kucinich, reported they felt this “love” when they had a UFO sighting. Well, looking a bit deeper into it all, a “feeling of love” is by no means an indication that these are benevolent beings, especially when they seem to be able to induce emotional states into humans at will. We can easily be emotionally manipulated and we can be very impressionable beings. Movies are a good example of how sound and visions alone can make us laugh, cry or be scared, let alone what hyperspace-technology might be capable of that is clearly far superior than anything known to man.


WandjinaThese beings are called the Wandjina
by the Aborigines, who painted them.
Close resemblance to Gray aliens.
Australia, about 5,000 years old

In order to fully grasp the topic of abductions, we need to let go of what we think is or is not possible and, while watching our conditioned mind which tries to “explain away” such experiences with basic “cultural approved” psychology or New Age “spirituality”. It is very important to understand the High Strangeness of the UFO and Alien phenomena. People who haven’t really looked into it carefully paint pictures too fast, asking how all this could be possible on such a grand scale without anyone really noticing.
 They don’t realize that a lot of this is a non-physical phenomena, dealing with a Higher Intelligence life form (who might be a bit smarter than us humans and don’t think like a “human”) that is able to pop in and out of 3D physicality, transcending time and space. They can insert thoughts, memories, emotions, and change appearances, such as “passed loved ones”, “Jesus”, the “Virgin Mary”, “Santa Claus”, a “Pleiadian”, and so on depending on the belief system of the abductee. This process to make the abductee trust the abduction process and the aliens, is documented in Dr. Karla Turner’s books “Masquerade of Angels” and “Into the Fringe”:

“In one case that I recount in “Into the Fringe,” James had mostly conscious recollections and almost no hypnosis. He remembered being drawn into the proximity of a beautiful “Pleiadian” woman, who was very alluring and tender, and almost seductive. She wanted him to come into her embrace. When he got into the embrace, and thought she was going to kiss him, she disappeared entirely, and what was left in her place was a purplish-black, bumpy, almost slimy-looking character with fairly asymmetrical features. I have encountered this same type of creature in a couple of other cases. The entity was very strong. Instead of embracing James, the creature threw him down on the ground and shoved a two-foot-long tube down his throat, into his stomach, and pulled up stomach juices. The next day, he still had some of the bile taste, the interior of his throat was sore, and he discovered claw marks around both sides of his neck, where he had been held down.

Laura Knight-Jadczyk writes in “The High Strangeness of Dimensions, Densities and the process of Alien Abduction”:

“Another disturbing factor that emerged from my research was that these beings, whether demons, vampires, or aliens, seem to have the ability to control our thoughts to a certain extent, our physical bodies, the weather and even events in our lives.
[…]
Many people reported that their abductors were benevolent beings, but when we consider all the factors of the big picture of the phenomena, it seems that such stories of benevolence may be misleading.

When we talk about the possibility of an alien race of higher intelligence that exists outside our range of perception on a higher Density, it doesn’t mean that they are automatically spiritually evolved or loving angels. I’m not saying that there aren’t any benevolent beings on higher realms of existence, however, there is a heavy “romanticizing” of the Alien/UFO phenomena going on based on wishful thinking and assumption. Not many people actually question the intention of these beings.

Could there not be the possibility that there is an alien intelligence that has been around far longer than human life on earth and who may look at us like we look at and use in many ways lower life forms on this planet: as a resource….and even as food? Food doesn’t have to be physical and these beings seem to feed off our emotions and energy.

“By playing on our self-reflection, which is the only point of awareness left to us, the predators create flares of awareness that they proceed to consume in a ruthless, predatory fashion. They give us inane problems that force those flares of awareness to rise, and in this manner they keep us alive in order for them to be fed with the energetic flare of our pseudo concerns.
[…]
What I’m saying is that what we have against us is not a simple predator. It is very smart, and organized. It follows a methodical system to render us useless. Man, the magical being that he is destined to be, is no longer magical. He’s an average piece of meat. There are no more dreams for man but the dreams of an animal who is being raised to become a piece of meat: trite, conventional, imbecilic.”

– Don Juan Matus in “The Active Side of Infinity” by Carlos Castaneda

Are we really the peak of God’s creation and so special and holy that nothing other than ourselves would harm/control/manipulate/consume us? Are we really that anthropocentric and ignorant to think that way? What do we really know? Humility is not our greatest strength. We usually give some (contrived) quick explanation to uncomfortable questions rather than admitting “I don’t know” and making more sincere efforts to gain knowledge and understanding, even if it contradicts our long-held beliefs. We trust official authority (Science, Religion, Government) to give us these answers so we can “go on and make a living” not needing to think too much about the more disturbing aspects of our world. But maybe our “official culture” with is institutions is also a product of and influenced by the “the Other”, the “Alien Mind” or “Predator” as Don Juan called it, hence the debunking, ridicule and avoidance of this topic in the public.

Usually if people admit that there might be other life forms visiting this planet, they tend to project human qualities into these visitors, rejecting anything that doesn’t fit into this (conditioned) image of our “space brothers”. It’s the typical “the aliens don’t behave how they are supposed to” – excuse and denial of the abduction phenomena.

Well, who are we to even assume to know how another non-human life form thinks or behaves to begin with?

Some abductees have had healings done by their alien abductors, but maybe it is for a whole different purpose than just caring for the sake of caring?

“Higher intelligence takes advantage of, and uses, lower intelligence – sort of the way we humans use cattle. And with the privilege of use, comes the responsibility of caring… A farmer tends to his animals by feeding them and taking care of their medical needs. If the pasture became contaminated, the farmer would be the first to protect his investments.”

– Jim Sparks, Abductee

A common explanation in New Age circles is that abductees “attract” these experiences to them, based on the popular “Law of Attraction” and Create Your Own Reality (CYOR) concepts, sometimes claiming “it’s their Karma”. This seems more like an escape/justification without carefully studying the phenomena. The hyped New Age “Teachings” of today, which many people believe without questioning, shouldn’t justify anything that may not look that pretty. Millions of children have died in Iraq since the war. Do we also say, “it’s just karma” or “they just attracted it because of their thoughts?” and just let them to their “fate”? Can we see the misuse of such popular ideas when dealing with these issues? Karla Turner writes:

“There is a theory […] that says abductees who perceive their experiences in a negative way only do so because they themselves aren’t spiritually or psychically advanced. Persons with higher cosmic development have positive alien encounters, so the theory goes, and those who have painful or frightening experiences are merely spiritual Neanderthals. This is a pet theory of researchers who claim that aliens, whether objectively real or not, serve as “mirrors” of our spiritual nature, on an individual or a species-wide basis.

Having worked with so many decent, honest, positively oriented abductees, however, I believe this theory is wrong. It is worse than wrong–it is despicable, as despicable as blaming a rape victim for the violence committed against her. This attitude leaves many abductees feeling doubly violated, first by the aliens who took them and then by the UFO researchers to whom they turn for explanations and help.

Philosopher Daniel Pinchbeck and others suggests that these entities performing the abductions are aspects of our “psyche” and how we perceive them depends on how we “look” at them. He wrote in “2012 – The Return of Quetzalcoatl”:

“Are the visitors “real” or “imaginary”? They are both and they are neither. Like quantum phenomena, they do not exist or not exist, they also do not exist and not exist, nor do they both not exist and not not exist….Any entity only possesses relative reality, including ourselves…Entities who manifest on other forms of consciousness, such as the Grays, are, at the same time, separate from us and aspects of our own psyche. We are the ground of their manifestation, and it is only by attaining a nondual perspective that we can understand them.”

Everything exists and nothings exists at the same time The aliens are separate from us and at the same time they are part of us. While there is obvious truth to such “higher truths” from a higher perspective, this view is also as shortsighted as to say that “all is illusion”, “death is an illusion”, “we are all one” or “there is no “other”, everything is us!”. There is a danger to “philosophize” and essentially “buffer up” the issue without seeing the limitations of such “higher truths” in our state of being/existence. There seems a tendency in the New Age arena and certain progressive/conscious movements to come to an oversimplified application of spirituality and quantum mechanics, where everything is rendered down to being part of our psyche/manifestation and there is no “other”, humanity is the center of the universe, there is nothing above, and we create everything ourselves.

Laura Knight-Jadczyk writes in “The Secret History of the World”:

“At our level of reality, the understanding that “nothing is real,” as has been promulgated by gurus and teachers down through history, is as useless as saying “gravity isn’t real.” Such considerations are useful only for expansion of perception. They are not useful for practical application since the energies of creation apparently transduce through several “levels” before they meet in the middle, so to say, in our reality.

Many modern day “teachers” and “gurus” tell us “Since there is only One Being which permeates all things, all we have to do is see everything as only light”, and that will transmute the darkness, and we will “create our own reality of light.”

Such a statement ignores the fact that the statement “God is One” describes a reality that is a higher level from which our own “mixed being” manifests. The man who assumes that he can become like God at this level just by thinking it, ignores the facts of Being vs. Non-being which outrays from “God is One” at a level of existence that is clearly several levels above our own. Evil is REAL on its own level, and the task of man is to navigate the Cosmic Maze without being defiled by the Evil therein. This is the root of Free Will.

Man faces a predicament as REAL as himself: he is forced to choose – to utilize his knowledge by applying it – between the straight path which leads to Being, and the crooked paths which lead to Non-Being.

Another point which shows that Pinchbeck (and others with similar views) is coming to conclusion too quick is his idea and representation of the Gray alien:

“We are supposed to learn to work with the elementals and, also alleviate their suffering – it is clear from the abduction accounts that the visitors are suffering.” Like dusty insects attracted to flame, the Grays yearn for our qualities of soul-warmth; despite their cunning and technological acumen, these qualities remain beyond them. They are intelligent and sentient, hence aware of their exiled statues. Unable to escape their de-souled condition, they desire to draw humans into their lower world, sustaining their half-lives on our subtle energies. They appear to be utilizing their dream-world technologies in a serious and desperate attempt to find a way out of their cul-de-sac.”

It is clear that the visitors are “suffering”? Pinchbeck makes the same mistake as many others who don’t take more time to research this subject carefully, assuming that the Gray aliens are “beings who crave what we have”, or just projections of our psyche.  Essentially he’s falling into the trap of what “they” want us to believe.Looking at what Dr. Karla Turner and other Abduction researchers have uncovered, it seems more likely that the Gray alien is as much “suffering” and “yearning for our soul-warmth” as a robot performing certain tasks. The Gray aliens don’t seem to be in charge but are being used as biogenetic working “drones” by other more powerful beings who oversee the procedures and who actually seem to be able to “plug into” a Gray alien and work/see through them. Implanted acreen memories can also hide/distort of what an abductee has really experienced and paint a false image of what the Grays really are. Screen memories may be unusually vivid dreams, recollections of meeting spirits or even of friendly interaction with aliens. Hypnosis can get past screen memories to uncover another layer of experience which is most often less agreeable.

Many abductees are living in terror and fear, not knowing when the next “taking” will happen (abductions start as early as infancy, and can occur till late in life. Some people have been abducted hundreds of times), not being able to prevent it (to my knowledge not any form of praying, visualizing, positive thinking, ritual or worship have ever stopped an abduction), not being able to talk about it for obvious ridicule in the public. Many need to even hide these experiences from their families. Some are so utterly confused that they go mad, even committing suicide. Karla Turner suggested a number of steps abductees could take in the face of alien provocation:

– Educate yourself about the phenomenon; there is some control in knowledge.
– Let go of fear; it is through fear that negative entities maintain control. Anger is a more effective defense than fear.
– Abductees should be aware of how they’re reacting; they should learn to step out of themselves, and to maintain perspective.
– Maintain a good quality of life.

– Be realistic about what can and cannot be done.
– Stay close to your families.
– Confide. “The hell with the results,” says Turner. “You don’t need the burden of carrying this around without being able to talk about it.”

I  know of some abductees who have told me about their experiences and it seems that anger and getting upset at the entities does actually help. Also by educating themselves and learning more about the Abduction/UFO phenomena they can create an awareness which seems to offer protection. As the saying goes: Knowledge protects, Ignorance endangers.

But what is very disturbing is the complete denial of this issue, not only in the mainstream scientific community, but especially in the “progressive” truth and New Age movement. “Let’s talk about Global Warming, 2012, our “space brothers”, 9/11 and the New World Order, but let’s not go “there!” ”

“The idea that men, women, and children can be taken against their wills from their homes, cars, and school yards by strange humanoid beings, lifted onto spacecraft, and subjected to intrusive and threatening procedures is so terrifying, and yet so shattering to our notions of what is possible in our universe, that the actuality of the phenomenon has been largely rejected out of hand or bizarrely distorted in most media accounts.”

– John E. Mack, M.D., professor of psychiatry at Harvard, from his book Abduction

The topic of alien abductions is mostly treated as if it is non-existent.

And that is the best way to keep a secret.

HIGH STRANGENESS

Looking at the High Strangeness and Hyperdimensional aspect of the UFO and Alien activity, one can say that it is certainly is not just a physical phenomena and these crafts don’t seem to have technology like we think in terms of a “space ship”. After all, who says that “aliens” come from another planet anyway? While NASA is looking for organic life on Mars (Official NASA programs seem to be more of a distraction for the general public ), the real show is already happening right here and has been for a long time. Contact has been already made, but it is not how we thought it would have happened. Maybe our physical world is just embedded in, what long time UFO researcher, scientist and astronomer Dr. Jacques Vallee calls, a “Control System“. He writes in “Incommensurability, Orthodoxy
and the Physics of High Strangeness. A 6-layer model for Anomalous Phenomena“:

“If we look at the world from an informational point of view, and if we consider the many complex ways in which time and space my be structured, the old idea of space travel and interplanetary craft to which most technologists are still clinging appears not only obsolete, but ludicrous. Indeed, modern physics has already bypassed it, offering a very different interpretation of what an “extraterrestrial” system might look like.
I believe there is a system around us that transcends time as it transcends space. The system may well be able to locate itself in outer space, but its manifestations are not spacecraft in the ordinary ‘nuts and bolts’ sense. The UFO’s are physical manifestations that cannot be understood apart from their psychic and symbolic reality. What we see in effect here is a control system which acts on humans and uses humans.

Vallee also stated that it would be false to say that these UFO’s “fly” like a plane or rocket would. With technology that transcends time, space and gravity, “space travel” may take on a whole new meaning. One has to wonder why such a topic of immense importance for science and the world is still widely ignored and denied by “official” scientists. Abduction and UFO researcher James Bartley explains:

“Unfortunately the human race has been poorly served by the “Scientific Community.” This should come as no surprise considering the disproportionate amount of funding the Scientific Community receives from Tax-Exempt Foundations, Multinational Corporations, the Department of Energy and the Pentagon just to name a few. To provide such funding and then encourage real scientific study of UFOs would defeat the purpose of the longstanding well documented debunking and disinformation campaign against UFO reality. Since scientists are conditioned and trained to discount the reality of UFOs, it is relatively easy to convince some of them to be UFO debunkers, especially if they will be paid for their debunking efforts. Scientists cannot be expected to think or behave any differently. They have been indoctrinated and are in need of funding.

I have to laugh when skeptics and debunkers demand scientific proof for UFO sightings and alien abductions. How can “science,” as controlled as it is today, possibly explain the types of phenomena described by UFO witnesses and alien abductees? UFOs have been seen to divide into numerous parts and fly off in different directions. Conversely two or more UFOs have been seen to fly towards one another and merge into one object. UFOs have been seen to change shape in mid-flight. […]”

Other researchers and authors also see this phenomena not like a “ET’s coming from a distant planet”  scenario, but something that may have been around far longer than we imagine. The same phenomena seems to have been interpreted and described by the “world view” of past cultures, from fairies to demons to vampires to serpents, dragons and other mythological figures.

“We are dealing with a multidimensional paraphysical phenomenon which is largely indigenous to planet earth.”

– Brad Steiger, Blue Book Files Released in Canadian UFO Report,1977


“The UFO manifestations seem to be, by and large, merely minor variations of the age-old demonological phenomenon.”

– John A. Keel, UFOs: Operation Trojan Horse


“The symbolic display seen by the abductees is identical to the type of initiation ritual or astral voyage that is imbedded in the [occult] traditions of every culture…the structure of abduction stories is identical to that of occult initiation rituals…the UFO beings of today belong to the same class of manifestation as the [occult] entities that were described in centuries past.” 

-Dr. Jacques Vallee


“One theory which can no longer be taken very seriously is that UFOs are interstellar spaceships.”

-Arthur C. Clarke

IncubusIncubus ©Warren Criswell

Are there any other hints in ancient history and scriptures that talk about a possible Hyperdimensional Control System, a paraphysical phenomena which is indigenous to planet earth? There are some sources  showing interesting similarities. The Gnostics are giving us some insights into the idea of hyperdimensional realities and beings inhabiting them:

“In Gnostic cosmology, Archons are a species of inorganic beings that emerged in the solar system prior to the formation of the earth […] The Archons are a genuine species with their own proper habitat, and may even be considered to be god-like, but they lack intentionality (ennoia: self-directive capacity), and they have a nasty tendency to stray from their boundaries and intrude on the human realm.”

In Gnostic psychology, the noetic science of the Mystery Schools, Archons are an alien force that intrudes subliminally upon the human mind and deviates our intelligence away from its proper and sane applications.

Working through telepathy and suggestion, the Archons attempt to deviate us from our proper course of evolution. Their most successful technique is to use religious ideology to insinuate their way of thinking and, in effect, substitute their mind-set for ours. According to the Gnostics, Judeo-Christian Salvationism is the primary ploy of the Archons, an alien implant.

In the Gnostic view of human society, the Archons are alien forces that act through authoritarian systems, including belief-systems, in ways that cause human beings to turn against their innate potential and violate the symbiosis of nature.

Because the Archons need human complicity to gain power over humankind, any one who assists them can be considered a kind of Archon, an accessory. How do humans assist the Archons? One way is by accepting the mental programs of the Archons — that is, adopting the alien intelligence as if it were human-based — and implementing those programs by actually enforcing them in society. Another way is by actively or passively conforming to the agendas so proposed and imposed.
”

Let me repeat: “Their most successful technique is to use religious ideology to insinuate their way of thinking”?

Now that is very interesting indeed. Puts the whole New Age world of “spiritual” teachings  as well as religion into a different light, doesn’t it?

The story of the Archons is similar to what  Don Juan talked about in the last book by Castaneda, “The Active Side of Infinity“:

‘Ah, that’s the universe at large, ‘ he said, ‘incommensurable, nonlinear, outside the realm of syntax. The sorcerers of ancient Mexico were the first ones to see those fleeting shadows, so they followed them around. They saw them as you’re seeing them, and they saw them as energy that flows in the universe. And they did discover something transcendental. […] They discovered that we have a companion for life. We have a predator that came from the depths of the cosmos and took over the rule of our lives. Human beings are its prisoners. The predator is our lord and master. It has rendered us docile, helpless. If we want to protest, it suppresses our protest. If we want to act independently, it demands that we don’t do so. […] You have arrived, by your effort alone, to what the shamans of ancient Mexico called the topic of topics. I have been beating around the bush all this time, insinuating to you that something is holding us prisoner. Indeed we are held prisoner! This was an energetic fact for the sorcerers of ancient Mexico.

‘Why has this predator taken over in the fashion that you’re describing, don Juan?’ I asked. ‘There must be a logical explanation.’

‘There is an explanation,’ don Juan replied, ‘which is the simplest explanation in the world. They took over because we are food for them, and they squeeze us mercilessly because we are their sustenance. Just as we rear chickens in chicken coops, the predators rear us in human coops. Therefore, their food is always available to them.’

‘No, no, no, no,’ I heard myself saying. ‘This is absurd, don Juan. What you’re saying is something monstrous. It simply can’t be true, for sorcerers or for average men, or for anyone.’

‘Why not?’ don Juan asked calmly. ‘Why not? Because it infuriates you?’

‘Yes, it infuriates me,’ I retorted. ‘Those claims are monstrous!’ […]

‘I want to appeal to your analytical mind, ‘ Don Juan said. ‘Think for a moment, and tell me how you would explain the contradiction between the intelligence of man the engineer and the stupidity of his systems of beliefs, or the stupidity of his contradictory behavior. Sorcerers believe that the predators have given us our systems of beliefs, our ideas of good and evil, our social mores. They are the ones who set up our hopes and expectations and dreams of success or failure. They have given us covetousness, greed and cowardice. It is the predators who make us complacent, routinary, and egomaniacal.

‘But how can they do this, don Juan?’ I asked, somehow angered further by what he was saying. ‘Do they whisper all that in our ears while we are asleep?’

‘No, they don’t do it that way. That’s idiotic!’ don Juan said, smiling. ‘They are infinitely more efficient and organized than that. In order to keep us obedient and meek and weak, the predators engaged themselves in a stupendous maneuver – stupendous, of course, from the point of view of a fighting strategist. A horrendous maneuver from the point of view of those who suffer it. They gave us their mind! Do you hear me? The predators give us their mind, which becomes our mind. The predators’ mind is baroque, contradictory, morose, filled with the fear of being discovered any minute now.

‘I know that even though you have never suffered hunger… you have food anxiety, which is none other than the anxiety of the predator who fears that any moment now its maneuver is going to be uncovered and food is going to be denied. Through the mind, which, after all, is their mind, the predators inject into the lives of human beings whatever is convenient for them. And they ensure, in this manner, a degree of security to act as a buffer against their fear.”

Looking at Don Juan’s words in the light of what we have explored so far, we should maybe put on a different lens when reading Castaneda’s books, no matter if Don Juan was “real” or not, as some people like to argue over. They contain a great amount of esoteric knowledge when read in the right context, much of it resembling  Gurdjieff’s 4th Way teachings. Our reality might be controlled by denizens of a higher reality. G.I. Gurdjieff refers to them in the story of the Evil Magician cited by Ouspensky in “In Search of the Miraculous“:

“There is an Eastern tale which speaks about a very rich magician who had a great many sheep. But at the same time this magician was very mean. He did not want to hire shepherds, nor did he want to erect a fence about the pasture where his sheep were grazing. The sheep consequently often wandered into the forest, fell into ravines, and so on, and above all they ran away, for they knew that the magician wanted their flesh and skins and this they did not like.

At last the magician found a remedy. He hypnotized his sheep and suggested to them first of all that they were immortal and that no harm was being done to them when they were skinned, that, on the contrary, it would be very good for them and even pleasant; secondly he suggested that the magician was a good master who loved his flock so much that he was ready to do anything in the world for them; and in the third place he suggested to them that if anything at all were going to happen to them it was not going to happen just then, at any rate not that day, and therefore they had no need to think about it. Further the magician suggested to his sheep that they were not sheep at all; to some of them he suggested that they were lions, to others that they were eagles, to others that they were men, and to others that they were magicians.

And after this all his cares and worries about the sheep came to an end. They never ran away again but quietly awaited the time when the magician would require their flesh and skins. This tale is a very good illustration of man’s position.

The Sufi are also hinting at manipulation and deception through “hyperdimensional forces”, especially in regards to people seeking “spiritual experiences”. William Chittick wrote in “The Sufi Path of Knowledge“:

“Nowadays most people interested in the spirituality of the East desire the “experience,” though they may call what they are after intimate communion with God. Those familiar with the standards and norms of spiritual experience set down by disciplined paths like Sufism are usually appalled at the way Westerners seize upon any apparition from the domain outside of normal consciousness as a manifestation of the “spiritual.” In fact, there are innumerable realms in the unseen world, some of them far more dangerous than the worst jungles of the visible world. Al-Arabi himself said:
So preserve yourselves, my brothers, from the calamities of this place, for distinguishing it is extremely difficult! Souls find it sweet, and then within it they are duped, since they become completely enamored of it.

Conclusions, more questions and where are the “nice guys” ?

Let’s consider all what these sources tell us, from abduction accounts to the Archons, Predator, the Evil Magician, Aliens and Grays. Maybe they’re all the same and maybe they are and have been manipulating human kind since the beginning of time? Where does Religion really come from and how could popular New Age teachings be influenced by these forces? A lot of channeled material tells us to just focus on “love” and “positive” thoughts since we “create our own reality”. We should ignore anything “bad” or “unpleasant”, telling us that eventually the light will win anyway and we need to just watch it unfold, “bathe” in the photon belt and let the “Divine Plan” unfold. Is there manipulation going on to form a New Age Religion for the purpose of welcoming alien entities as friends and saviors? Meditation teacher Marshall V. Summers, warning about certain spiritual teachings and deception these days, said at a lecture in 2007:

“The next is manipulation of spiritual values and tendencies. This is a very big subject, which I cannot talk about in-depth tonight. But it is no accident that in the last four years that we’ve seen in new religious thought, the religion of acquiescence and passivity: trusting in the process; whatever happens is what needs to happen; everyone is right where they need to be; if the extraterrestrials are here it’s because they’re supposed to be; you don’t resist; you acquiesce; to resist is to be negative, is to be fearful, is to be unconscious. A great prescription for convincing the natives to give over the keys to the kingdom, a very good, clever form of manipulation.”

And Laura Knight-Jadczyk concludes:

If anything, the so-called “New Age” movement has been so heavily inculcated with the idea that one must not ever think about negative things, that they, above all other people, are most subject to its predations [of higher realms]. If you don’t know about something, you cannot defend yourself against it. The consistent deflection from the truth of the state of so-called higher realms by masses of published material over the many years, suggests almost a program of disinformation. It was beginning to look as though there was something or someone “out there” who didn’t want us to know something.

Having looked now more at the so-called “negative” scenario, the question comes up, are there any “good aliens”? How would a higher positive and spiritual non-human intelligence act? Would they interfere with free will and perform abductions? I suppose not. Would they help humanity against the “bad aliens” or the “evil elite” and “save” us? Or is it more up to us humans to learn our lessons in order to truly evolve spiritually, discerning truth from lies and learn/gain knowledge of what is truly going on without being “helped” by forces of whom we really don’t know much about to begin with? What are these beings who claim to want to help us and “land on our shores” as promoted through popular New Age channeling these days? Are all humans really the same, with the same consciousness and soul? “Are there maybe already hybrids/clones in places of power?”, as Richard Dolan asked at his presentation. These are all valid questions when considering the data and research out there.

I’m not saying that there are not benevolent forces out there, just trying to put things into perspective. And the “negative” alien scenario is being overlooked and denied in many ways. Maybe once we have learned our lessons, being able to truly SEE what is going on and act/behave/evolve accordingly, then the “good ET’s” will come and join us or we will join them? But in the meantime it is up to us to grow and learn, discern truth from lies, true revelations from clever forms of deception.

In our current state of Being and evolution we’re more prone to being manipulated than joining any form Galactic Federation of higher spiritually evolved beings.
 Isn’t that obvious? We must become that first ourselves! And a major part of evolution is not just about trying to “focus on love”, but also being able to separate truth from lies, reality from illusion and learning the lessons therein. Within and without. As the Russian mystic Boris Mouravieff said:

“Illusion, thinking it is reality, takes reality for illusion”

Maybe the “We’re all one.” New Age slogan (as true as it is from a “higher” perspective) must also be carefully reexamined with a sober and objective eye. Sure, Bush and Gandhi are “one”, but one of them doesn’t seem to have any conscience at all and maybe has not even the remote ability to feel any compassion, love or understanding and won’t maybe ever in this lifetime, fully cut off from the higher centers of consciousness. Is he or others in power really human to begin with just because he “looks” like one? What does it mean to be human? We always say that this is just “human behavior” but never question it. Have we ever noticed how people project all these qualities into the world leaders without ever considering that they simply may not think or feel like regular folks do, may not even be genetically wired as the “common” man, but can perfectly imitate and act that way and fool us along the way? I’m not necessarily saying that Bush or other political figures are alien hybrids, but hinting at another greatly misunderstood and ignored topic: Psychopathy and Political Ponerology. From a hyperdimensional perspective Psychopaths may be even used as “portals” through which certain beings can work through.

“It is fair to conclude that hybridization is part of the picture. People are being abducted against their will. [Alien] forces seem to be conducting genetic experimentation and acting on us to create a hybrid species.”

– Richard Dolan

Millions of children are reported missing each year, never to be seen again. Did they just run away or is there a more sinister truth to it? What may be the goal of this abduction/hybridization program that is going on in complete secrecy? Where is it all leading to? Some suggest as a “replacement” after cataclysmic changes have wiped off the majority of the population, like a “re-seeding”. This may sound like a bad Sci-fi movie or fear-mongering to some people, yet anyone who has sincerely looked into it knows that the UFO/Alien phenomena has a darker side that can’t be just ignored.

“It’s no wonder that truth is stranger than fiction. Fiction has to make sense.”

– Mark Twain

It is in interesting to note that if there is something presented which may not look that “pretty” it is automatically judged as “fear-mongering” or “being negative”, especially in the “New Age Movement”
. Some people seem to mistake objectivity for negativity and wishful thinking for positivity. Most of what people see as negative or positive are their subjective projections and opinions that don’t really reflect the world as it is.

We’re just looking at some of the pieces of the puzzle and a possible emerging picture and resulting questions we may have to ask ourselves. Most of it is simply information from researchers who have been studying this phenomena for decades. What we do with it and how we react to it, be it fear, denial, discomfort, excitement, inspiration, etc., is up to each one of us. 
There is no fear on my side, nor do I try to infuse fear, but rather a consideration of something we all tend to dismiss so easily.
 If a person reacts to it with fear, maybe he/she needs to examine it within themselves before blaming the researchers who are just showing something which not many people really have looked into or are even aware of. I’ve said many times that I do not like what I’ve come across, but it is there and it doesn’t go away by ignoring it.

“Discomfort” and “fear” can serve a purpose, if used/applied correctly. There is a chance for healing from a shamanic and esoteric perspective. It is good to put oneself into a state of vulnerability when looking at the “darker” aspects of our reality or of oneself, truly looking at it, facing it and not giving the ego a chance to explain it all away, so we can go back to our comfort zone and ultimately back to “sleep”. It is not about buying into fear and panic either. 
Sometimes things need to be confronted without automatically defending our beliefs and views , allowing us to look at the world and ourselves more objectively, not only in regards to the UFO/Alien issue but in many other aspects as well. That’s part of the awakening process and it is shamanic work.

“One doesn’t become enlightened by imagining figures of light, but by making the darkness conscious.”

– Carl Gustav Jung

One thing is for sure, the UFO and Alien phenomena is “real”. Non-Human intelligent entities are and have been visiting earth,  interacting with humanity for thousands of years.

The question is now,
 why are they here?
 Do they really come from outer space and a different planet/galaxy, or are they just hiding outside our perception and have been here all along, or maybe both?

There are people who suggest that all we have to do is show “love” and project “love” on these beings and that’s how we become One and enter the “Golden Age”. Is that really the way and understanding of “love” or is that part of the New Age disinformation program, welcoming our “space brothers” as “friends and saviors”? Intent is important, yes; we need to be positive and loving, but intent without really seeing what is going on objectively, separating truth from lies, can lead into a “road to hell based on good intentions“.

Isn’t it interesting, as we all focus on global issues such as the environment, self-sustainability, war, “man-made” global warming, terrorism, 9/11, economy, money, the banking system, etc… (all important topics that need to be addressed and looked at), all along there seems to be something else going which we totally ignore, deny, even laugh about or try to explain away with “spirituality” or psychology.

The high strangeness of UFO’s, aliens, abductions and hyperdimensional realities may hold major clues for what is happening and has happened on our planet in regards to history, the rise and fall of nations, religions, evolution, culture, wars, conspiracies, human behavior, psychology, basically humanity’s existence as a whole…..even potentially the very creation of it.
 Maybe the elite, which seems to control the world these days through government, military and transnational corporations, are mere puppets to their hyperdimensional masters, manipulating human kind to greet the “visitors” as benevolent “space brothers” when the veil is being lifted.

To say “we’re all one, so it’s all good”, or in regards to the aliens: “we’re just them and they are us”, is as useless as saying “This is all just an illusion anyway”.
 Well, gravity is an illusion as well but jumping off a ten story building in blind belief might not be the best idea.

What are the implications for humanity when considering the possibility that hyperdimensional alien entities have manipulated humanity through belief systems and genetics since “the beginning of time” (since the “Fall from Eden”?), all the while feeding on us energetically, emotionally as well as physically? There are ancient accounts that hint to the reality of hyperdimensional control and alien life forms. There are cave paintings and scriptures, writings of the Gnostics and Sufi, the Native Americans, the Bible, etc…

This is the age of transformation, but also the age of deception. As the frequency raises on the planet, what we might be experiencing some time in the “future” is an intersection of densities and the beings inhabiting them.
 The aliens haven’t maybe really traveled from a distant planet, but have been here all along. Zicharia Sitchin suggested that the Annunaki are returning to earth. Maybe they never left but have been here this whole time, just right outside our range of perception. As one abductee said, they may see us as “their property and earth is their farm. We are the resources and food.“,  or another more disturbing quote by an abductee: “You know, to them we’re just cockroaches.” 
We might laugh at such statements, but millions of people are going through these experiences which the mainstream labels as “psychological issues”. Maybe we should give the abductees a closer listen as well as the researchers in that field before we look away too quickly?

“In the end, we return to the question, just how much do you love truth? Do you really love truth or are you just curious? Do you love it enough to rebuild your understanding to conform to a reality that doesn’t fit your current beliefs, and doesn’t feel 120% happy? Do you love truth enough to continue seeking even when it hurts, when it reveals aspects of yourself (or human society, or the universe) that are shocking, complex and disturbing, or humbling, glorious and amazing – or even, when truth is far beyond human mind itself? Just how much do we love truth? It’s a good question to ask ourselves, I think.”

– Scott Mandelker

Food doesn’t necessarily mean physical substance, as consciousness is food for higher density beings. Our emotions and energy, triggered through these manipulations, is what these entities are feeding off and it seems they are trying to keep us in a “frequency prison” through genetic and other forms of manipulation (like implanting certain religious and New Age belief systems).
 And maybe these aliens are not “evil” or “bad” to begin with, but just as “bad” as a human being who farms chickens for food and has a garden where he grows plants to eat. We also genetically alter our food, don’t we? All is consciousness and life feeds on life. Who ever said that we’re on top of the food chain anyway? As above, so below.

Some people ask, “if the negative aliens are really here and so technologically superior, why haven’t they attacked and taken over?” Any openly hostile alien invasion (as seen in numerous Hollywood blockbusters) can only be bogus, because only a primitive race like us would act like that. A higher intelligence with a technology beyond our present understanding is far more efficient and subtle. The most “efficient” take-over is if the target chooses out of free will to be “captured”, yet believing to be “free”. A deeper insight on the idea of  “consciousness is food” is given by Michael Topper in his article The Positive/Negative Realms of Higher Densities:

“We have to understand here that the true Negative Realm agenda is to “eat consciousness.” So, this actually prevents an overt “take-over” in literal, physical terms. If an “invasion” was detected, this would mean that the veil would be lifted and all would see the “man behind the curtain” and would be disgusted and turn away. Just as in the “Wizard of Oz,” those Ruby Slippers have to be obtained VERY CAREFULLY!

Gathering the essence is an art of great subtlety! The “negative alien plan” is, in its purest sense, STALKING.

The aim of Stalking is to create a completely controlled artificial environment composed of thoroughly predictable human behaviors – made predictable because they have been programmed to respond to cues of conditioning [inculcated through centuries of lies and obfuscations presented in the form of religions] and all of this revolves around a ‘story’ that is actually untrue, and wholly misrepresentative of the real negative aim.[..]

The primary object of Negative stalking is to persuade through strongly influenced, but not robotic, behavior patterns, the Free Choice of the targeted CONSCIOUSNESS to align with negative higher-density existence. Because, in the Long Run, the object is the “eating” of functioning units of consciousness by the negative hierarchy, with Free Will intact! It is not good food otherwise!!!!”

Laura Knight-Jadczyk adds:

“The higher density positive entities are light beings. The higher density negative entities are “light eaters.” Love is light is knowledge. When they induce belief against what is objectively true, they have “eaten” the light-knowledge of the person who has chosen blind belief over fact! When you believe a lie, you have allowed the eating of your energy of awareness!”

That is maybe also why higher spiritually evolved benevolent “ET’s” would never interfere or save us. Because this is the way of life and they know not to mess with free will. Positive ET’s/aliens respect free will. They understand that this is part of evolution and the lessons within that. Do you try to save the mouse from the eagle? It would be against the “law of nature”, wouldn’t it? However, the mouse can choose to be more aware of its predator and by becoming aware of it, it can protect itself from it. That way the mouse learns and evolves accordingly. Dr. Karla Turner also doesn’t rule out that there are no benevolent beings:

“I do accept there are intelligent forces that can contact and inform us — perhaps to help us help ourselves.”

There are accounts of information and help from “higher sources”, stating that is it is up to us to discern truth from deception. Everything is part of creation. Nothing is better or worse. Evolution is a process of learning, becoming aware and conscious, gaining knowledge and hence wisdom and love. 
The more one can see the world as it is, objectively, as the universe sees itself, the higher the degree of awareness and state of Being. Higher evolved positive alien beings may assist and guide us in more subtle ways if we are able to SEE the signs and know how to LISTEN, but the work comes down to us. No one is going to do it for us. As the saying goes “The teacher appears when the student is ready“.  They don’t interfere with our lessons we need to learn for the sake of our own evolution, personally and collectively.

“The positive forces, the STO (Service to Other) beings at higher levels are actively working to sustain the Creative fields toward achievement of the positive Logoic purpose which is the realization of Absolute Consciousness under all conditions and in all forms. Diversity is promoted and celebrated.
However, the Negative hierarchy is oriented toward the consuming of radiant light energy in a one way flow: to “Become One.” The progressive power that devolves from the “capture” and incorporation or radiant-light sources serves to feed and enhance an exclusive subjectivity of consciousness since the effort is toward the subordination of all things to the magnified narcissism belonging to devout ego consciousness.”

– Laura Knight-Jadczyk

Knowledge protects, Ignorance endangers. The more we gain knowledge and understanding (not simply book-smart knowledge) and the more we become objective (with ourselves and the world) and raise awareness, the better we can SEE and act accordingly. This means carefully discerning truth from lies.
 There is truth to certain channeled material. However, one needs to understand how to read it and interpret it. Looking at what we’ve found out about manipulation through hyperdimensional beings, it is obvious that a lot of channeled material these days is suspect to great deception from “higher sources”. There are different levels and degrees of channelings, depending on many factors.

The topic of channeled information needs to be examined very carefully.
 I just mention it here to give it validity that “higher sources” may be able to contact us that way (when asked for and when it doesn’t infringe free will and/or interferes with the learning process of the one(s) asking). However, who is coming through and what is the source really saying is the question. 
Channeled material should never be taken as fact and proof alone; however, it can serve as a “back up” for cross-reference with scientific study and research. There are some sources that actually encourage that approach and tell us that it is up to us to learn, discern and gain knowledge, hence becoming more aware and conscious, moving from subjectivity to more objectivity and consciously engaging in the process of evolution and awakening.

In that sense, “we’re the ones we’ve been waiting for”, as the Hopi Indians would say, or “We are our own rescue team” as another channeled source states. But just focusing on “love and light” and “visualizing” the best outcome is not going to work and actually feeds the “negative agenda”. This attitude may be the greatest deception and is exactly what the “alien intruders” want us to do. They may be behind the emerging New Age “religion” and New Age “Thought” to begin with and they seem to be taking advantage of our good nature.

Who is to judge what is a “good” outcome to begin with? “Good” is a very subjective statement. What is a “good” outcome for the aliens, might be not so “good” for humanity and vicar versa. We need to understand our subjective limited view and perception of good/bad, dark/light in regards to the big scheme of creation and all intelligent life within. Are we “bad” because we eat plants and animals?

True spiritual work entails more than just focusing our intention on what is “possible”. It means becoming aware, and becoming aware/conscious entails seeing the world and oneself as it/one is, objectively, dark and light, without rose-colored glasses on, or projecting into it how we like it to be or not to be. Before we can create something new and better, we need to clearly see what is going on, in ourselves and in the world, otherwise more damage will be done and it’s like a blind man stumbling around in a porcelain store.

“Humans have a deep need to believe in the power of good. We need for the aliens to be a good force, since we feel so helpless in their presence. And we need for some superior force to offer us a hope of salvation, both personally and globally, when we consider the sorry state of the world.
 I think the aliens know this about us–they know that we want and hope for them to be benevolent creatures–and they use our desire for goodness to manipulate us. What better way to gain our cooperation than to tell us that the things they are doing are for our own good?

– Dr. Karla Turner

“Gray Alien” Crop Circle from August 2002, with binary data sequence that says:
Beware we’re the bearers of the False presence and broken promises… Much pain but there is still time. Believe there is still good out there. We oppose deceit ..( conduit closing).
Disinformation through Crop Circles? This message seems to be part of painting a “benevolent” image of the “visitors”(in particular the Gray Aliens).

There is still much to find out about this topic. This is just some “food” for thought (no pun intended). However, one thing is for sure, there is already enough well documented material out there that shows and proves the possibility of an Alien Agenda, which might not be quite what we have hoped for. The high strangeness and non-physical aspect of this phenomena make it very hard to study. The fact that these beings and UFO’s act in stealth and secrecy with obvious intent to keep the truth away from humanity at large doesn’t make the issue easier and doesn’t speak for them. One has to ask, why would “benevolent” beings act that way? Why would “good” aliens take thousands, if not millions of people against their free will? What are they really here for?

“And it becomes clear from these details that the beings who are doing such things can’t be seen as spiritually enlightened, with the best interest of the human race in mind. Something else is going on, something far more painful and frightening, in many, many abduction encounters…As to researchers who claim that the ET’s are here to help us evolve some higher consciousness or that they are here for some other positive purpose–saving our planet, promoting world peace, etc. – I challenge those researchers to incorporate anomalous data into this view.
 Theories are starting places for research, not proven conclusions, and UFO researchers must be willing to expand and alter their pet theories according to the data they uncover. It would be wonderful if we could shape ET experiences into something positive, but until the details of abduction encounters–all the details–are given serious consideration, I think it’s dangerous to cling to theories that ignore data that will not fit. We owe it to ourselves to seek the whole truth.”

– Dr. Karla Turner

One very important thing Richard Dolan mentioned at the end in one of his lecture was this (addressing UFO researchers in that field):

When we go out into the world and try to educate other people we have to be careful with what we say we know and what kind of information we promote as truth.

We need to get out of our habit of romanticizing anything that has to do with alien intelligent life forms according to our wishful thinking, nor deny the UFO reality completely out of conditioned non-belief, nor buying into any fear. This means growing up and becoming spiritually mature, being able to look at the world as is IS, the dark and the light, without preference and understanding what dark and light really means to begin with, moving from subjectivity towards objectivity, re-examining our beliefs and “spiritual” knowledge we have gained over the years, which we at times just repeat without questioning.
 From Eastern and Western religious teachings to mainstream New Age stuff a la “The Secret” and various “spiritual teachers” who have been on Oprah and on mainstream TV, marketing a passive, self-centered kind of spirituality to the masses in this billion dollar heavy New Age industry these days.

What is really going on? A true awakening or further manipulation and control? The deception in this day and age is massive and can not be underestimated.
 Dr. Jacques Vallee writes in “Messengers of Deception”:

Human beings are under the control of a strange force that bends them in absurd ways, forcing them to play a role in a bizarre game of deception.

There is much disinformation in the New Age Movement and UFO field these days. Most of them are not even purposely spreading disinfo but they are duped themselves, caught in their own subjective tunnel vision and wishful thinking. As Laura Knight-Jadczyk states:

“Let me make it clear at this point that I am convinced that a lot of honest, sincere, hard-working individuals are being duped and/or controlled without being fully aware of it.”

From the viewpoint of esoteric work, truth and objectivity should be one’s principal goal. It’s interesting how the popular New Age teachings these days promote subjectivity, to just focus on the self and shut out the “outside”, to ignore the “bad”, and keep manifesting reality according to one’s subjective desires and wishes. Is this really what spirituality and conscious evolution is all about?

Maybe the popular New Age teachings and CYOR (Create Your Own Reality) concepts are corrupt in many ways (universal truths packaged with lies), painting a false picture of what spiritual evolution truly means, making us believe we are already “god” on our level to keep us in our self-inflicted prison?

“…and in the third place he suggested to them that if anything at all were going to happen to them it was not going to happen just then, at any rate not that day, and therefore they had no need to think about it. Further the magician suggested to his sheep that they were not sheep at all; to some of them he suggested that they were lions, to others that they were eagles, to others that they were men, and to others that they were magicians. And after this all his cares and worries about the sheep came to an end. They never ran away again but quietly awaited the time when the magician would require their flesh and skins.”

– G.I. Gurdjieff

In this day and age of transformation and global change, it may be advisable to look more into what Don Juan called, the “topic of all topics” : UFO’s, hyperdimensional realities and the beings inhabiting them, the “magicians” that play with us, our reality, and consciousness.

It is also not something that is just now happening. It seems to have been going on for quite a while, perhaps thousands of years. Let’s remember, linear time is only of this 3rd Density. And that is exactly why the manipulation and control is so unnoticed by the general population. It transcends our comprehension. As Don Juan said:

“In order to keep us obedient and meek and weak, the predators engaged themselves in a stupendous maneuver – stupendous, of course, from the point of view of a fighting strategist. A horrendous maneuver from the point of view of those who suffer it. They gave us their mind!
[…]
Through the mind, which, after all, is their mind, the predators inject into the lives of human beings whatever is convenient for them.

It is the subtlety of this phenomena which makes the deception so hard to see, because it is already ingrained in our way of life, our culture and civilization. This puts also a big question mark on the topic of Disclosure. The UFO phenomena has a strong paranormal and hyperdimensional aspect to it that can’t be simply ignored. Many supporters of Disclosure and Exopolitics seem to ignore or oversimplify that issue.

“We must never forget that phenomena which appears to most humans as “high strangeness” is nothing more than routine everyday events within the context of a civilization far older than ours and with technology and brain power far in excess of ours. The aliens and reptilians display a thorough understanding of human physiology and neurology.

– James Bartley in “Interview with a Male Abductee”

The alien invasion we are be subjected to is happening and has already happened through our minds and beliefs; the religious, spiritual and genetic manipulations throughout the ages by hyperdimensional beings and methods we are only scraping to understand and most of us are not even aware of to begin with. It’s state of the art mind control.

“Sorcerers believe that the predators have given us our systems of beliefs, our ideas of good and evil, our social mores. They are the ones who set up our hopes and expectations and dreams of success or failure. They have given us covetousness, greed and cowardice. It is the predators who make us complacent, routinary, and egomaniacal”
 – Don Juan Matus

What about a fully benevolent alien intervention in order to “unite” humanity under “world peace”? Sure, but under what conditions, what kind of “peace” and “who says”? And what about all the “abnormal” data we just explored. Will it just go away?

Are perhaps the aliens themselves behind the New World Order and quest for global enslavement? Most people still have a hard time realizing that 9/11 was an inside job and that Al Qaida is as fake as the war on terror. If the population of this world can be already so easily deceived by such obvious means, how will they ever look through a manipulation and deception by beings they are not even aware of and whom they might welcome as their “space brothers” in the near future? 
Interesting times indeed…

What is truth and what are lies in the world of UFO’s, aliens, abductions and hyperdimensional realities? We ought to make an effort to find that out. As Karla Turner said: We owe it to ourselves.

“You gotta be careful when you ask for the truth… it’s usually what you don’t want to hear or face. Asking a burning question can open the door to a whirlwind…”

– Laura Knight-Jadczyk

I’d like to end this exploration of UFO’s, Aliens and the Question of Contact with the words of Elton Turner, husband of Dr. Karla Turner and an abductee himself:

I believe that our very thoughts and consequently, our behavior as a race of sentient beings are being UNDERMINED through the power of insinuation and the implantation of controlling devices in our bodies by non-human (most of the time) entities. This is truly the most effective way to invade and conquer. I do not trust such creatures no matter what I have been told about their altruistic motives.

We, as a race, have never been free to discover our own true identity. Every social advance we attempt is thwarted by some maniac who springs up with almost divine grace to lead us into madness. Saint Paul, for instance, seems to have taken the real message of Jesus and his earliest followers and distorted it into something that we kill, lie and cheat for. And, in spite of all that, we still aspire for redemption of our souls. The followers of that doctrine – Christians, they call themselves – are not the only ones who behave in such a manner. Every major religion has managed to find an excuse in its teachings to destroy non-believing fellow human beings. A part of me shudders every time I hear of yet another killing based on 2000-year-old hatreds.

What law allows us to continue with such atrocities? What influence keeps such hatred and fears alive? Why are we abductees so afraid to ask for real help from our own society?
We have been INVADED – but I do not yet believe that the battle is over. Invasion with sticks, knives or guns is a human reality, not necessarily a universal one. There are very sophisticated mechanisms being used in the invasion of our world. Why should our invaders use pointed sticks against us when they can get us to sharpen sticks and use them against each other? We provide them with everything they want from us, and they take none of the blame for our misery. They just zip around in their wonderful flying machines, dazzling us with their magical abilities and filling us with awe at their insight.

Can there be a more successful military campaign than one in which no shot is (apparently) fired and in which the conquered populace gladly and openly welcomes their enslavers? We are being programmed mentally and socially to accept our invaders as saviors, not a conquering force. I truly believe we are being deceived by smoke, mirrors and sleight-of-three-fingered-hand movements. Are we going to sell our birthright to some sneaky beings who appear on our shores in marvelous ships and offer us a few glitzy baubles?
The researcher asked if I personally knew of harm that has come to anyone at the hands of, or because of, the aliens. Yes, harm has come. My early youth was damaged severely by the unconscious knowledge that I was being used by some non-human agency. It took me 40 years to recognize that the fears which guided me daily were not of my own making and that the rebellion I constantly felt was engendered by my contempt for the powerful invisible agents that forced me to do things that I knew were wrong, even as I was doing them.

For example, I did not want to marry the person who became my first wife, yet I had no control over the decision. Before we were married, we were jointly abducted and subjected to severe programming. The results brought no happiness to either of us. We both starved for love and companionship, even though we tried with all our might to find them. My son (now 25) was also one of their subjects, and is miserable and lost. He is an artistic person with so many unknowable fears that he is paralyzed. I know of abductees MURDERED by mutilations (reports of which are suppressed immediately and completely), by cancers that no physician has ever seen before, and by madness that has led to suicide. In my opinion, these acts were not caused by “brothers” of any sort.

I do not believe that all is lost, however. I have felt a guiding hand that helped me to discover happiness and inner peace amid all this chaos and misery. What I have come to understand is that that hand is only there when I take responsibility for my own happiness and do something about whatever is bothering me.

Reality left in the hands of the invaders is neither what we need nor what we want. It is time that we think hard about ourselves and what we have on this gem of the universe, our home – our planet. There are laws governing the actions of our invaders, rules guiding their actions and patterns of behavior we can discover if we will make a concerted effort to discern them. We humans have something valuable that is desirable to, and usable by the alien forces acting on us.I feel it is time we take back that which is ours, that we use all our resources to discover the laws that govern reality and become the beings that we intrinsically know we are.